As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 30, 2020

File No. 333-      
File No. 811-23593

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM N-4

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  x

PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.  o

POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.  o

and/or
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  
x

Amendment No.  

 

PLICO Variable Annuity

Account S

(Exact Name of Registrant)

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

(Name of Depositor)

 

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, Alabama 35223

(Address of Depositor’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

(205) 268-1000

(Depositor’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 

Alyson Saad, Esquire

Protective Life Insurance Company

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, Alabama, 35223

(Name and Address of Agent for Services)

 

Copy to:

STEPHEN E. ROTH, Esquire

THOMAS E. BISSET, Esquire

Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP

700 Sixth Street, NW, Suite 700

Washington, D.C. 20001-3980

 

Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Title of Securities Being Registered: Interests in a separate
account issued through variable annuity contracts.

 

 

 


Supplement Dated                        , 2020
(for Applications signed on or after
                       , 2020) to the
Prospectuses dated
                       , 2020 for
Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity
Issued by
Protective Life Insurance Company
PLICO Variable Annuity Account S
and
Schwab Genesis NY Variable Annuity
Issued by
Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company
PLAIC Variable Annuity Account S

This Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement should be read carefully and retained with the Prospectus dated                        , 2020 for the Schwab Genesis or Schwab Genesis NY variable annuity. You may obtain a current Prospectus by calling 1-800-456-6330.

This Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement provides the current SecurePay Fee as described in the "PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT-SecurePay Fee" section of the Prospectus. It also describes the current Maximum Withdrawal Percentage under the SecurePay living benefit rider as described in the "PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT-Determining the Amount of Your SecurePay Withdrawals" section of the Prospectus. This Supplement must be used in conjunction with an effective Schwab Genesis or Schwab Genesis NY variable annuity Prospectus.

The Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement and rates below are effective until superseded by a subsequent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. The rates apply for applications that are signed on or after                       , 2020, and that we receive in Good Order within ten calendar days of the date this Supplement is superseded by the subsequent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. We must also receive at least the minimum initial Purchase Payment ($5,000) within the ten calendar days. No new Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement that supersedes a prior Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement will become effective unless written notice of effectiveness of the new Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement is given at least 10 business days in advance.

Before submitting your application for a Schwab Genesis or Schwab Genesis NY variable annuity, please obtain a current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement:

•  Contact your financial advisor

•  Contact us toll-free at 1-800-456-6330

•  https://protective.onlineprospectus.net/protective/[insertproductname]index.html
and https://protective.onlineprospectus.net/protective/[insertproductnameNY]index.html or

•  Go to www.sec.gov under File Nos. 333-XXXXXX and 333-XXXXXX.

The current SecurePay Fee applicable to your Contract is as follows:

Purchase of SecurePay Life rider at Contract Purchase

   

1.10

%

 

Purchase of SecurePay Life rider under RightTime

   

1.10

%

 

The Maximum Withdrawal Percentage applicable to your Contract will not change for the life of your Contract.

MAXIMUM WITHDRAWAL PERCENTAGE

Election Age

  Guaranteed Withdrawal Percentage
(% of Benefit Base)
 
 

60-64

           
 

65-69

           
 

70-79

           
 

80

+

         

If you have any questions regarding this Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement, please contact us toll free at 1-800-456-6330.

Please keep this Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement for future reference.



PROSPECTUS
October , 2020

Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity™

Protective Life Insurance Company
PLICO Variable Annuity Account S
P.O. Box 10648
Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648
Telephone: 1-800-456-6330
www.protective.com

This Prospectus describes an individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract offered by Protective Life Insurance Company (the "Contract"). The Contract is designed for investors who desire to accumulate capital on a tax deferred basis for retirement or other long term investment purposes. It may be purchased on a non-qualified basis or for use with certain qualified retirement plans.

You generally may allocate your investment in the Contract among the Guaranteed Account and the Sub-Accounts of the PLICO Variable Annuity Account S. The value of your Contract that is allocated to the Sub-Account will vary according to the investment performance of the Funds in which the selected Sub-Accounts are invested. You bear the investment risk on amounts you allocate to the Sub-Accounts. Once the you begin taking withdrawals under the SecurePay Life rider or beginning two years after the date the SecurePay Life rider is issued, whichever comes first, you will not be able to make any additional Purchase Payments under the Contract. This restriction on further Purchase Payments may limit: (1) the ability to increase Contract Value; (2) death benefits (such as the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit); and (3) the values under the SecurePay Life rider. The Sub-Accounts invest in the following Funds:

AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)

Invesco Oppenheimer V.I.Global Fund, Series II

Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money Fund, Series I

Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Fund, Series II

Invesco V.I. Balanced Risk Allocation Fund, Series II

Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II

Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund, Series II

Invesco V.I. Global Real Estate Fund, Series II

Invesco V.I. Government Securities Fund, Series II

Invesco V.I. Growth and Income Fund, Series II

Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II


American Funds Insurance Series®

IS Asset Allocation Fund, Class 4

IS Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund, Class 4

IS Bond Fund, Class 4

IS Capital Income Builder® Fund, Class 4

IS Global Growth Fund, Class 4

IS Global Growth and Income Fund, Class 4

IS Global Small Capitalization Fund, Class 4

IS Growth Fund, Class 4

IS Growth-Income Fund, Class 4

IS International Fund, Class 4

IS New World Fund®, Class 4

IS US Government, Class 4


Clayton Street Trust

Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series- Conservative Portfolio

Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series- Growth Portfolio

Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series- Moderate Portfolio


Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products

VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio, SC2

VIP Mid Cap Portfolio, SC2


Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust

Franklin Flex Cap Growth VIP Fund, Class 2

Franklin Income VIP Fund, Class 2

Franklin Mutual Global Discovery VIP Fund, Class 2

Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund, Class 2

Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund, Class 2

Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund, Class 2

Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund, Class 2

Franklin Strategic Income VIP Fund, Class 2

Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund, Class 2

Templeton Foreign VIP Fund, Class 2

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund, Class 2


Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust

Core Fixed Income Fund, Service Class

Global Trends Allocation Fund, Service Class

Growth Opportunities Fund, Service Class

Mid Cap Value Fund, Service Class

Strategic Growth Fund, Service Class


Great-West Funds, Inc.

Great-West Bond Index Fund, Investor Class


Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust

ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio, Class II

ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio, Class II


Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.

Bond-Debenture Portfolio, Value Class

Dividend Growth Portfolio, Value Class (formerly Calibrated Dividend Growth Portfolio, Value Class)

Fundamental Equity Portfolio, Value Class

Growth Opportunities Portfolio, Value Class


PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust

All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class

Global Diversified Allocation Portfolio, Advisor Class

Long-Term US Government Portfolio, Advisor Class

Low Duration Portfolio, Advisor Class

Real Return Portfolio, Advisor Class

Short-Term Portfolio, Advisor Class

Total Return Portfolio, Advisor Class


Royce Capital Fund

Small-Cap Fund, Service Class


Schwab® Variable Insurance Trust

Schwab® Government Money Market Portfolio

Schwab® S&P 500 Index Portfolio

Schwab® VIT Balanced Portfolio

Schwab® VIT Balanced with Growth Portfolio

Schwab® VIT Growth Portfolio


Beginning January 1, 2021, we will no longer send you paper copies of shareholder reports for the Funds (“Reports”) unless you specifically request paper copies from us. Instead, the Reports will be available on a website. We will notify you by mail each time the Reports are posted. The notice will provide the website links to access the Reports as well as instructions for requesting paper copies. If you wish to continue receiving your Reports in paper free of charge from us, please call 1-855-920-9713. Your election to receive the Reports in paper will apply to all Funds available with your Contract. If you have already elected to receive the Reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and need not take any action. If you wish to receive the Reports and other SEC disclosure documents from us electronically, please contact us at 1-855-920-9713.

This Prospectus sets forth a description of all material features about the Contract and the Variable Account that a prospective investor should know before investing. This Prospectus also describes all material state variations to the Contract. The Statement of Additional Information, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), contains additional information about the Contract and the Variable Account. The Statement of Additional Information is dated the same date as this Prospectus and is incorporated herein by reference. The Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information is on the last page of this Prospectus. You may obtain a copy of the Statement of Additional Information free of charge by writing or calling Protective Life at the address or telephone number shown above. You may also obtain an electronic copy of the Statement of Additional Information, as well as other material that we file electronically and certain material incorporated by reference, at the SEC web site (http://www.sec.gov).

We are not a Financial Intermediary. We are not registered as an investment adviser with the SEC or any state securities regulatory authority. We are not acting in any fiduciary capacity with respect to your Contract nor are we acting in any capacity on behalf of any Qualified Plan. The information in this Prospectus does not constitute personalized investment advice or financial planning advice.

Please read this Prospectus carefully. You should keep a copy for future reference.

The Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity Contract is not a deposit or obligation of, or guaranteed by, any bank or financial institution. It is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency, and it is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal.

The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

PRO.SGVA.10.20



TABLE OF CONTENTS

DEFINITIONS
FEES AND EXPENSES
SUMMARY
     The Contract
     Federal Tax Status
THE COMPANY, VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND FUNDS
     Protective Life Insurance Company
     PLICO Variable Annuity Account S
     Administration
     The Funds
     AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)
     American Funds Insurance Series®
     Clayton Street Trust
     Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products
     Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust
     Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
     Great-West Funds, Inc.
     Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust
     Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.
     PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust
     Royce Capital Fund
     Schwab® Variable Insurance Trust
     Selection of Funds
     Other Information about the Funds
     Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds
     Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT
     The Contract
     Use of the Contract in Qualified Plans
     Parties to the Contract
     Issuance of a Contract
     Purchase Payments
     Right to Cancel
     Allocation of Purchase Payments
     Variable Account Value
     Transfers
     Surrenders and Withdrawals
THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT
DEATH BENEFIT
     Payment of the Death Benefit
     Escheatment of Death Benefit
PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS
     THE SECUREPAY RIDER
     ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS
SUSPENSION OR DELAY IN PAYMENTS
SUSPENSION OF CONTRACTS
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
     Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
     Administration Charge
     Death Benefit Fees
     SecurePay Fee
     Transfer Fee
     Premium Taxes
     Other Taxes
     Other Information
ANNUITY PAYMENTS
     Annuity Date
     Annuity Value
     Annuity Income Payments
     Annuity Options
     Minimum Amounts
     Death of Annuitant or Owner After Annuity Date
YIELDS AND TOTAL RETURNS
     Yields
     Total Returns
     Standardized Average Annual Total Returns
     Non-Standard Average Annual Total Returns
     Performance Comparisons
     Other Matters
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
     Introduction
     Temporary Rules under CARES Act
     The Company's Tax Status
TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL
     Tax Deferral During Accumulation Period
     Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders
     Taxation of Annuity Payments
     Tax Consequences of Protected Lifetime Income Benefits
     Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds
     Assignments, Pledges, and Gratuitous Transfers
     Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions
     Aggregation of Contracts
     Exchanges of Annuity Contracts
     Medicare Hospital Insurance Tax on Certain Distributions
     Loss of Interest Deduction Where Contract Is Held By or For the Benefit of Certain Nonnatural Persons
QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
     In General
     Temporary Rules under the CARES Act
     Required Minimum Distributions In General
     Required Minimum Distributions Upon Your Death
     Additional Tax on Premature Distributions
     Other Considerations
     Protected Lifetime Income Benefits
     Direct Rollovers
FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
GENERAL MATTERS
     Error in Age or Gender
     Incontestability
     Non-Participation
     Assignment or Transfer of a Contract
     Notice
     Modification
     Reports
     Settlement
     Receipt of Payment
     Protection of Proceeds
     Minimum Values
     Application of Law
     No Default
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
     Distribution
     Inquiries
CEFLI
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
BUSINESS DISRUPTION AND CYBER-SECURITY RISKS
VOTING RIGHTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
APPENDIX A: DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATION EXAMPLES
APPENDIX B: Variations of Right to Cancel Deadlines After Receipt of Contract by Owner, by State
APPENDIX C: EXPLANATION OF THE VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENT CALCULATION
APPENDIX D: CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
APPENDIX E: Example of SecurePay Life Rider
APPENDIX F: Superceded Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement Information

DEFINITIONS

"We", "us", "our", "Protective Life", and "Company":   refer to Protective Life Insurance Company. "You", "your" and "Owner" refer to the person(s) who has been issued a Contract.

Accumulation Unit::   A unit of measure used to calculate the value of a Sub-Account prior to the Annuity Date.

Administrative Office:   Protective Life Insurance Company, P. O. Box 10648, Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648 (for Written Notice sent by U.S. postal service) or Protective Life Insurance Company, 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223 (for Written Notice sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service).

Annual Withdrawal Amount or AWA:   The maximum amount that may be withdrawn from the Contract under the SecurePay rider each Contract Year after the Benefit Election Date without reducing the Benefit Base.

Annuity Date:   The date as of which the Annuity Value is applied to an Annuity Option.

Annuity Option:   The payout option under which the Company makes annuity income payments.

Annuity Value:   The amount we apply to the Annuity Option you have selected.

Assumed Investment Return:   The assumed annual rate of return used to calculate the amount of the variable income payments.

Benefit Election Date:   The date you choose to start your SecurePay Withdrawals.

Benefit Period:   The period between the Benefit Election Date and any event which would cause the rider to terminate.

Code:   The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract:   The Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity, a flexible premium, deferred, variable and fixed annuity contract.

Contract Anniversary:   The same month and day as the Issue Date in each subsequent year of the Contract.

Contract Value:   Before the Annuity Date, the sum of the Variable Account value and the Guaranteed Account value.

Contract Year:   Any period of 12 months commencing with the Issue Date or any Contract Anniversary.

Covered Person:   The person or persons upon whose lives the benefits of the SecurePay rider, as applicable, are based. There may not be more than two Covered Persons.

DCA:   Dollar cost averaging.

DCA Accounts:   A part of the Guaranteed Account, but separate from the Fixed Account. The DCA Accounts are designed to transfer amounts to the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account systematically over a designated period.

Death Benefit:   The amount we pay to the beneficiary if an Owner dies before the Annuity Date.

Due Proof of Death:   Receipt at our Administrative Office of a certified death certificate or judicial order from a court of competent jurisdiction or similar tribunal.

Excess Withdrawals:   Any portion of a withdrawal that, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during a Contract Year, exceeds the maximum withdrawal amount permitted under one of the Protected Lifetime Income Benefits.

Fixed Account:   A part of the Guaranteed Account, but separate from the DCA Accounts. Amounts allocated or transferred to the Fixed Account earn interest from the date the funds are credited to the account.

Fund:   Any investment portfolio in which a corresponding Sub-Account invests.

Good Order ("good order"):   A request or transaction generally is considered in "Good Order" if we receive it in our Administrative Office within the time limits, if any, prescribed in this Prospectus for a particular transaction or instruction, it includes all information necessary for us to execute the requested instruction or transaction, and is signed by the individual or individuals authorized to provide the instruction or engage in the transaction. A request or transaction may be rejected or delayed if not in Good Order. Good Order generally means the actual receipt by us of the instructions relating to the request or transaction in writing (or, when permitted, by telephone or Internet as described above) along with all forms, information and supporting legal documentation we require to effect the instruction or transaction. This information and documentation generally includes, to the extent applicable: the completed application or instruction form; your contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars or percentage terms); the names and allocations to and/or from the Investment Options affected by the requested transaction; the signatures of all Owners (exactly as indicated on the Contract), if necessary; Social Security Number or Tax I.D.; and any other information or supporting documentation that we may require, including any spousal or Joint Owner's consents. With respect to Purchase Payments, Good Order also generally includes receipt by us of sufficient funds to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in Good Order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any Good Order requirement at any time. If you have any questions, you should contact us or your registered representative before submitting the form or request.

Guaranteed Account:   The Fixed Account, the DCA Accounts and any other Investment Option we may offer with interest rate guarantees.

Investment Option:   Any account to which you may allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Contract Value under this Contract. The Investment Options are the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account and the Guaranteed Account available in this Contract.

Issue Date:   The date as of which we credit the initial Purchase Payment to the Contract and the date the Contract takes effect.

Maximum Annuity Date:   The latest date on which you must surrender or annuitize the Contract, currently the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95th birthday.

Monthly Anniversary Date:   The same day each month as the Issue Date, or the last day of any month that does not have the same day as the Issue Date.

Owner:   The person or persons who own the Contract and are entitled to exercise all rights and privileges provided in the Contract.

Prohibited Allocation Instruction:   An instruction from you to allocate Purchase Payments or Contract Value or to take withdrawals that is not consistent with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions required in order to maintain SecurePay benefit. If we receive a Prohibited Allocation Instruction, we will terminate your SecurePay benefit.

Protected Lifetime Income Benefits:   The optional SecurePay benefit offered with the Contract.

Purchase Payment:   The amount(s) paid by the Owner and accepted by the Company as consideration for this Contract.

Qualified Contracts:   Contracts issued in connection with retirement plans that receive favorable tax treatment under Sections 401, 408, 408A or 457 of the Code.

Qualified Plans:   Retirement plans that receive favorable tax treatment under Sections 401, 408, 408A or 457 of the Code.

Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement:   A periodic supplement to this Prospectus which sets forth the current Maximum Withdrawal percentage under the SecurePay living benefit rider available when you purchase your Contract. See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (‘SECUREPAY") – Determining the Amount of Your SecurePay Withdrawals.”

Rider Issue Date:   The date a Protected Lifetime Income Benefit rider is issued.

RightTime:   The ability to purchase the Protected Lifetime Income Benefit rider, SecurePay, after your Contract is issued, so long as you satisfy the rider’s issue requirements and the rider is still available for sale.

Sub-Account:   A separate division of the Variable Account.

Valuation Date:   Each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.

Valuation Period:   The period which begins at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (usually 3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date and ends at the close of regular trading on the next Valuation Date. A Valuation Period ends earlier if the New York Stock Exchange closes early on certain scheduled days (such as the Friday after Thanksgiving or Christmas Eve) or in case of an emergency.

Variable Account:   The PLICO Variable Annuity Account S, a separate investment account of Protective Life.

Written Notice:   A notice or request submitted in writing in Good Order that we receive at the Administrative Office via U.S. postal service or nationally recognized overnight delivery service. Please note that we use the term "written notice" in lower case to refer to a notice that we may send to you.

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering the Contract. The first table describes the fees and charges that you will pay at the time you buy the Contract, take a withdrawal from or surrender the Contract, or transfer amounts among the Sub-Accounts and/or the Guaranteed Account.


OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Sales Charge Imposed on Purchase Payments None
Transfer Fee(1) $25
Premium Tax(2) 3.5%


(1) Protective Life currently does not charge this Transfer Fee, but reserves the right to do so in the future for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in any Contract Year. We will give written notice thirty (30) days before we impose a Transfer Fee. (See "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS.")

(2) Some states impose premium taxes at rates currently ranging up to 3.5%. If premium taxes apply to your Contract, we will deduct them from the Purchase Payment(s) when accepted or from the Contract Value upon a surrender or withdrawal, death or annuitization.


The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract, not including Fund fees and expenses.


PERIODIC FEES AND CHARGES

(other than Fund expenses)

Variable Account Annual Expenses

(as a percentage of average Variable Account value)

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge  0.35% 
Administration Charge  0.10% 
Total Variable Account Annual Expenses (excluding optional benefit charges)  0.45% 

Optional Benefit Charges

Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Fee (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date) 0.20%
Protected Lifetime Income BenefitsSecurePay Life Rider Fee(1) (as an annualized percentage of the Benefit Base(2) on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning with the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date following election of the rider)
    Maximum  Current 
Purchase of SecurePay Life rider at Contract Purchase  2.00%  See Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement for current rates. 
Purchase of SecurePay Life rider under RightTime  2.20%  See Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement for current rates. 



(1) We will give you at least 30 days' written notice before any increase in the SecurePay Fee. You may elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee. If you do, your SecurePay rider will not terminate, but your current Benefit Base will be capped at its then current value. You will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee, however, even though you will have given up the opportunity for any future increases in your SecurePay Benefit Base. See "THE SECUREPAY RIDER" in this Prospectus.

(2) The Benefit Base is a value used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amounts, and the fees charged, under the SecurePay rider. If the rider is purchased at issue, your initial Benefit Base is equal to your initial purchase payments. If the rider is added through RightTime, your initial Benefit Base is equal to your Contract Value on the Rider Issue Date. For more information on the SecurePay rider, the Benefit Base and how it is calculated, please see "THE SECUREPAY RIDER" in this Prospectus.


The next table shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract. More detail concerning each Fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund.

The Fund expenses used to prepare the next table were provided to Protective Life by the Funds. The expenses shown are based on expenses incurred for the year ended December 31, 2019. Current or future expenses may be higher or lower than those shown.

RANGE OF EXPENSES FOR THE FUNDS

    Minimum    Maximum 
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses(*)  0.30 %  1.82% 
(total of all expenses that are deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, 12b-1 fees, and other expenses)       


(*) The range of Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses shown here does not take into account contractual and voluntary arrangements under which the Funds' advisers currently reimburse Fund expenses or waive fees. Please see the prospectus for each Fund for more information about that Fund's expenses.


Example of Charges

The following examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. The examples show the costs of investing in the Contract, including owner transaction expenses, Variable Account Annual Expenses (mortality and expense risk charge, administration charge, and any optional rider charges), and both maximum and minimum Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses.

The examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the Contract for the periods indicated. The examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

  1. If you purchased the SecurePay rider under RightTime:

    1. If you surrender, annuitize(*) or remain invested in the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

      1. reflecting the maximum charge:

      2.     1 year  3 years  5 years  10 years 
        Maximum Fund Expense  $423  $1278  $2145  $4362 
        Minimum Fund Expense  $277  $848  $1444  $3052 

      3. reflecting the current charge:

      4.     1 year  3 years  5 years  10 years 
        Maximum Fund Expense  $333  $1014  $1718  $3578 
        Minimum Fund Expense  $186  $574  $987  $2138 

  2. If you have not purchased the SecurePay rider:

    1. If you surrender, annuitize(*) or remain invested in the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

          1 year  3 years  5 years  10 years 
      Maximum Fund Expense  $223  $688  $1179  $2528 
      Minimum Fund Expense  $75  $236  $410  $915 


(*) You may not annuitize your Contract within 3 years after we accept your most recent Purchase Payment. For more information, see "ANNUITY PAYMENTS, Annuity Date, Changing the Annuity Date." The death benefit fee does not apply after the Annuity Date.


Please remember that the examples are an illustration and do not guarantee the amount of future expenses. Your actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. Similarly, your rate of return may be more or less than the 5% rate of return assumed in the examples.

SUMMARY

The Contract

What is the Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity Contract?

The Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity is an individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract issued by Protective Life. (See "The Contract.")

What are the Company's obligations under the Contract?

The benefits under the Contract are paid by us from our general account assets and/or your Contract Value held in the Variable Account. You assume all of the investment risk for Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocated to the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account, which is not part of our general account. Our general account assets support our insurance and annuity obligations and are subject to our general liabilities from business operations and to claims by our creditors. Because amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and the DCA Accounts, plus any guarantees under the Contract that exceed your Contract Value (such as those associated with any enhanced death benefits, or the SecurePay rider) are paid from our general account, any amounts that we may pay under the Contract in excess of Variable Account value are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

It is important to note that there is no guarantee that we will always be able to meet our claims-paying obligations, and there are risks to purchasing any insurance product. For this reason, you should consider our financial strength and claims paying ability to meet our obligations under the Contract when purchasing a Contract and making investment decisions under the Contract.

How may I purchase a Contract?

Protective Life sells the Contracts through financial advisers associated with Financial Intermediaries such as investment advisers registered with the SEC or state securities regulatory authorities (registered investment advisers) or banks. (See "DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS.")

Protective Life will issue your Contract when it receives and accepts your complete application information and an initial Purchase Payment through the Financial Intermediary you have selected. (See "Issuance of a Contract.")

What are the Purchase Payments?

The minimum amount that Protective Life will accept as an initial Purchase Payment is $5,000. Purchase Payments may be made at any time prior to the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 86th birthday. The minimum subsequent Purchase Payment we will accept is $100, or $50 if the payment is made under our current automatic purchase payment plan. If you purchase the SecurePay rider, the automatic purchase payment plan will terminate two years after the Rider Issue Date. The maximum aggregate Purchase Payment(s) we will accept without prior Administrative Office approval is $1,000,000. We may impose conditions for our acceptance of aggregate Purchase Payments greater than $1,000,000, such as limiting the death benefit options that are available under your Contract.

If you purchase the SecurePay rider, you cannot make any Purchase Payments two years or more after the Rider Issue Date, or on or after the Benefit Election Date, whichever comes first. (See "SecurePay"). We reserve the right to limit, suspend, or reject any and all Purchase Payments at any time. We will give written notice at least five (5) days before any changes to Purchase Payment limitations go into effect. (See "Purchase Payments.")

Can I cancel the Contract?

You have the right to return the Contract within a certain number of days (which varies by state and is never less than ten) after you receive it. The returned Contract will be treated as if it were never issued. Protective Life will refund the Contract Value in states where permitted. This amount may be more or less than the Purchase Payments. In states requiring the return of Purchase Payments, we will refund the greater of the Contract Value or the Purchase Payments. (See "Right to Cancel.")

Can I transfer amounts in the Contract?

Before the Annuity Date, you may transfer amounts among the Investment Options. There are, however, limitations on transfers: any transfer must be at least $100; no amounts may be transferred into a DCA Account.

No amounts may be transferred to the Fixed Account within six months after any transfer from the Guaranteed Account to the Variable Account; transfers out of the Fixed Account are limited to the greater of (a) $2,500 or (b) 25% of the value of the Fixed Account in any Contract Year.

After the Annuity Date, if you have selected variable income payments, you may transfer amounts among the Sub-Accounts, but no more frequently than once per month, and you may not transfer within the Guaranteed Account or between a Sub-Account and the Guaranteed Account.

We reserve the right to charge a transfer fee of $25 for each transfer after the 12th transfer in any Contract Year. We will give written notice thirty (30) days before we impose a transfer fee or limit the number of transfers. We also reserve the right to limit the number of transfers to no more than 12 per Contract Year. We may restrict or refuse to honor transfers when we determine that they may be detrimental to the Funds or Contract Owners, such as frequent transfers and market timing transfers by or on behalf of an Owner or group of Owners. (See "Transfers.") For purposes of calculating the number of transfers, we treat instructions received on the same business day as a single transfer without regard to the number of Sub-Accounts involved. If you purchase the SecurePay rider, your options for transferring Contract Value among the Investment Options will be restricted in accordance with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. (See "ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS.")

For more information about transfers, how to request transfers and limitations on transfers, see "Transfers — Limitations on Transfers."

Can I surrender the Contract?

Upon Written Notice before the Annuity Date, you may surrender the Contract and receive its surrender value. (See "Surrenders and Withdrawals.") Surrenders may have federal and state income tax consequences, as well as a 10% federal penalty tax if the surrender occurs before the Owner reaches age 59-1/2. (See "Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.")

Can I withdraw my money from the Contract?

Any time before the Annuity Date, you may request by Written Notice a withdrawal from your Contract provided the Contract Value remaining after the withdrawal is at least $5,000. Under certain conditions we may also accept withdrawals requested by facsimile and telephone. You also may elect to participate in our automatic withdrawal plan, which allows you to pre-authorize periodic withdrawals prior to the Annuity Date. (See "Surrenders and Withdrawals.") Withdrawals may be available under certain Annuity Options. (See "ANNUITY PAYMENTS — Annuity Options.") Withdrawals reduce your Contract Value and death benefit. Federal and state income taxes may apply, as well as a 10% federal penalty tax if the withdrawal occurs before the Owner reaches age 59-1/2. (See "Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.") If you purchase the SecurePay rider, special withdrawal rules apply, especially on or after the Benefit Election Date. (See "PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS.")

What happens when the Owner dies?

In the event of the Owner's death, all automatic transfer programs under the Contract, such as dollar cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing will cease upon our receipt of Due Proof of Death of the Owner at our Administrative Office. (See "Dollar Cost Averaging" and "Portfolio Rebalancing.")

Is there a death benefit?

If any Owner dies before the Annuity Date and while this Contract is in force, a death benefit, less any applicable premium tax, will be payable to the Beneficiary. The death benefit is determined as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive Due Proof of Death of the Owner at our Administrative Office. (See "DEATH BENEFIT.")

The Contract Value Death Benefit is included with your Contract at no additional charge. You may select the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit for an additional fee, but only if the oldest Owner is younger than age 76 on the Issue Date of the Contract. You must select your Death Benefit at the time you apply for your Contract, and your selection may not be changed after the Contract is issued. See "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Death Benefit Fee."

What charges do I pay under the Contract?

We apply a charge to the daily net asset value of the Variable Account that consists of a mortality and expense risk charge and an administration charge. We do not currently impose a transfer fee, but we reserve the right to charge a $25 fee for the 13th and each additional transfer during any Contract Year if we determine, in our sole discretion, that the number of transfers or the cost of processing such transfers is excessive. We will give written notice thirty (30) days before we impose a transfer fee or limit the number of transfers. For more information about transfers, how to request transfers and limitations on transfers, see "Transfers — Limitations on Transfers". We also deduct from your Contract Value charges for any optional benefits and riders applicable to your Contract, such as the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit and the SecurePay rider.

We will deduct any applicable state premium tax from Purchase Payments or Contract Value if premium taxes apply to your Contract. The Funds' investment management fees and other operating expenses are more fully described in the prospectuses for the Funds.

(See the "FEES AND EXPENSES" tables preceding this Summary and the "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS" section later in this Prospectus.)

What is the SecurePay Rider?

The SecurePay rider guarantees the right to make withdrawals based upon the value of a protected lifetime income benefit base ("Benefit Base") that will remain fixed even if your Contract Value declines due to poor market performance. You may select the SecurePay rider when you purchase your Contract, or later, under the RightTime option, provided you satisfy the rider's age requirements. The SecurePay rider provides for increases in your Benefit Base on your Contract Anniversary if your Contract Value has increased.

Note: We do not accept Purchase Payments after the Benefit Election Date or those we receive two years or more after the Rider Issue Date, whichever comes first.

Under the SecurePay rider, withdrawals may be made over the lifetime of persons designated under the rider, provided the rider's requirements are satisfied. Annual aggregate withdrawals on or after the Benefit Election Date that exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount (AWA) will result in a reduction of rider benefits, and may even significantly reduce or eliminate the value of such benefits, because we will reduce the Benefit Base and corresponding AWA. Any withdrawals made on or after the Rider Issue Date but prior to the Benefit Election Date – including automatic withdrawals – will similarly result in a reduction in the Benefit Base and corresponding AWA, and may even significantly reduce or eliminate the value of such benefits. All withdrawals, including SecurePay Withdrawals, will reduce the Contract Value and the death benefit under the Contract, and may be subject to federal and state income taxes, as well as a 10% federal tax penalty if made prior to age 59 ½.

Under the SecurePay rider your options for allocating Purchase Payments and Contract Value will be restricted, because you must make all allocations in accordance with the rider's Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. These Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions require you to allocate all of your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with Allocation by Investment Category guidelines or eligible Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios. Therefore, if you are seeking a more aggressive growth strategy, the portfolio allocations required for participation in the SecurePay rider are probably not appropriate for you. Please see "ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS."

We charge an additional fee if you purchase the SecurePay rider. If you elect the rider, you will begin paying this fee as of the date the SecurePay rider is issued. You may not cancel the SecurePay rider for the first ten years following the date of its issue. To purchase the SecurePay rider, the youngest Owner and Annuitant must be age 60 or older and the oldest Owner and Annuitant must be age 85 or younger on the Rider Issue Date. (See "THE SECUREPAY RIDER.")

Withdrawals from your Contract while your Contract Value is greater than zero will be deducted from your Contract Value and not from our General Account assets. If your Contract Value is reduced to zero (other than due to an Excess Withdrawal), the Company will make lifetime income benefit payments from its own assets. Therefore, it is possible that the Owner may not receive lifetime income benefit payments derived from the Company’s assets.

What is the RightTime Option?

You may elect the SecurePay rider at the time you purchase your Contract, or you may purchase the rider later under our RightTime option so long as you satisfy the rider's issue requirements and the rider is still available for sale. If you purchase the rider under the RightTime option, the rider will be subject to the terms and conditions in effect at the time the rider is issued. Currently, the annual rider fee is 0.10% higher for the SecurePay rider if you exercise the RightTime option to elect the rider than if you elect the rider when you purchase your Contract. See "PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS."

What Annuity Options are available?

We apply the Annuity Value to an Annuity Option on the Annuity Date, unless you choose to receive that amount in a lump sum. Annuity Options include: payments for a certain period and life income with or without payments for a certain period. Annuity Options are available on either a fixed or variable payment basis. (See "ANNUITY PAYMENTS.")

Is the Contract available for qualified retirement plans?

You may purchase the Contract for use within certain qualified retirement plans or arrangements that receive favorable tax treatment, such as individual retirement accounts and individual retirement annuities (IRAs), and pension and profit sharing plans (including H.R. 10 Plans). Many of these qualified plans, including IRAs, provide the same type of tax deferral as provided by the Contract. The Contract, however, provides a number of benefits and features not provided by such retirement plans or arrangements alone. There are costs and expenses under the Contract related to these benefits and features. You should consult a qualified tax or financial adviser for information specific to your circumstances to determine whether the use of the Contract within a qualified retirement plan is an appropriate investment for you. (See "DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT, The Contract," and "FEDERAL TAX MATTERS, Qualified Retirement Plans.")

Where may I find financial information about the Sub-Accounts?

You may find financial information about the Sub-Accounts in Appendix D to this Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information.

Other contracts

We issue other types of annuity contracts and insurance policies that also invest in the same Funds in which your Contract invests. These other types of contracts and policies may have different charges that could affect the value of their sub-accounts and may offer different benefits than the Contract. To obtain more information about these other contracts and policies, you may contact our Administrative Office in writing or by telephone.

Federal Tax Status

Generally all earnings on the investments underlying the Contract are tax-deferred until withdrawn or until annuity income payments begin. A distribution from a non-Qualified Contract, which includes a surrender or withdrawal or payment of a death benefit, will generally result in taxable income if there has been an increase in the Contract Value. In the case of a Qualified Contract, a distribution generally will result in taxable income even if there has not been an increase in the Contract Value. In certain circumstances, a 10% penalty tax may also apply to distributions from non-Qualified as well as Qualified Contracts. All amounts includable in income with respect to the Contract are taxed as ordinary income; no amounts are taxed at the special lower rates applicable to long term capital gains and corporate dividends. (See "FEDERAL TAX MATTERS.")

THE COMPANY, VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND FUNDS

Protective Life Insurance Company

The Contracts are issued by Protective Life. Protective Life is a Tennessee corporation and was founded in 1907. Protective Life markets individual life insurance, credit life and disability insurance, guaranteed investment contracts, guaranteed funding agreements, fixed and variable annuities and extended service contracts. Protective Life is currently licensed to transact life insurance business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. As of December 31, 2019, Protective Life had total assets of approximately $120.5 billion. Protective Life is the principal operating subsidiary of Protective Life Corporation (“PLC”), a U.S. insurance holding company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Dai-ichi Life Insurance Company, Limited (“Dai-ichi”). Dai-ichi is a top 20 global life insurance company. Dai-ichi's stock is traded on the Tokyo Stock Exchange. As of December 31, 2019, PLC had total assets of approximately $121.1 billion.

The assets of Protective Life's general account support its insurance and annuity obligations and are subject to its general liabilities from business operations and to claims by its creditors. Because amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and the DCA Accounts, plus any guarantees under the Contract that exceed your Contract Value (such as those associated with any enhanced death benefits or the SecurePay rider), are paid from Protective Life's general account, any amounts that Protective Life may pay under the Contract in excess of Variable Account value are subject to its financial strength and claims-paying ability. It is important to note that there is no guarantee that Protective Life will always be able to meet its claims-paying obligations, and that there are risks to purchasing any insurance product. For this reason, you should consider Protective Life's financial strength and claims paying ability to meet its obligations under the Contract when purchasing a Contract and making investment decisions under the Contract.

PLICO Variable Annuity Account S

The PLICO Variable Annuity Account S is a separate investment account of Protective Life. The Variable Account was established under Tennessee law by the Board of Directors of Protective Life on October 11, 1993. The Variable Account is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws.

Protective Life owns the assets of the Variable Account. These assets are held separate from other assets and are not part of Protective Life's general account. You assume all of the investment risk for Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocated to the Sub-Accounts. Your Contract Value in the Sub-Accounts is part of the assets of the Variable Account. The portion of the assets of the Variable Account equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities (which is equal to Contract Value) of the Variable Account will not be charged with liabilities that arise from any other business Protective Life conducts. Protective Life may transfer to its general account any assets which exceed the reserves and other contract liabilities (which is equal to Contract Value) of the Variable Account. Protective Life may accumulate in the Variable Account the charge for mortality and expense risks and investment results applicable to those assets that are in excess of the net assets supporting the contracts. The income, gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, from the assets of the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the Variable Account without regard to any other income, gains or losses of Protective Life. The obligations under the Contracts are obligations of Protective Life.

Administration

Protective Life Insurance Company performs the Contract administration at its Administrative Office at 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223. Contract administration includes processing applications for the Contracts and subsequent Owner requests; processing Purchase Payments, transfers, surrenders and death benefit claims as well as performing record maintenance and disbursing annuity income payments.

The Funds

The assets of each Sub-Account are invested solely in a corresponding Fund. Each Fund is an investment portfolio of one of the investment companies listed below.

If you select the SecurePay rider your options for allocating Purchase Payments and Contract Value will be restricted. You must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. In general, the required allocations under these guidelines focus on conservative, high quality bond funds, combine bond funds and growth stock funds, or emphasize growth stock funds while including a significant weighting of bond funds with a goal of seeking to provide income and/or capital appreciation while avoiding excessive risk. (See "ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS.")

Fund    Fund Manager/
Investment Adviser 
Subadvisor(s) 
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)  Invesco Advisers, Inc.   
American Funds Insurance Series  Capital Research and Management Company   
Clayton Street Trust  Janus Capital Management LLC   
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products  Fidelity Management and Research Company  FMR Co., Inc.
Strategic Advisors, Inc.
Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. 
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust  Franklin Advisers, Inc. (Franklin Flex Cap Growth VIP Fund, Franklin Income VIP Fund, Franklin Mutual Global Discovery VIP Fund, Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund, Franklin Strategic Income VIP Fund, Franklin U.S. Government Securities VIP Fund and the Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund)

Franklin Advisory Services, LLC (Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund and the Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund)

Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC(Franklin Mutual Global Discovery VIP Fund, Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund and Franklin Strategic Income VIP Fund)

Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC(Templeton Foreign VIP Fund)

Templeton Global Advisors Limited (Templeton Growth VIP Fund)

Templeton Asset Management Ltd. (Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund) 
 
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust  Goldman Sachs Asset Management L.P.
 
 
Great-West Funds, Inc.  Great-West Capital Management, LLC   
Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust  Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC  ClearBridge Advisors, LLC; 
Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.  Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC   
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust  Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC.  Research Affiliates, LLC 
Royce Capital Fund  Royce & Associates, LLC   
Schwab Variable Insurance Trust  Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.   

Shares of the Funds are offered only to:

  1. the Variable Account;
  2. other separate accounts of Protective Life and its affiliates supporting variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies;
  3. separate accounts of other life insurance companies supporting variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies; and
  4. certain qualified retirement plans.

For a discussion of the potential conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of the sale of Fund shares to separate accounts that support variable annuity contracts, variable life insurance policies and certain qualified pension and retirement plans as well as the sale of Fund shares to the separate accounts of insurance companies that are not affiliated with Protective Life, see the prospectuses for the Funds. Fund shares are not offered directly to investors but are available only through the purchase of such contracts or policies or through such plans. See the prospectus for each Fund for details about that Fund.

AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)

Invesco Oppenheimer V.I.Global Fund, Series II Shares

This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money Fund

This Fund seeks income consistent with stability of principal.

You could lose money by investing in the Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money Fund. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it cannot guarantee it will do so. An investment in the Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The Fund's sponsor has no legal obligation to provide financial support to the Fund, and you should not expect that the sponsor will provide financial support to the Fund at any time. The yield of this Fund may become very low during periods of low interest rates. After deduction of Variable Account Annual Expenses, the yield in the Sub-Account that invests in this Fund could be negative. If the yield in the Sub-Account becomes negative, Contract Value invested in the Sub-Account may decline.

Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Fund, Series II Shares

This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Invesco V.I. Balanced Risk Allocation Fund, Series II Shares

The Fund seeks total return with a low to moderate correlation to traditional financial market indices.

Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund, Series II Shares

This Fund seeks capital growth and income through investments in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.

Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund, Series II Shares

This Fund seeks both capital appreciation and current income.

Invesco V.I. Global Real Estate Fund, Series II Shares

This Fund seeks total return through growth of capital and current income.

Invesco V.I. Government Securities Fund, Series II Shares

The Fund seeks total return, comprised of current income and capital appreciation.

Invesco V.I. Growth and Income Fund, Series II Shares

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital and income.

Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund, Series II Shares

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

American Funds Insurance Series®

IS Asset Allocation Fund, Class 4

The Fund seeks high total return (including income and capital gains) consistent with preservation of capital over the long term.

IS Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund, Class 4

The Fund's investment objectives are to produce income exceeding the average yield on U.S. stocks generally and to provide an opportunity for growth of principal consistent with sound common stock investing.

IS Bond Fund, Class 4

The Fund's investment objective is to provide as high a level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital.

IS Capital Income Builder®, Class 4

The Fund has two primary investment objectives. It seeks (1) to provide a level of current income that exceeds the average yield on U.S. stocks generally and (2) to provide a growing stream of income over the years. The Fund’s secondary objective is to provide growth of capital.

IS Global Growth Fund, Class 4

The Fund's investment objective is to provide long-term growth of capital.

IS Global Growth and Income Fund, Class 4

The Fund’s investment objective is to provide long-term growth of capital while providing current income.

IS Global Small Capitalization Fund, Class 4

The Fund's investment objective is to provide long-term growth of capital.

IS Growth Fund, Class 4

The Fund's investment objective is to provide growth of capital.

IS Growth-Income Fund, Class 4

The Fund’s investment objectives are to achieve long-term growth of capital and income.

IS International Fund, Class 4

The Fund's investment objective is to provide long-term growth of capital.

IS New World Fund®, Class 4

The Fund's investment objective is long-term capital appreciation.

IS US Government, Class 4

The Fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of current income consistent with preservation of capital.

Clayton Street Trust

Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series- Conservative Portfolio

This Fund seeks total return through income and growth of capital, balanced by capital preservation.

Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series- Growth Portfolio

This Fund seeks total return through growth of capital, balanced by capital preservation.

Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series- Moderate Portfolio

This Fund seeks total return through growth of capital and income, balanced by capital preservation.

Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products

VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio, Service Class 2

This Fund seeks as high a level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital.

VIP Mid Cap Portfolio, Service Class 2

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust

Franklin Flex Cap Growth VIP Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests predominantly in equity securities of companies that the investment manager believes have the potential for capital appreciation.

Franklin Income VIP Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of debt and equity securities.

Franklin Mutual Global Discovery VIP Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, this Fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.

Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the investment manager believes are undervalued.

Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation, with preservation of capital as an important consideration. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of financially sound companies that have paid consistently rising dividends.

Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks long-term total return. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small capitalization companies.

Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small capitalization and mid-capitalization companies.

Franklin Strategic Income VIP Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks a high level of current income, with capital appreciation over the long-term as a secondary goal. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests primarily to predominantly in U.S. and foreign debt securities, including those in emerging markets.

Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in emerging markets investments.

Templeton Foreign VIP Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of issuers located outside the U.S., including those in emerging markets.

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. Under normal market conditions, this Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in debt securities of any maturity.

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust

Core Fixed Income Fund, Service Class

This Fund seeks a total return consisting of capital appreciation and income that exceeds the total return of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.

Global Trends Allocation Fund, Service Class

This Fund seeks total return while seeking to provide volatility management.

Growth Opportunities Fund, Service Class

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Mid Cap Value Fund, Service Class

This Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Strategic Growth Fund, Service Class

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Great-West Funds, Inc.

Great-West Bond Index Fund, Investor Class

The fund seeks investment results that track the total return of the debt securities that comprise the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (the "benchmark index").

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust

ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio, Class II

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth Portfolio, Class II

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.

Bond-Debenture Portfolio, Value Class

The Fund seeks high current income and the opportunity for capital appreciation to produce a high total return.

Dividend Growth Portfolio, Value Class (formerly Calibrated Dividend Growth Portfolio, Value Class)

The Fund seeks current income and capital appreciation.

Fundamental Equity Portfolio, Value Class

The Fund seeks long-term growth of capital and income without excessive fluctuations in market value.

Growth Opportunities Portfolio, Value Class

The Fund seeks capital appreciation.

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust

All Asset Portfolio, Advisor Class

This Portfolio seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.

Global Diversified Allocation Portfolio, Advisor Class

The Portfolio seeks to maximize risk-adjusted total return relative to a blend of 60% MSCI World Index/40% Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Index.

Long-Term US Government Portfolio, Advisor Class

This Portfolio seeks maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management.

Low Duration Portfolio, Advisor Class

This Portfolio seeks maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management.

Real Return Portfolio, Advisor Class

This Portfolio seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.

Short-Term Portfolio, Advisor Class

This Portfolio seeks maximum current income, consistent with preservation of capital and daily liquidity.

Total Return Portfolio, Advisor Class

This Portfolio seeks maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management.

Royce Capital Fund

Small-Cap Fund, Service Class

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Schwab® Variable Insurance Trust

Schwab® Government Money Market Portfolio

The fund seeks the highest current income consistent with stability of capital and liquidity.

Schwab® S&P 500 Index Portfolio

The fund's goal is to track the total return of the S&P 500 Index.

Schwab® VIT Balanced Portfolio

The fund seeks long-term capital appreciation and income.

Schwab® VIT Balanced with Growth Portfolio

The fund seeks long-term capital appreciation and income.

Schwab® VIT Growth Portfolio

The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

There is no assurance that the stated objectives and policies of any of the Funds will be achieved. More detailed information concerning the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Funds, the expenses of the Funds, the risks attendant to investing in the Funds and other aspects of their operations can be found in the current prospectuses for the Funds and the current Statement of Additional Information for each of the Funds. You may obtain a prospectus or a Statement of Additional Information for any of the Funds by contacting Protective Life or by asking your financial adviser. You should read the Funds' prospectuses carefully before making any decision concerning the allocation of Purchase Payments or transfers among the Sub-Accounts.

Certain Funds may have investment objectives and policies similar to other mutual funds (sometimes having similar names) that are managed by the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of the Funds, however, may be more or less favorable than the results of such other mutual funds. Protective Life does not guarantee or make any representation that the investment results of any Fund is, or will be, comparable to any other mutual fund, even one with the same investment adviser or manager.

Selection of Funds

We select the Funds offered through the Contracts based on several criteria, including but not limited to the following:

Another factor we consider during the selection process is whether the Fund, its adviser, its sub-adviser, or an affiliate will make payments to us or our affiliates. For a discussion of these arrangements, see "Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds." We also consider whether the Fund, its adviser, sub-adviser, or distributor (or an affiliate) can provide marketing and distribution support for sale of the Contracts. We review each Fund periodically after it is selected. Upon review, we may remove a Fund or restrict allocation of additional Purchase Payments and/or transfers of Contract Value to a Fund if we determine the Fund no longer meets one or more of the criteria and/or if the Fund has not attracted significant contract owner assets. We do not recommend or endorse any particular Fund, and we do not provide investment advice.

Asset Allocation Model Portfolios  Four asset allocation models ("Model Portfolios") are available at no additional charge as Investment Options under your Contract.

Each Model Portfolio invests different percentages of Contract Value in some or all of the Sub-Accounts under your Contract, and these Model Portfolios range from conservative to aggressive. The Model Portfolios are intended to provide a diversified investment portfolio by combining different asset classes to help you reach your investment goal. Also, while diversification may help reduce overall risk, it does not eliminate the risk of losses and it does not protect against losses in a declining market. There can be no assurance that any of the Model Portfolios will achieve their investment objectives.

Pursuant to an agreement with Protective Life, Milliman Financial Risk Management LLC ("Milliman"), a diversified financial services firm and registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, provides consulting services to Protective Life regarding the composition and review of the Model Portfolios and is compensated by Protective Life for doing so. There is no investment advisory relationship between Milliman and Owners with respect to the Model Portfolios. In the future, Protective Life may modify or discontinue its arrangement with Milliman, in which case Protective Life may contract with another firm to provide similar asset allocation models, provide its own asset allocation models, or cease offering asset allocation models. Protective Life does not provide investment advisory services in making the Model Portfolios or any other service or feature available under the Contract.

The selection of Investment Options in the Model Portfolios involves balancing a number of factors including, but not limited to, the investment objectives, policies and expenses of the Funds in each Model Portfolio, the overall historical performance and volatility of the Funds. In addition, Protective Life considers the marketability of individual Funds and Fund families, as well as marketing support provided to Protective Life and the firms who sell the Contracts and administrative services and marketing support payments made by the Fund or its manager to Protective Life or Investment Distributors, Inc. ("IDI"). The receipt of greater administrative services or marketing support payments from certain Funds may present a conflict of interest for Protective Life.

The available Model Portfolios and the composition of each specific Model Portfolio you select may change from time to time. In addition, the target asset allocations of these Model Portfolios may vary from time to time in response to market conditions and changes in the portfolio holdings of the Funds in the underlying Sub-Accounts. We will provide written notice if the composition of a model portfolio changes, if there is a material change in our arrangement with Milliman, or if we cease offering asset allocation models altogether. We will not reallocate your Contract Value or change the allocations of your future Purchase Payments in response to these changes, however. If you desire to change your Contract Value or Purchase Payment allocation or percentages to reflect a revised or different Model Portfolio, you must submit new allocation instructions to our Administrative Office in writing. If you have elected the SecurePay rider, your new allocation instructions must meet the current Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions for the living benefit, and we will rebalance your Contract Value at the time we receive your new allocation.

The following is a brief description of the four Model Portfolios currently available. They are more fully described in a separate brochure. Your sales representative can provide additional information about the Model Portfolios and help you select which Model Portfolio, if any, may be suitable for you. Please talk to him or her if you have additional questions about these Model Portfolios.

Other Information about the Funds

Each Fund sells its shares to the Variable Account in accordance with the terms of a participation agreement between the appropriate investment company and Protective Life. The termination provisions of these agreements vary. If a participation agreement relating to a Fund terminates, the Variable Account may not be able to purchase additional shares of that Fund. In that event, Owners may no longer be able to allocate Variable Account value or Purchase Payments to Sub-Accounts investing in that Fund. In certain circumstances, it is also possible that a Fund may refuse to sell its shares to the Variable Account despite the fact that the participation agreement relating to that Fund has not been terminated. Should a Fund decide to discontinue selling its shares to the Variable Account, Protective Life would not be able to honor requests from Owners to allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Contract Value to the Sub-Account investing in shares of that Fund.

Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds

We (and our affiliates) may receive payments from the Funds, their advisers, sub-advisers, and their distributors, or affiliates thereof. These payments are negotiated and thus differ by Fund (sometimes substantially), and the amounts we (or our affiliates) receive may be significant. These payments are made for various purposes, including payment for the services provided and expenses incurred by us (and our affiliates) in promoting, marketing and administering the Contracts, and in our role as intermediary to, the Funds. We (and our affiliates) may profit from these payments.

12b-1 Fees.  We receive 12b-1 fees from the Funds, their advisers, sub-advisers, and their distributors, or affiliates thereof that are based on a percentage of the average daily net assets of the particular Fund attributable to the Contracts and to certain other variable insurance contracts issued or administered by us. Rule 12b-1 fees are paid out of Fund assets as part of the Fund's total annual operating expenses. Payments made out of Fund assets will reduce the amount of assets that you otherwise would have available for investment, and will reduce the return on your investment. The chart below shows the maximum 12b-1 fees we anticipate we will receive from the Funds on an annual basis:

Incoming 12b-1 Fees

Fund    Maximum 12b-1 fee 
Paid to us:   
American Funds Insurance Series  0.25% 
Clayton Street Trust  0.25% 
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products  0.25% 
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Protucts Trust  0.25% 
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust  0.25% 
Royce Capital Fund  0.25% 
Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust  0.25% 
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust  0.25% 
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)  0.25% 

Payments From Advisers and/or Distributors.  As of the date of this prospectus, we (or our affiliates) also receive payments from the investment advisers, sub-advisers, or distributors (or affiliates thereof) of all of the Funds other than the 12b-1 fees. These payments are not paid out of Fund assets. These payments may be derived, in whole or in part, from the investment advisory fee deducted from Fund assets. Owners, through their indirect investment in the Funds, bear the costs of these investment advisory fees (see the Funds' prospectuses for more information). The amount of the payments we receive is based on a percentage of the average daily net assets of the particular Fund attributable to the Contracts and to certain other variable insurance contracts issued or administered by us (or our affiliate). The payments we receive from the investment advisers, sub-advisers or distributors of the Funds currently range from 0.10% to 0.50% of Fund assets attributable to our variable insurance contracts.

Other Payments.  A Fund's adviser, sub-adviser, or distributor or its affiliates may provide us (or our affiliates) and/or broker-dealers that sell the Contracts ("selling firms") with marketing support, may pay us (or our affiliates) and/or selling firms amounts to participate in national and regional sales conferences and meetings with the sales desks, and may occasionally provide us (or our affiliates) and/or selling firms with items of relatively small value, such as promotional gifts, meals, tickets, or other similar items in the normal course of business.

For details about the compensation payments we make in connection with the sale of the Contracts, see "DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS."

Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments

Protective Life reserves the right, subject to applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from, or substitutions for the shares that are held in the Variable Account or that the Variable Account may purchase. If the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment or if in Protective Life's judgment further investment in any Fund should become inappropriate in view of the purposes of the Variable Account, Protective Life may redeem the shares, if any, of that Fund and substitute shares of another registered open-end management company or unit investment trust. The new Funds may have higher fees and charges than the ones they replaced. Protective Life will not substitute any shares attributable to a Contract's interest in the Variable Account without notice and any necessary approval of the Securities and Exchange Commission and state insurance authorities. Because the plan fiduciary retains the right to select the investments in an employee benefit plan, when the fiduciary receives notice of an addition, deletion, or substitution of an investment (for example, either through this prospectus or a supplement to the prospectus), a plan fiduciary should consider whether the Contract will remain a prudent investment for the plan. If a plan fiduciary wishes to reject the change after receiving notice, it can do so by surrendering the Contract.

Protective Life also reserves the right to establish additional Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account, each of which would invest in shares of a new Fund. Subject to applicable law and any required SEC approval, Protective Life may, in its sole discretion, establish new Sub-Accounts or eliminate one or more Sub-Accounts if marketing needs, tax considerations or investment conditions warrant. We may make any new Sub-Accounts available to existing Owner(s) on a basis we determine. All Sub-Accounts and Funds may not be available to all classes of contracts.

If we make any of these substitutions or changes, Protective Life may by appropriate endorsement change the Contract to reflect the substitution or other change. If Protective Life deems it to be in the best interest of Owners and Annuitants, and subject to any approvals that applicable law may require, we may operate the Variable Account as a management company under the 1940 Act, we may de-register it under that Act if registration is no longer required, or we may combine it with other Protective Life separate accounts. Protective Life reserves the right to make any changes to the Variable Account that the 1940 Act or other applicable law or regulation requires or permits.

DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT

The following sections describe the Contracts currently being offered.

The Contract

The Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity Contract is an individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract issued by Protective Life.

Use of the Contract in Qualified Plans

You may purchase the Contract on a non-qualified basis. You may also purchase it for use within certain qualified retirement plans or in connection with other employee benefit plans or arrangements that receive favorable tax treatment. Such qualified plans include individual retirement accounts and individual retirement annuities (IRAs), and pension and profit sharing plans (including H.R. 10 Plans). Many of these qualified plans, including IRAs, provide the same type of tax deferral as provided by the Contract. The Contract, however, provides a number of benefits and features not provided by such retirement plans and employee benefit plans or arrangements alone. There are costs and expenses under the Contract related to these benefits and features. You should consult a qualified tax and/or financial adviser regarding the use of the Contract within a Qualified Plan or in connection with other employee benefit plans or arrangements. You should carefully consider the benefits and features provided by the Contract in relation to their costs as they apply to your particular situation.

Parties to the Contract

Owner

The Owner is the person or persons who own the Contract and is entitled to exercise all rights and privileges provided in the Contract. Two persons may own the Contract together. In the case of two Owners, provisions relating to action by the Owner means both Owners acting together. Protective Life may accept instructions from one Owner on behalf of all Owners via the internet and only to transfer Contract Value among and/or between Sub-Accounts. Protective Life will only issue a Contract prior to each Owner's 86th birthday. Individuals as well as nonnatural persons, such as corporations or trusts, may be Owners. In the case of Owners who are nonnatural persons, age restrictions apply to the Annuitant.

The Owner of this Contract may be changed by Written Notice provided:

  1. each new Owner's 86th birthday is after the Issue Date; and
  2. each new Owner's 95th birthday is on or after the Annuity Date.

For a period of 1 year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will equal the Contract Value regardless of whether the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit has been selected. Naming a nonnatural person as an Owner or changing the Owner may result in a tax liability. (See "TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL.") If you select the SecurePay rider, changing and/or adding Owners may result in termination of the rider. (See "PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS.")

Beneficiary

The Beneficiary is the person or persons who may receive the benefits of this Contract upon the death of the Owner.

Primary — The Primary Beneficiary is the surviving Owner, if any. If there is no surviving Owner, the Primary Beneficiary is the person or persons designated by the Owner and named in our records.

Contingent — The Contingent Beneficiary is the person or persons designated by the Owner and named in our records to be Beneficiary if the Primary Beneficiary is not living at the time of the Owner's death.

If no Beneficiary designation is in effect or if no Beneficiary is living at the time of the Owner's death, the Beneficiary will be the estate of the deceased Owner. If any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, the Beneficiary will become the new Owner.

Unless designated irrevocably, the Owner may change the Beneficiary by Written Notice prior to the death of any Owner. An irrevocable Beneficiary is one whose written consent is needed before the Owner can change the Beneficiary designation or exercise certain other rights. In the case of certain Qualified Contracts, Treasury Department regulations prescribe certain limitations on the designation of a Beneficiary. If you select the SecurePay rider, changing and/or adding Beneficiaries may result in termination of the rider. (See "PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS.")

Annuitant

The Annuitant is the person or persons on whose life annuity income payments may be based. The first Owner shown on the application for the Contract is the Annuitant unless the Owner designates another person as the Annuitant. The Contract must be issued prior to the Annuitant's 86th birthday. If the Annuitant is not an Owner and dies prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner will become the new Annuitant unless the Owner designates otherwise. However, if the Owner is a nonnatural person, the death of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of the Owner.

The Owner may change the Annuitant by Written Notice prior to the Annuity Date. However, if any Owner is not a natural person, then the Annuitant may not be changed. The new Annuitant's 95th birthday must be on or after the Annuity Date in effect when the change of Annuitant is requested. If you select the SecurePay rider, changing the Annuitant will result in termination of the rider. (See "PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS.")

Payee

The Payee is the person or persons designated by the Owner to receive the annuity income payments under the Contract. The Annuitant is the Payee unless the Owner designates another party as the Payee. The Owner may change the Payee at any time.

Issuance of a Contract

To purchase a Contract, you must submit certain application information and an initial Purchase Payment to Protective Life through a licensed representative of Protective Life. Any such licensed representative must also be a registered representative of a broker/dealer having a distribution agreement with Investment Distributors, Inc. for any reason permitted or required by law. Contracts may be sold to or in connection with retirement plans which do not qualify for special tax treatment as well as retirement plans that qualify for special tax treatment under the Code.

If the necessary application information for a Contract accompanies the initial Purchase Payment, we will allocate the initial Purchase Payment (less any applicable premium tax) to the Investment Options as you direct on the appropriate form within two business days of receiving such Purchase Payment at the Administrative Office at the Accumulation Unit Value next determined for the portion of the Purchase Payment allocated to the Sub-Account. If we do not receive the necessary application information, Protective Life will retain the Purchase Payment for up to five business days while it attempts to complete the information. If the necessary application information is not complete after five business days, Protective Life will inform the applicant of the reason for the delay and return the initial Purchase Payment immediately unless the applicant specifically consents to Protective Life retaining it until the information is complete. Once the information is complete, we will allocate the initial Purchase Payment to the appropriate Investment Options within two business days. You may transmit information necessary to complete an application to Protective Life by telephone, facsimile, or electronic media.

Purchase Payments

We will only accept Purchase Payments before the earlier of the oldest Owner's and Annuitant's 86th birthday. The minimum initial Purchase Payment is $5,000. The minimum subsequent Purchase Payment is $100 or $50 if made by electronic funds transfer. We reserve the right not to accept any Purchase Payment in our sole discretion. Under certain circumstances, we may be required by law to reject a Purchase Payment.

If you select the SecurePay rider, you cannot make any Purchase Payments two years or more after the Rider Issue Date, or on or after the Benefit Election Date, whichever is first. (See "THE SECUREPAY RIDER.")

Purchase Payments are payable at our Administrative Office. You may make them by check payable to Protective Life Insurance Company or by any other method we deem acceptable. We will process Purchase Payments as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your payment and a completed transaction service form at our Administrative Office at the Accumulation Unit Value next determined for the portion of the Purchase Payment allocated to the Sub-Account. Valuation Periods end at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange. We will process any Purchase Payment received at our Administrative Office after the end of the Valuation Period on the next Valuation Date.

The maximum aggregate Purchase Payment(s) that can be made without prior Administrative Office approval is currently $1,000,000.

We reserve the right to change the maximum aggregate Purchase Payment(s) that we will accept at any time, and to condition acceptance of Purchase Payments over any established maximum amount upon prior approval by our Administrative Office and to impose conditions upon the acceptance of aggregate Purchase Payments greater than the established maximum, such as limiting the death benefit options that are available under your Contract. We also reserve the right to limit, suspend, or reject any and all Purchase Payments at any time. We would suspend, reject, and/or place limitations on the acceptance of initial and/or subsequent Purchase Payments in order to limit our exposure to the risks associated with offering the Contracts or riders under the Contracts. We also reserve the right to limit the Investment Options to which you may direct Purchase Payments for the same reasons, because changes in our arrangements with a Fund, or the investment manager or distributor of a Fund, or because a Fund has or will become unavailable for purchase under the Contracts. We will give written notice at least five (5) days before any changes regarding Purchase Payment limitations, or the allocation of Purchase Payments go into effect unless otherwise required to do so earlier by law or order of a government authority with appropriate jurisdiction.

If we exercise our right to suspend, reject, and/or place limitations on the acceptance and/or allocation of subsequent Purchase Payments, you may be unable to, or limited in your ability to, increase your Contract Value through subsequent Purchase Payments and therefore may limit increases in the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit and the values of the SecurePay Rider. This could also prevent you from making future contributions to a Qualified Contract, including periodic contributions to an employer-sponsored retirement plan or an IRA. (See "QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS."). The Company restricts Purchase Payments in connection with the SecurePay Rider. (See "ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS.") Before you purchase this Contract and determine the amount of your initial Purchase Payment, you should consider the fact that we may suspend, reject, or limit subsequent Purchase Payments at some point in the future. You should consult with your sales representative prior to purchase.

Under the current automatic purchase payment plan, you may select a monthly or quarterly payment schedule pursuant to which Purchase Payments will be automatically deducted from a bank account. We currently accept automatic Purchase Payments on the 1st through the 28th day of each month. Each automatic Purchase Payment must be at least $50. You may not allocate payments made through the automatic purchase payment plan to any DCA Account. You may not elect the automatic purchase payment plan and the automatic withdrawal plan simultaneously. (See "Surrenders and Withdrawals".) If you purchase the SecurePay rider, the automatic purchase payment plan will terminate two years after the Rider Issue Date. Upon receipt of Due Proof of Death of the Owner, the Company will terminate deductions under the automatic purchase payment plan.

We do not always receive your Purchase Payment or your application on the day you send it or give it to your sales representative. In some circumstances, such as when you purchase a Contract in exchange for an existing annuity contract from another company, we may not receive your Purchase Payment from the other company for a substantial period of time after you sign the application and send it to us.

Right to Cancel

You have the right to return the Contract within a certain number of days after you receive it by returning it, along with a written cancellation request, to our Administrative Office or the sales representative who sold it. In the state of Connecticut, non-written requests are also accepted. The number of days, which is at least ten, is determined by state law in the state where the Contract is delivered. Return of the Contract by mail is effective on being post-marked, properly addressed and postage pre-paid. We will treat the returned Contract as if it had never been issued. Where permitted under state law, Protective Life will refund the Contract Value. This amount may be more or less than the aggregate amount of your Purchase Payments up to that time. In states requiring the return of Purchase Payments, we will refund the greater of the Contract Value or the Purchase Payment.

For individual retirement annuities and Contracts issued in states where, upon cancellation during the right-to-cancel period, we return at least your Purchase Payments, we reserve the right to allocate all or a portion of your initial Purchase Payment (and any subsequent Purchase Payment made during the right-to-cancel period) that you allocated to the Sub-Accounts to the Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money Fund Sub-Account until the expiration of the right-to-cancel period. When we allocate your initial Purchase Payment (and any subsequent Purchase Payments) to the Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money Fund Sub-Account for the right-to-cancel period, we will refund the greater of the Contract Value without any deductions for fees or charges or the Purchase Payment. Thereafter, we will allocate all Purchase Payments according to your allocation instructions then in effect.

Allocation of Purchase Payments

Owners must indicate in the application how their initial and subsequent Purchase Payments are to be allocated among the Investment Options. If your allocation instructions are indicated by percentages, whole percentages must be used.

Owners may change allocation instructions by Written Notice at any time. Owners may also change instructions by telephone, facsimile, automated telephone system or via the Internet at www.protective.com ("non-written instructions"). For non-written instructions regarding allocations, we may require a form of personal identification prior to acting on instructions and we will record any telephone voice instructions. If we follow these procedures, we will not be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. We reserve the right to limit or eliminate any of these non-written communication methods for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time for any reason.

If you select the SecurePay rider, your options for allocating Purchase Payments will be restricted. You must allocate your Purchase Payments (and Contract Value) in accordance with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. (See "ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS.")

Variable Account Value

Sub-Account Value

A Contract's Variable Account value at any time is the sum of the Sub-Account values and therefore reflects the investment experience of the Sub-Accounts to which it is allocated. There is no guaranteed minimum Variable Account value. The Sub-Account value for any Sub-Account as of the Issue Date is equal to the amount of the initial Purchase Payment allocated to that Sub-Account. On subsequent Valuation Dates prior to the Annuity Date, the Sub-Account value is equal to that part of any Purchase Payment allocated to the Sub-Account and any Contract Value transferred to the Sub-Account, adjusted by income, dividends, net capital gains or losses (realized or unrealized), decreased by withdrawals (including any applicable premium tax), Contract Value transferred out of the Sub-Account and fees deducted from the Sub-Account.

The Sub-Account value for a Contract may be determined on any day by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units attributable to the Contract in that Sub-Account by the Accumulation Unit value for the Accumulation Units in that Sub-Account on that day.

Determination of Accumulation Units

Purchase Payments allocated and Contract Value transferred to a Sub-Account are converted into Accumulation Units. An Accumulation Unit is a unit of measure used to calculate the value of a Sub-Account prior to the Annuity Date. We determine the number of Accumulation Units to be credited to a Contract by dividing the dollar amount directed to the Sub-Account by the Accumulation Unit value of the appropriate class of Accumulation Units of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Date as of which the allocation or transfer occurs. Purchase Payments allocated or amounts transferred to a Sub-Account under a Contract increase the number of Accumulation Units of that Sub-Account credited to the Contract. We execute such allocations and transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period in which we receive a Purchase Payment or Written Notice or other instruction requesting a transfer.

Certain events reduce the number of Accumulation Units of a Sub-Account credited to a Contract. The following events result in the cancellation of the appropriate number of Accumulation Units of a Sub-Account:

Accumulation Units are canceled as of the end of the Valuation Period in which we receive Written Notice of or other instructions regarding the event. The deduction of the monthly death benefit fee and the monthly SecurePay Fee results in the cancellation of Accumulation Units without notice or instruction. The monthly fee is deducted from a Sub-Account in the same proportion that the Sub-Account value bears to the total Contract Value in the Variable Account on that date.

Determination of Accumulation Unit Value

The Accumulation Unit value for each class of Accumulation Units in a Sub-Account at the end of every Valuation Date is the Accumulation Unit value for that class at the end of the previous Valuation Date times the net investment factor.

Net Investment Factor

The net investment factor measures the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. For each Sub-Account, the net investment factor reflects the investment performance of the Fund in which the Sub-Account invests and the charges assessed against that Sub-Account for a Valuation Period. Each Sub-Account has a net investment factor for each Valuation Period which may be greater or less than one. Therefore, the value of an Accumulation Unit may increase or decrease. The net investment factor for any Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined by dividing (1) by (2) and subtracting (3) from the result, where:

  1. is the result of:
    1. the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at the end of the current Valuation Period; plus
    2. the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain distributions made by the Funds held in the Sub-Account, if the "ex-dividend" date occurs during the current Valuation Period.
  2. is the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at the end of the most recent prior Valuation Period.
  3. is a factor representing the mortality and expense risk charge and the administration charge for the number of days in the Valuation Period and a charge or credit for any taxes attributed to the investment operations of the Sub-Account, as determined by the Company.

Transfers

Before the Annuity Date, you may instruct us to transfer Contract Value between and among the Investment Options. When we receive your transfer instructions on a completed transaction service form at our Administrative Office, we will allocate the Contract Value you transfer at the next price determined for the Investment Options you indicate. Prices for the Investment Options are determined as of the end of each Valuation Period. Accordingly, transfer requests received in "good order" at our Administrative Office before the end of a Valuation Period are processed at the price determined as of the end of the Valuation Period on the day the requests are received; transfer requests received at our Administrative Office after the end of a Valuation Period are processed at the price determined as of the end of the next Valuation Period. A transfer request will be deemed in "good order" if the transaction service form is fully and accurately completed and signed by the Owner(s) and received by us at our Administrative Office. We may defer transfer requests under the same conditions that payment of withdrawals and surrenders may be delayed. (See "SUSPENSION OR DELAY IN PAYMENTS.") There are limitations on transfers, which are described below.

After the Annuity Date, when variable income payments are selected, transfers are allowed between Sub-Accounts, but are limited to one transfer per month. Dollar cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing are not allowed. No transfers are allowed within the Guaranteed Account or from a Sub-Account and Guaranteed Account.

If you select the SecurePay rider, your options for transferring Contract Value will be restricted. You must transfer Contract Value in accordance with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. (See "Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions for Protected Lifetime Income Benefits.")

In the event of the Owner's death, all automatic transfers under the Contract, such as dollar cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing will cease upon our receipt of Due Proof of Death at our Administrative Office.

A surviving spouse who elects to continue the Contract as the new Owner may decide to participate in either dollar cost averaging or portfolio rebalancing, or both, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Prospectus.

Any Beneficiary who elects a Death Benefit payment option that provides for the payment of Death Benefit proceeds either over the lifetime of the Beneficiary or within 5 years of the Owner’s death may transfer Contract Value among the Sub-Accounts and participate in the portfolio rebalancing program. Because that Beneficiary may not make additional premium payments, however, the Beneficiary may not participate in dollar cost averaging. See “DEATH BENEFIT-Payment of the Death Benefit.”

How to Request Transfers

Before or after the Annuity Date, owners may request transfers by Written Notice at any time. Owners also may request transfers by telephone, facsimile, automated telephone system or via the Internet at www.protective.com ("non-written instructions"). From time to time and at our sole discretion, we may introduce additional methods for requesting transfers or discontinue any method for making non-written instructions for such transfers. We will require a form of personal identification prior to acting on non-written instructions and we will record telephone requests. We will send you a confirmation of all transfer requests communicated to us. If we follow these procedures, we will not be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent transfer requests.

Reliability of Communications Systems

The Internet and telephone systems may not always be available. Any computer or telephone system, whether it is yours, your service providers', your registered representative's, or ours, can experience unscheduled outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. Such outages or delays may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have taken precautions to help our systems handle heavy use, we cannot promise complete reliability under all circumstances. If you experience problems, you can request your transaction by writing to us.

Limitations on Transfers

We reserve the right to modify, limit, suspend or eliminate the transfer privileges (including acceptance of non-written instructions submitted by telephone, automated telephone system, the Internet or facsimile) with prior notice for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time for any reason.

Minimum amounts.  You must transfer at least $100 each time you make a transfer. If the entire amount in the Investment Option is less than $100, you must transfer the entire amount. If less than $100 would be left in an Investment Option after a transfer, then we may transfer the entire amount out of that Investment Option instead of the requested amount.

Number of transfers.  Currently we do not generally limit the number of transfers that may be made. We reserve the right, however, to limit the number of transfers to no more than 12 per Contract Year and we also reserve the right to charge a transfer fee for each additional transfer over 12 during any Contract Year if Protective Life determines, in its sole discretion, that the number of transfers or the cost of processing such transfers is excessive. The transfer fee will not exceed $25 per transfer. We will give written notice thirty (30) days before we impose a transfer fee or limit the number of transfers. We will deduct any transfer fee from the amount being transferred. See "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Transfer Fee."

Limitations on transfers involving the Guaranteed Account.  No amounts may be transferred into a DCA Account. No amounts may be transferred to the Fixed Account within six months after any transfer from the Guaranteed Account to the Variable Account. The maximum amount that may be transferred from the Fixed Account during a Contract Year is the greater of (a) $2,500 or (b) 25% of the Contract Value in the Fixed Account. Due to this limitation, if you want to transfer all of your Contract Value from the Guaranteed Account to the Variable Account, it may take several years to do so. The limitation on transfers from the Fixed Account does not apply, however, to dollar cost averaging transfers from the Fixed Account.

Limitations on frequent transfers, including "market timing" transfers.  Frequent transfers may involve an effort to take advantage of the possibility of a lag between a change in the value of a Fund's portfolio securities and the reflection of that change in the Fund's share price. This strategy, sometimes referred to as "market timing," involves an attempt to buy shares of a Fund at a price that does not reflect the current market value of the portfolio securities of the Fund, and then to realize a profit when the Fund shares are sold the next Valuation Date or thereafter.

When you request a transfer among the Sub-Accounts, your request triggers the purchase and redemption of Fund shares. Frequent transfers cause frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares. Frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares can cause adverse effects for a Fund, Fund shareholders, the Variable Account, other Owners, beneficiaries, annuitants, or owners of other variable annuity contracts we issue that invest in the Variable Account. Frequent transfers can result in the following adverse effects:

In order to try to protect our Owners and the Funds from the potential adverse effects of frequent transfer activity, we have implemented certain market timing policies and procedures (the "Market Timing Procedures"). Our Market Timing Procedures are designed to detect and prevent frequent, short-term transfer activity that may adversely affect the Funds, Fund shareholders, the Variable Account, other Owners, beneficiaries, annuitants and owners of other variable annuity contracts we issue that invest in the Variable Account. We discourage frequent transfers of Contract Value between Sub-Accounts.

We monitor transfer activity in the Contracts to identify frequent transfer activity in any Contract. Our current Market Timing Procedures are intended to detect transfer activity in which the transfers exceed a certain dollar amount and a certain number of transfers involving the same Sub-Accounts within a specific time period. We regularly review transaction reports in an attempt to identify transfers that exceed our established parameters. We do not include transfers made pursuant to the dollar-cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing programs when monitoring for frequent transfer activity.

When we identify transfer activity exceeding our established parameters in a Contract or group of Contracts that appear to be under common control, we suspend non-written methods of requesting transfers for that Contract or group of Contracts. All transfer requests for the affected Contract or group of Contracts must be made by Written Notice. We notify the affected Owner(s) in writing of these restrictions.

In addition to our Market Timing Procedures, the Funds may have their own market timing policies and restrictions. While we reserve the right to enforce the Funds' policies and procedures, Owners and other persons with interests under the Contracts should be aware that we may not have the contractual authority or the operational capacity to apply the market timing policies and procedures of the Funds, except that, under SEC rules, we are required to: (1) enter into a written agreement with each Fund or its principal underwriter that obligates us to provide to the Fund promptly upon request certain information about the trading activity of individual Owners, and (2) execute instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers by specific Owners who violate the market timing policies established by the Fund.

Some of the Funds have reserved the right to temporarily or permanently refuse payments or transfer requests from us if, in the judgment of the Fund's investment adviser, the Fund would be unable to invest effectively in accordance with its investment objective or policies, or would otherwise potentially be adversely affected. To the extent permitted by law, we reserve the right to delay or refuse to honor a transfer request, or to reverse a transfer at any time we are unable to purchase or redeem shares of any of the Funds because of the Fund's refusal or restriction on purchases or redemptions. We will notify the Owner(s) of any refusal or restriction on a purchase or redemption by a Fund relating to that Owner's transfer request. Some Funds also may impose redemption fees on short-term trading (i.e., redemptions of mutual Fund shares within a certain number of business days after purchase). We reserve the right to implement, administer, and collect any redemption fees imposed by any of the Funds. You should read the prospectus of each Fund for more information about its ability to refuse or restrict purchases or redemptions of its shares, which may be more or less restrictive than our Market Timing Procedures and those of other Funds, and to impose redemption fees.

We apply our Market Timing Procedures consistently to all Owners without special arrangement, waiver or exception. We reserve the right to change our Market Timing Procedures at any time without prior notice as we deem necessary or appropriate to better detect and deter potentially harmful frequent transfer activity, to comply with state or federal regulatory requirements, or both. We may change our parameters to monitor for different dollar amounts, number of transfers, time period of the transfers, or any of these.

Owners seeking to engage in frequent transfer activity may employ a variety of strategies to avoid detection. Our ability to detect and deter such transfer activity is limited by operational systems and technological limitations. Furthermore, the identification of Owners determined to be engaged in transfer activity that may adversely affect others involves judgments that are inherently subjective. Accordingly, despite our best efforts, we cannot guarantee that our Market Timing Procedures will detect or deter every potential market timer. In addition, because other insurance companies, retirement plans, or both may invest in the Funds, we cannot guarantee that the Funds will not suffer harm from frequent transfer activity in contracts or policies issued by other insurance companies or by retirement plan participants.

Dollar Cost Averaging

Before the Annuity Date, you may instruct us by Written Notice to transfer automatically, on a monthly basis, amounts from a DCA Account or the Fixed Account to any Sub-Account of the Variable Account. This is known as the "dollar-cost averaging" ("DCA") method of investment. By transferring equal amounts of Contract Value on a regularly scheduled basis, as opposed to allocating a larger amount at one particular time, an Owner may be less susceptible to the impact of market fluctuations in the value of Sub-Account Accumulation Units. Protective Life, however, makes no guarantee that the dollar cost averaging method will result in a profit or protection against loss.

DCA transfers are made monthly; you may choose to make the transfers on the 1st through the 28th day of each month. Dollar cost averaging transfers cease upon our receipt of Due Proof of Death of the Owner at our Administrative Office. Any remaining balance designated for DCA transfers will be automatically transferred to the Sub-Accounts according to the Owner's current dollar cost averaging instructions.

There is no charge for dollar cost averaging. Automatic transfers made to facilitate dollar cost averaging will not count toward the 12 transfers permitted each Contract Year if we elect to limit transfers, or the designated number of free transfers in any Contract Year if we elect to charge for transfers in excess of that number in any Contract Year. We reserve the right to restrict the Sub-Accounts into which you may make DCA transfers or discontinue dollar cost averaging upon written notice to the Owner at any time for any reason.

In states where, upon cancellation during the right-to-cancel period, we are required to return your Purchase Payment, we reserve the right to delay commencement of dollar cost averaging transfers until the expiration of the right-to-cancel period.

If you select the SecurePay rider, you may allocate your Purchase Payments to a DCA Account. Your dollar-cost averaging transfers from the DCA Account must be allocated, however, in accordance with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. You may not allocate Purchase Payments to the Fixed Account if you select the SecurePay rider. (See "ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS.")

Transfers from the DCA Accounts.  If you allocate a Purchase Payment to one of the DCA Accounts, you must include instructions regarding the day of the month on which the transfers should be made, the period during which the dollar cost averaging transfers should occur, and the Sub-Accounts into which the transferred funds should be allocated. Currently, you may establish monthly transfers of equal amounts of Contract Value from DCA Account 1 monthly for a minimum of three to a maximum of six months and from the DCA Account 2 for a minimum of seven to a maximum of twelve months

At times, the Company may credit a higher annual rate of interest to the balance held in DCA Account 2 than the balance held in DCA Account 1. From time to time, we may offer different maximum periods for dollar cost averaging amounts from a DCA Account. The periodic amount transferred from a DCA Account will be equal to the Purchase Payment allocated to the DCA Account divided by the number of dollar cost averaging transfers to be made.

The interest rates on the DCA Accounts apply to the declining balance in the account. Therefore the amount of interest actually paid with respect to a Purchase Payment allocated to the DCA Account will be substantially less than the amount that would have been paid if the full Purchase Payment remained in the DCA Account for the full period. Interest credited will be transferred from the DCA Account after the last dollar cost averaging transfer.

We will process dollar cost averaging transfers until the earlier of the following: (1) the DCA Account Value equals $0, or (2) the Owner instructs us by Written Notice to cancel the automatic transfers. If you terminate transfers from a DCA Account before the amount remaining in that account is $0, we will immediately transfer any amount remaining in that DCA Account according to your instructions. If you do not provide instructions, we will transfer the remaining amount to the Sub-Accounts according to your dollar cost averaging allocation instruction in effect at that time.

Transfers from the Fixed Account.  You may also establish dollar-cost averaging transfers from the Fixed Account. The minimum period for dollar cost averaging transfers from the Fixed Account is twelve months; there is no maximum transfer period. If you wish to establish dollar-cost averaging transfers from the Fixed Account, you must include instructions regarding the day of the month on which the transfers should be made, the amount of the transfers (you must transfer the same amount each time), the period during which the dollar cost averaging transfers should occur, and the Sub-Accounts into which the transferred funds should be allocated.

Portfolio Rebalancing

Before the Annuity Date, you may instruct Protective Life by Written Notice to periodically transfer your Variable Account value among specified Sub-Accounts to achieve a particular percentage allocation of Variable Account value among such Sub-Accounts ("portfolio rebalancing"). The portfolio rebalancing percentages must be in whole numbers and must allocate amounts only among the Sub-Accounts. Unless you instruct otherwise, portfolio rebalancing is based on your Purchase Payment allocation instructions in effect with respect to the Sub-Accounts at the time of each rebalancing transfer. We deem portfolio rebalancing instructions from you that differ from your current Purchase Payment allocation instructions to be a request to change your Purchase Payment allocation.

You may elect portfolio rebalancing to occur on the 1st through the 28th day of a month on either a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. If you do not select a day, transfers will occur on the same day of the month as your Contract Anniversary, or on the 28th day of the month if your Contract Anniversary occurs on the 29th, 30th or 31st day of the month. You may change or terminate portfolio rebalancing by Written Notice, or by other non-written communication methods acceptable for transfer requests. Portfolio rebalancing ceases when we receive Due Proof of Death of the Owner at our Administrative Office. The Contract Value will remain in the Investment Options as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death of the Owner. A surviving spouse who elects to continue the Contract and become the new Owner, or any Beneficiary who elects to receive payment of the Death Benefit over their lifetime or within 5 years of the Owner’s death, may provide us with new Contract allocation instructions. See ”DEATH BENEFIT – Payment of the Death Benefit.”

There is no charge for portfolio rebalancing. Automatic transfers made to facilitate portfolio rebalancing will not count toward the 12 transfers permitted each Contract Year if we elect to limit transfers, or the designated number of free transfers in any Contract Year if we elect to charge for transfers in excess of that number in any Contract Year. We reserve the right to discontinue portfolio rebalancing upon written notice to the Owner at any time for any reason.

Surrenders and Withdrawals

At any time before the Annuity Date, you may request a surrender of or withdrawal from your Contract. Federal and state income taxes may apply to surrenders and withdrawals (including withdrawals made under the SecurePay rider), and a 10% federal penalty tax may apply if the surrender or withdrawal occurs before the Owner reaches age 59-1/2. (See "TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL, Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.") A surrender value may be available under certain Annuity Options. (See "Annuitization.") In accordance with SEC regulations, surrenders and withdrawals are payable within 7 calendar days of our receiving your request in "good order" at our Administrative Office. (See "Suspension or Delay in Payments.") A surrender or withdrawal request will be deemed in "good order" if the transaction service form is fully and accurately completed and signed by the Owner(s) and received by us at our Administrative Office.

Surrenders

At any time before the Annuity Date, you may request a surrender of your Contract for its surrender value either by Written Notice or by facsimile. Surrenders requested by facsimile are subject to limitations. Currently, we accept requests by facsimile for surrenders of Contracts that have a Contract Value of $50,000 or less. For Contracts that have a Contract Value greater than $50,000, we will only accept surrender requests by Written Notice. We may eliminate your ability to request a surrender by facsimile or change the requirements for your ability to request a surrender by facsimile for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time without prior notice. We will pay you the surrender value in a lump sum.

Withdrawals

At any time before the Annuity Date, you may request a withdrawal of your Contract Value provided the Contract Value remaining after the withdrawal is at least $5,000. If you request a withdrawal that would reduce your Contract Value below $5,000, then we will consider your request to be not in Good Order and we will notify you that we will not process your request. Please note that if you select the SecurePay 5 rider or the Protective Income Manager rider special withdrawal rules apply. (See "Protected Lifetime Income Benefits.")

You may request a withdrawal by Written Notice or by facsimile. If we have received your completed telephone withdrawal authorization form, you also may request a withdrawal by telephone. Withdrawals requested by telephone or facsimile are subject to limitations. Currently we accept requests for withdrawals by telephone or by facsimile for amounts not exceeding 25% of Contract Value, up to a maximum of $50,000. For withdrawals exceeding 25% of the Contract Value and/or $50,000 we will only accept withdrawal requests by Written Notice. We may eliminate your ability to make withdrawals by telephone or facsimile or change the requirements for your ability to make withdrawals by telephone or facsimile for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time without prior notice.

You may specify the amount of the withdrawal to be made from any Investment Option. If you do not so specify, or if the amount in the designated Investment Option(s) is inadequate to comply with the request, the withdrawal will be made from each Investment Option based on the proportion that the value of each Investment Option bears to the total Contract Value.

Signature Guarantees

Signature guarantees are required for withdrawals or surrenders of $50,000 or more.

Signature guarantees are relied upon as a means of preventing the perpetuation of fraud in financial transactions, including the disbursement of funds or assets from a victim's account with a financial institution or a provider of financial services. They provide protection to investors by, for example, making it more difficult for a person to take another person's money by forging a signature on a written request for the disbursement of funds.

An investor can obtain a signature guarantee from more than 7,000 financial institutions across the United States and Canada that participate in a Medallion signature guarantee program. The best source of a signature guarantee is a bank, savings and loan association, brokerage firm, or credit union with which you do business. Guarantor firms may, but frequently do not, charge a fee for their services.

A notary public cannot provide a signature guarantee. Notarization will not substitute for a signature guarantee.

Surrender Value

The surrender value of any surrender or withdrawal request is equal to the Contract Value surrendered or withdrawn minus any applicable premium tax. We will determine the surrender value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your request in "good order" at our Administrative Office. A surrender or withdrawal request will be deemed in "good order" if the transaction service form is fully and accurately completed and signed by the Owner(s) and received by us at our Administrative Office. Valuation Periods end at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange. We will process any request received at our Administrative Office after the end of the Valuation Period on the next Valuation Date.

If you request a withdrawal, the amount you will receive depends on whether you request a “gross” withdrawal or a “net” withdrawal. If you request a “net” withdrawal, you will receive the exact amount you requested although any applicable premium taxes will be withdrawn from the Contract Value in excess of your requested net withdrawal amount. If you request a “gross” withdrawal, you will receive an amount equal to the Contract Value withdrawn minus any applicable premium tax.

Cancellation of Accumulation Units

Surrenders and withdrawals will result in the cancellation of Accumulation Units from each applicable Sub-Account(s) and/or in a reduction of the Guaranteed Account value.

Surrender and Withdrawal Restrictions

The Owner's right to make surrenders and withdrawals is subject to any restrictions imposed by applicable law or employee benefit plan.

In the case of certain Qualified Plans, federal tax law imposes restrictions on the form and manner in which benefits may be paid. For example, spousal consent may be needed in certain instances before a distribution may be made.

Automatic Withdrawals

Currently, we offer an automatic withdrawal plan. This plan allows you to pre-authorize periodic withdrawals before the Annuity Date. You may elect to participate in this plan at the time of application or at a later date by properly completing an election form. Payments to you under this plan will only be made by electronic fund transfer. To participate in the plan you must have:

  1. made an initial Purchase Payment of at least $5,000; or
  2. a Contract Value as of the previous Contract Anniversary of at least $5,000.

The automatic withdrawal plan and the automatic purchase payment plan may not be elected simultaneously. (See "Purchase Payments.") There may be federal and state income tax consequences to automatic withdrawals from the Contract, including the possible imposition of a 10% federal penalty tax if the withdrawal occurs before the Owner reaches age 59-1/2. You should consult your tax adviser before participating in any withdrawal program. (See "Taxation of Surrenders and Withdrawals.")

When you elect the automatic withdrawal plan, you will instruct Protective Life to withdraw a level dollar amount from the Contract on a monthly or quarterly basis. Automatic withdrawals may be made on the 1st through the 28th day of each month. The amount requested must be at least $100 per withdrawal. We will process withdrawals for the designated amount until you instruct us otherwise. Automatic withdrawals will be taken pro-rata from the Investment Options in proportion to the value each Investment Option bears to the total Contract Value. We will pay you the amount requested each month or quarter as applicable and cancel the applicable Accumulation Units.

If any automatic withdrawal transaction would result in a Contract Value of less than $5,000 after the withdrawal, the transaction will not be completed and the automatic withdrawal plan will terminate. Once automatic withdrawals have terminated due to insufficient Contract Value, they will not be automatically reinstated in the event that your Contract Value should reach $5,000 again. The automatic withdrawal plan may be discontinued by the Owner by Written Notice at any time for any reason. Upon receipt of Due Proof of Death of an Owner at our Administrative Office, we will terminate the automatic withdrawal plan.

There is no charge for the automatic withdrawal plan. We reserve the right to discontinue the automatic withdrawal plan upon written notice to you. If you select the SecurePay rider under your Contract, any automatic withdrawal plan in effect will terminate on the Benefit Election Date.

Note: If you purchase the SecurePay rider, however, you should consider whether to elect an automatic withdrawal plan, keeping in mind that any withdrawals taken before the Benefit Election Date will proportionately reduce the rider’s Benefit Base, which is used to determine the amount of the SecurePay withdrawals available to you, in the same proportion that each withdrawal reduces the Contract Value on the date of the withdrawal. Automatic withdrawals will ultimately reduce the value of the SecurePay withdrawals available to you. See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS (‘SECUREPAY RIDER’) – Calculating the Benefit Base before the Benefit Election Date.”

THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT

The Guaranteed Account has not been, and is not required to be, registered with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), and neither these accounts nor the Company's general account have been registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Therefore, neither the Guaranteed Account, the Company's general account, nor any interests therein are generally subject to regulation under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. The disclosures relating to the Guaranteed Account included in this Prospectus are for the Owner's information. However, such disclosures are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of federal securities law relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.

The Guaranteed Account consists of the Fixed Account and the DCA Accounts. We may not always offer the Fixed Account or the DCA Accounts in new Contracts. If we are offering the Fixed Account or any of the DCA Accounts in your state at the time you purchase your Contract, however, those accounts will always be available in your Contract. Please ask your sales representative whether the Fixed Account or any DCA Accounts are available in your Contract.

From time to time and subject to regulatory approval, we may offer Fixed Accounts or DCA Accounts with different interest guaranteed periods. We, in our sole discretion, establish the interest rates for each account in the Guaranteed Account. We will not declare a rate that yields values less than those required by the state in which the Contract is delivered. You bear the risk that we will not declare a rate that is higher than the minimum rate. Because these rates vary from time to time, allocations made to the same account within the Guaranteed Account at different times may earn interest at different rates. The guaranteed minimum interest for each account in the Guaranteed Account is currently 1%. However, the guaranteed minimum interest is reset annually on May 1st of every year for new Contracts we issue on or after May 1st. If you previously submitted an application but your Contract has not been issued by May 1st, then the guaranteed minimum interest may not be what is disclosed here.The guaranteed minimum interest for each account in the Guaranteed Account is disclosed in the specification pages of your Contract. The current interest rate for each account in the Guaranteed Account under your Contract is available to you through your myprotective.com account or by calling toll-free 1-800-456-6330.

Our General Account

The Guaranteed Account is part of our general account. Unlike Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocated to the Variable Account, we assume the risk of investment gain or loss on amounts held in the Fixed Account and the DCA Accounts.

The assets of our general account support our insurance and annuity obligations and are subject to our general liabilities from business operations and to claims by our creditors. Because amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and the DCA Accounts, plus any guarantees under the Contract that exceed your Contract Value (such as those associated with any enhanced death benefits, the SecurePay rider), are paid from our general account, any amounts that we may pay under the Contract in excess of Variable Account value are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability. It is important to note that there is no guarantee that we will always be able to meet our claims-paying obligations, and that there are risks to purchasing any insurance product. For this reason, you should consider our financial strength and claims-paying ability to meet our obligations under the Contract when purchasing a Contract and making investment decisions under the Contract.

We encourage both existing and prospective Owners to read and understand our financial statements. We prepare our financial statements on both a statutory basis, as required by state regulators, and according to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").

Our audited GAAP financial statements are included in the Statement of Additional Information (which is available at no charge by calling us at 1-800-456-6330 or writing us at the address shown on the cover page of this Prospectus). In addition, the Statement of Additional Information is available on the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov.

You also will find on our website information on ratings assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations. These ratings are opinions of our financial capacity to meet the obligations of our insurance and annuity contracts based on our financial strength and/or claims-paying ability.

The Fixed Account

You generally may allocate some or all of your Purchase Payments and may transfer some or all of your Contract Value to the Fixed Account. Amounts allocated or transferred to the Fixed Account earn interest from the date the funds are credited to the account. There are limitations on transfers involving the Fixed Account. Due to this limitation, if you want to transfer all of your Contract Value from the Fixed Account to the Variable Account, it may take several years to do so. You should carefully consider whether the Fixed Account meets your investment needs. (See "Transfers.")

The interest rates we apply to Purchase Payments and transfers into the Fixed Account are guaranteed for one year from the date the Purchase Payment or transfer is credited to the account. When an interest rate guarantee expires, we will set a new interest rate, which may not be the same as the interest rate then in effect for Purchase Payments and transfers allocated to the Fixed Account. The new interest rate is also guaranteed for one year.

If you elect the SecurePay rider, you may not allocate any portion of your Purchase Payments or Contract Value to the Fixed Account. (See "Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions for Protected Lifetime Income Benefits.")

The DCA Accounts

DCA Accounts are designed to systematically transfer amounts to the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account over a designated period. (See "Transfers, Dollar Cost Averaging.") We currently offer two DCA Accounts. The maximum period for dollar cost averaging transfers from DCA Account 1 is six months and from DCA Account 2 is twelve months.

The DCA Accounts are available only for Purchase Payments designated for dollar cost averaging. Purchase Payments may not be allocated into any DCA Account when that DCA Account value is greater than $0, and all funds must be transferred from a DCA Account before allocating a Purchase Payment to that DCA Account. Where we agree, under current administrative procedures, to allocate a Purchase Payment to any DCA Account in installments from more than one source, we will credit each installment with the interest rate applied to the first installment we receive. The interest rate we apply to Purchase Payments allocated to a DCA Account is guaranteed for the period over which dollar cost averaging transfers are allowed from that DCA Account.

Guaranteed Account Value

Any time prior to the Annuity Date, the Guaranteed Account value is equal to the sum of:

  1. Purchase Payments allocated to the Guaranteed Account; plus
  2. amounts transferred into the Guaranteed Account; plus
  3. interest credited to the Guaranteed Account; minus
  4. amounts transferred out of the Guaranteed Account including any transfer fee; minus
  5. the amount of any surrenders removed from the Guaranteed Account, including any premium tax; minus
  6. fees deducted from the Guaranteed Account, including the fees for any optional benefit you have purchased.

For the purposes of interest crediting, amounts deducted, transferred or withdrawn from accounts within the Guaranteed Account will be separately accounted for on a "first-in, first-out" (FIFO) basis.

DEATH BENEFIT

If any Owner dies before the Annuity Date and while the Contract is in force, we will pay a death benefit, less any applicable premium tax, to the Beneficiary. The death benefit terminates on the Annuity Date.

We will determine the death benefit as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive at our Administrative Office Due Proof of Death of the Owner, either by certified death certificate or by judicial order from a court of competent jurisdiction or similar tribunal. If we receive Due Proof of Death of the Owner after the end of the Valuation Period, we will determine the death benefit on the next Valuation Date. Only one death benefit is payable under the Contract, even though the Contract may, in some circumstances, continue beyond the time of an Owner's death. If any Owner is not a natural person, the death of the Annuitant is treated as the death of an Owner. In the case of certain Qualified Contracts, Treasury Department regulations prescribe certain limitations on the designation of a Beneficiary. The following discussion generally applies to Qualified Contracts and Non-Qualified Contracts, except where noted otherwise. In that regard, the post-death distribution requirements for Qualified Contracts and Non-Qualified Contracts are similar, but there are some significant differences. For a discussion of the post-death distribution requirements for Qualified Contracts, see "QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS, Required Minimum Distributions Upon Your Death."

The death benefit provisions of this Contract shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Code in the case of a Non-Qualified Contract, and Section 401(a)(9) of the Code in the case of a Qualified Contract. We reserve the right to endorse the Contract, as necessary, to conform with regulatory requirements. We will send you a copy of any endorsement containing such Contract modifications.

Please note that any death benefit payment we make in excess of the Variable Account value is subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

Payment of the Death Benefit

The Beneficiary may take the death benefit in one sum immediately, in which event the Contract will terminate.

If the death benefit is not taken in one sum immediately, the death benefit will become the new Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive Due Proof of Death of the Owner, and the entire Contract Value must be distributed under one of the following options:

  1. the entire Contract Value must be distributed over the life of the Beneficiary, or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, with distributions beginning within one year of the Owner's death, and subject to certain further limits in the case of a Qualified Contract; or,
  2. the entire Contract Value must be distributed (i) within 5 years of the Owner's death if the Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract or, in some cases, a Qualified Contract, or (ii) within 10 years of the Owner's death if the Contract is a Qualified Contract and the 5-year requirement does not apply under applicable federal tax rules.

If no option is elected, we will distribute the entire Contract Value within 5 years of the Owner's death in the case of a Non-Qualified Contract or, if applicable tax rules permit, within 10 years of the Owner's death in the case of a Qualified Contract. The tax rules for Qualified Contracts differ in some material respects from the tax rules for Non-Qualified Contracts, including by limiting the types of beneficiaries who can elect option a above and the circumstances in which a 5-year or 10-year distribution requirement will apply. See "QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS, Temporary Rules under the CARES Act and Required Minimum Distributions Upon Your Death."

If there is more than one Beneficiary, each Beneficiary must submit instructions in Good Order specifying the manner in which the Beneficiary wishes to receive his or her portion of the death benefit, and the value of each Beneficiary's portion of the claim is established as of date we receive that Beneficiary's claim. Until the death benefit is fully distributed, however, the undistributed portion of the death benefit will remain invested in accordance with the Owner's allocation instructions. Accordingly, if we do not receive instructions in Good Order from the Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) to make an immediate distribution or transfer all or part of the Beneficiary's portion of the death benefit to the Fixed Account, the value of the portion of the death benefit that remains invested in the Sub-Accounts will be subject to the investment performance of the underlying Funds, and may increase or decrease in value.

Automatic Transfers Upon the Death of an Owner. Regardless of whether your Contract is Qualified or non-Qualified, in the event of the Owner's death, all automatic transfers under the Contract, such as dollar cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing will cease upon receipt of Due Proof of Death of the Owner at our Administrative Office. If the surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract as the new Owner, they may also elect to participate in the dollar cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing programs by sending us new instructions, subject to the requirements governing those programs described in this Prospectus. Any eligible Beneficiary who elects a Death Benefit payment option that provides for the payment of Death Benefit proceeds either over the lifetime of the Beneficiary or within 5 or 10 years following the Owner's death (as applicable under federal tax rules) may transfer Contract Value among the Sub-Accounts and participate in the portfolio rebalancing program. Because that Beneficiary may not make additional premium payments, however, the Beneficiary may not participate in dollar cost averaging. See, "DEATH BENEFIT-Payment of the Death Benefit."

Continuation of the Contract by a Surviving Spouse

In the case of non-Qualified Contracts and Contracts that are individual retirement annuities within the meaning of Code Section 408(b), if the deceased Owner's spouse is the sole Beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect, in lieu of receiving a death benefit, to continue the Contract and become the new Owner. This election is only available, however, if:

  1. the surviving spouse's age on the Contract Issue Date would not have prevented her or his purchase of the Contract on that date;
  2. the surviving spouse's age on either the Contract Issue Date or any date prior to the date on which we accept the request for continuation, would not have prevented the purchase of any optional benefit associated with the Contract on the requested continuation date; and
  3. the Maximum Annuity Date on the requested continuation date is on or after the Annuity Date in effect on the deceased spouse's date of death, unless we agree otherwise.

The Contract will continue with the value of the death benefit having become the new Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we received Due Proof of Death. The death benefit is not terminated by a surviving spouse's continuation of the Contract. The surviving spouse may select a new Beneficiary. Upon this spouse's death, the death benefit may be taken in one sum immediately and the Contract will terminate. If the death benefit is not taken in one sum immediately, the death benefit will become the new Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive Due Proof of Death and must be distributed to the new Beneficiary according to option (1) or (2) described above under "Payment of the Death Benefit."

A Contract may be continued by a surviving spouse only once. This benefit will not be available to any subsequent surviving spouse under the continued Contract.

The rights of a Beneficiary under an annuity contract depend in part upon whether the Beneficiary is recognized as a “spouse” under federal tax law. A Beneficiary who is recognized as a spouse is treated more favorably than a Beneficiary who is not a spouse for federal tax purposes. Specifically, a Beneficiary who is the spouse of the deceased Owner may continue the Contract and become the new Owner, as described above. In contrast, a Beneficiary who is not recognized as a spouse of the deceased Owner generally must surrender the Contract within 5 or 10 years of the Owner’s death, or take distributions from the Contract over the Beneficiary’s life or life expectancy, beginning within one year of the deceased Owner’s death, with the applicable rules different depending on whether the Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract or a Qualified Contract.

U.S. Treasury Department regulations provide that for federal tax purposes, the term "spouse" does not include individuals (whether of the opposite sex or the same sex) who have entered into a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other similar formal relationship that is not denominated as a marriage under the laws of the state where the relationship was entered into, regardless of domicile. As a result, if a Beneficiary of a deceased Owner and the Owner were parties to such a relationship, the Beneficiary will be required by federal tax law to take distributions from the Contract in the manner applicable to non-spouse Beneficiaries and will not be able to continue the Contract.

If you have questions concerning your status as a spouse for federal tax purposes and how that status might affect your rights under the Contract, you should consult your legal adviser.

Whether a beneficiary continues the Contract as a spouse could also affect the rights and benefits under the Protected Lifetime Income Benefit riders. If state law affords legal recognition to domestic partnerships or civil unions, the riders will treat individuals who are in a bona fide civil union or domestic partnership as married and spouses for purposes of the riders. However, as described above, for federal tax law purposes such individuals are not treated as "spouses." As a result, if a beneficiary of a deceased owner and the owner were parties to such a relationship, the beneficiary will be required by federal tax law to take distributions from the Contract in the manner applicable to non-spouse beneficiaries and will not be able to continue the Contract. In some circumstances, these required distributions could substantially reduce or eliminate the riders' benefit while the surviving Beneficiary is still alive.

In addition, if the rider allows the surviving spouse of a deceased owner who continues the Contract and becomes the new owner to either continue the rider or purchase a new rider (depending on the date of death and whether the rider provides single or joint life coverage), this right is only available to an individual who was the spouse of the deceased owner within the meaning of federal tax law because only such a spouse is eligible to continue the Contract under federal tax law.

An individual who is a party to a civil union or a domestic partnership should not purchase a Protected Lifetime Income Benefit rider before consulting legal and financial advisors and carefully evaluating whether the Protected Lifetime Income Benefit rider is suitable for his or her needs.

Selecting a Death Benefit

This Contract offers two different death benefits: (1) the Contract Value Death Benefit and (2) the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. These death benefits are described more completely below.

You must determine the type of death benefit you want when you apply for your Contract. You may not change your death benefit selection after your Contract is issued.

The Contract Value Death Benefit is included with your Contract at no additional charge. You may select the optional Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit for an additional fee.

You should carefully consider each of these death benefits and consult a qualified financial adviser to help you carefully consider the death benefits offered with the Contract, and if you select the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit, the relative costs, benefits and risks of the fee options in your particular situation.

Contract Value Death Benefit

The Contract Value Death Benefit will equal the Contract Value as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death.

Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit

The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit will equal the greater of (1) the Contract Value, or (2) the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal (including a withdrawal made under the SecurePay rider); provided, however, that the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit will never be more than the Contract Value plus $1,000,000. The adjustment for each withdrawal in item (2) is the amount that reduces the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit at the time of the withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn reduces the Contract Value. Deduction of the fee(s) for any optional benefit purchased (including the fee for the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit) are not treated as withdrawals for purposes of adjusting the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. However, these ongoing deductions will reduce the Contract Value and could therefore reduce the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit amount. If the value of the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater than the Contract Value at the time of the withdrawal, the downward adjustment to the death benefit will be larger than the amount withdrawn. See Appendix A for an example of the calculation of the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. Please note that election of the SecurePay rider will limit the Owner’s ability to make additional Purchase Payments, and therefore may limit the value of the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit

Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Fee

We assess a fee for the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. If you select this death benefit, you must pay a fee based on the value of the death benefit on the day the fee is assessed. This fee is assessed on a monthly basis. (See "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Death Benefit Fee.") It is possible that this fee (or some portion thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a withdrawal from the Contract. (See "FEDERAL TAX MATTERS.")

Suspension of the Enhanced Value of the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit

For a period of one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will equal the Contract Value, regardless of whether the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit option is selected (or purchased). During the one-year suspension period, we will continue to calculate the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit; however, if any Owner dies during this period we will only pay the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive Due Proof of Death at our Administrative Office. The Company will continue to assess the fee for Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit during the one-year period of suspension. If death occurs after the one-year period has ended, we will include the value of the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit option when calculating the death benefit payable to the beneficiary.

Escheatment of Death Benefit

Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of 3 to 5 years from the contract's annuity commencement date or date the death benefit is due and payable. For example, if the payment of a death benefit has been triggered, but, if after a thorough search, we are still unable to locate the beneficiary of the death benefit, or the beneficiary does not come forward to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, the death benefit will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or the Owner last resided, as shown on our books and records, or to our state of domicile. We will withhold tax and tax report on the amount that escheats to the state. This "escheatment" is revocable, however, and the state is obligated to pay the death benefit (without interest) if your beneficiary steps forward to claim the death benefit with the proper documentation. To prevent such escheatment, it is important that you update your beneficiary designations, including addresses, if and as they change. Such updates should be communicated in writing, by telephone, or other approved electronic means to our Administrative Office.

PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS

If you are concerned that poor investment performance or market volatility in the Sub-Accounts may adversely impact the amount of money you can withdraw from your Contract, we offer for an additional charge an optional protected lifetime income benefit rider — the SecurePay rider. Under this rider, we guarantee the right to make withdrawals each Contract Year for life (subject to certain conditions) — even if your Contract Value declines, or reduces to zero, due to poor market performance.

Please note that any amounts in excess of the Variable Account value that we make available through withdrawals, lifetime payments, or guaranteed values under these riders are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

THE SECUREPAY RIDER

In general, the SecurePay rider guarantees the right to make withdrawals ("SecurePay Withdrawals") based upon the value of a protected lifetime income benefit base ("Benefit Base") that will remain fixed if your Contract Value has declined due to poor market performance, provided you comply with the terms and conditions of the rider. Withdrawals from your Contract before the Benefit Election Date, and Excess Withdrawals on or after the Benefit Election Date, reduce the Annual Withdrawal Amount and the Benefit Base, perhaps significantly. If said withdrawals reduce the Contract Value to zero, the Contract and the SecurePay Rider will terminate. (For more information regarding the effect of withdrawals and Excess Withdrawals on the Benefit Base, see "Calculating the Benefit Base Before the Benefit Election Date" and "Calculating the Benefit Base On or After the Benefit Election Date.") In order to maintain your SecurePay rider, you must allocate Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with specific Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions that are designed to limit our risk under the rider. The SecurePay rider provides for increases in your Benefit Base on your Contract Anniversary if your Contract Value has increased.

Under the SecurePay rider, the Owner or Owner(s) may designate certain persons as "Covered Persons" under the Contract. See "Selecting Your Coverage Option." These Covered Persons will be eligible to make SecurePay Withdrawals each Contract Year up to a specified amount — the Annual Withdrawal Amount ("AWA") — during the life of the Covered Person(s). Annual aggregate withdrawals that exceed the AWA will result in a reduction of rider benefits (and may even significantly reduce or eliminate such benefits) because we will reduce the Benefit Base and corresponding AWA. SecurePay Withdrawals are guaranteed, even if the Contract Value falls to zero after the Benefit Election Date (which is the earliest date you may begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals), if you satisfy the SecurePay rider requirements.

You may purchase the SecurePay rider when you purchase your Contract, or later, under the RightTime option, provided you satisfy the rider's age requirements. See "Purchasing the Optional SecurePay Rider."

SecurePay does not guarantee Contract Value or the performance of any Investment Option.

Important Considerations

The ways to purchase the SecurePay rider, conditions for continuation of the benefit, process for beginning SecurePay Withdrawals, and the manner in which your AWA is calculated are discussed below.

You should not purchase the SecurePay rider if:

Appendix E demonstrates the operation of the SecurePay rider using hypothetical examples. You should review Appendix E and consult your sales representative to discuss whether SecurePay suits your needs.

Purchasing the Optional SecurePay Rider

You may purchase the SecurePay rider when you purchase your Contract, or later, under the RightTime option, provided you satisfy the rider's age requirements. The Owner (or older Owner) or Annuitant must be age 85 or younger and the youngest Owner and Annuitant must be age 60 or older on the Rider Issue Date. Where the Owner is a corporation, partnership, company, trust, or other "non-natural person," eligibility is determined by the age of the Annuitant.

Important Considerations:

Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions

In order to maintain your SecurePay rider, you must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions that we have established. The Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions are designed to limit our risk under the SecurePay rider. Please see "Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions for Protected Lifetime Income Benefits."

Designating the Covered Person(s)

The Covered Person is the person upon whose life the SecurePay rider benefit is based. You may designate one Covered Person (Single Life Coverage) or two Covered Persons (Joint Life Coverage).

Note: A change of Covered Persons after the Benefit Election Date will cause your SecurePay rider to terminate and any scheduled SecurePay Withdrawals to cease. If you remove a Covered Person (which may occur, for example, if you remove a spouse Beneficiary or add additional Primary Beneficiaries or change the Owner or Annuitant), or if you add a Covered Person (which may occur, for example, if you add a spouse as a sole Primary Beneficiary), then this would constitute a change of Covered Persons. If we terminate your rider due to a change in Covered Person, you may reinstate the rider subject to certain conditions. See "Reinstating Your SecurePay Rider Within 30 Days of Termination." In addition, whether a spouse continues the Contract could affect the rights and benefits under the SecurePay rider and could have tax consequences. (See "Spousal Continuation" and "Tax Consequences — Treatment of Civil Unions and Domestic Partners.")

Selecting Your Coverage Option.  If both Owners of the Contract are spouses, or if there is one Owner and a spouse who is the sole Primary Beneficiary, you must indicate on the SecurePay Benefit Election Form whether there will be one or two Covered Persons. Please pay careful attention to this designation, as it will impact the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage and whether the SecurePay Withdrawals will continue for the life of the surviving spouse. The various coverage options are illustrated in the following table:

    Single Life Coverage  Joint Life Coverage 
Single Owner/Non-spouse Beneficiary  Covered Person is the Owner. SecurePay rider expires upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date.  Not applicable. 
Single Owner/Spouse Beneficiary  Covered Person is the Owner. SecurePay rider expires upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. Upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date, the surviving spouse may purchase a new SecurePay rider if he or she continues the Contract under the spousal continuation provisions and certain conditions are met. (See, "Continuation of the Contract by a Surviving Spouse.")  Both are Covered Persons. SecurePay rider expires upon death of last surviving Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. 
Joint Owner/Non-spouse 2nd Owner  Covered Person is older Owner. SecurePay rider expires upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date.  Not applicable. 
Joint Owner/ Spouse 2nd Owner  Covered Person is older Owner. SecurePay rider expires upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. Upon death of older Owner, the surviving spouse may purchase a new SecurePay rider if he or she continues the Contract under the spousal continuation provisions and certain conditions are met. (See, "Continuation of the Contract by a Surviving Spouse.")  Both are Covered Persons. SecurePay rider expires upon death of last surviving Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. 

Changing Beneficiaries — Single Owner with Joint Life Coverage.  After selecting Joint Life Coverage, a single Owner may decide to remove a spouse Beneficiary or add additional Primary Beneficiaries. This would constitute a change of Covered Persons after the Benefit Election Date, and upon notification of the change, we will terminate the SecurePay rider. If we terminate your rider due to a change in Covered Person, you may reinstate the rider subject to certain conditions. See "Reinstating Your SecurePay Rider Within 30 Days of Termination." In addition, whether a spouse continues the Contract could affect the rights and benefits under the SecurePay rider and could have tax consequences. (See "Spousal Continuation" and "Tax Consequences — Treatment of Civil Unions and Domestic Partners.")

Beginning Your SecurePay Withdrawals

You must submit a completed SecurePay Benefit Election Form to our Administrative Office to establish the Benefit Election Date and begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals under the rider.

Any withdrawals made on or after the Rider Issue Date but prior to the Benefit Election Date – including automatic withdrawals – will similarly result in a reduction in the Benefit Base and corresponding AWA, and may even significantly reduce or eliminate the value of such benefits.

Please consult your sales representative regarding the appropriate time for you to establish the Benefit Election Date and begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals.

Important Considerations

The SecurePay rider is designed for you to take SecurePay Withdrawals each Contract Year. SecurePay Withdrawals are aggregate withdrawals during any Contract Year on or after the Benefit Election Date that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount. Aggregate withdrawals during any Contract Year on or after the Benefit Election Date that exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount are "Excess Withdrawals." You should not purchase the SecurePay rider if you intend to take Excess Withdrawals.

If you would like to make an Excess Withdrawal and are uncertain how an Excess Withdrawal will reduce your future guaranteed withdrawal amounts, then you may contact us prior to requesting the withdrawal to obtain a personalized, transaction-specific calculation showing the effect of the Excess Withdrawal.

Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement Information

The Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement contains the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage(s) for the SecurePay rider applicable to contracts applied for while that Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement remains in effect (the “Effective Period”). The Effective Period is described in each Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. See “Maximum Withdrawal Percentage”.

In order for us to use the percentages in any particular Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement, your necessary application information must be signed during it’s Effective Period. We must receive your necessary application information and payment of at least the minimum initial Purchase Payment ($5,000) within ten calendar days of the end of the Effective Period. If you plan to pay the initial Purchase Payment by exchanging another annuity contract that you own, we must receive your necessary application information within ten calendar days of the end of the Effective Period and the exchanged amount within 90 calendar days of the end of the Effective Period. If those conditions (the “Rate Sheet Eligibility Conditions”) are met, or if the then current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement percentages are identical to those set forth in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement attached to your prospectus, we will follow our established procedures for issuing the Contract. See “Issuance of a Contract.”

If any of these conditions are not met, we will consider your application not to be in Good Order. In that case, we will inform your financial advisor and request instructions as whether to apply the initial Purchase Payment and issue the Contract with the percentages in effect under the current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement or cancel the application and return your Purchase Payment. If your financial advisor instructs us to issue the Contract, we will provide you with the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement that applies to your Contract and an amendment to your application upon delivery of the Contract. If we are unable to contact your financial advisor within five business days after we determine the application is not in Good Order, we will return your Purchase Payment. You, or your financial advisor may also instruct us to issue the Contract without the SecurePay rider. Once we receive both the necessary application information and at least the minimum initial Purchase Payment, we will follow our established procedures for issuing the Contract.

If any of the Rate Sheet Eligibility Conditions are not met because of reasons reasonably beyond your control, Protective Life may, in its sole discretion, modify, terminate, suspend or waive the Rate Sheet Eligibility Conditions on such terms and conditions as it deems advisable (each a "Rate Sheet Eligibility Condition Change"). Any such Rate Sheet Eligibility Condition Change shall be effected by the Company on a basis that is not unfairly discriminatory.

Percentages reflected in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement with an Effective Period that does not include the date you signed your application will not apply to your Contract. You should not purchase the SecurePay rider without first obtaining the applicable Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. Please contact us at 1-800-456-6330 to obtain the current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. The current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement is also available online at https://protective.onlineprospectus.net/protective/SchwabGenesisindex.html and www.sec.gov under File Number [333-XXXXXX]. No new Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement that supersedes a prior Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement will become effective unless written notice of effectiveness of the new Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement is given at least 10 business days in advance. The relevant information from all superseded Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements can be found in Appendix H to the Prospectus.

Determining the Amount of Your SecurePay Withdrawals

The AWA is the maximum amount of SecurePay Withdrawals permitted each Contract Year. We determine your initial AWA as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your completed SecurePay Benefit Election form at our Administrative Office in "good order" by multiplying your Benefit Base on that date by the "Maximum Withdrawal Percentage" applicable to your Contract and determined according to the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement effective when you purchase it. The Benefit Election form will be deemed in "good order" if it is fully and accurately completed and signed by the Owner(s) and received by us at our Administrative Office.

Maximum Withdrawal Percentage

The Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is set forth in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement attached to your prospectus. See "Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement Information."

Under certain circumstances, we may increase your AWA. See "SecurePay NHSM: Increased AWA Because of Confinement in Nursing Home," and "Required Minimum Distributions." In no event will the AWA increase once the Contract Value is reduced to zero and an Annuity Date is established. (See "Reduction of Contract Value to Zero.")

Calculating the Benefit Base Before the Benefit Election Date

The Benefit Base is used to calculate the AWA and determine the SecurePay Fee. As the Benefit Base increases, both the AWA and the amount of the SecurePay Fee increase. Your Benefit Base can never be more than $5 million.

Note: The Benefit Base is only used to calculate the AWA and the SecurePay Fee; it is not a cash value, surrender value, or death benefit, it is not available to Owners, it is not a minimum return for any Sub-Account, and it is not a guarantee of any Contract Value.

If the rider is purchased at issue, your initial Benefit Base is equal to your initial purchase payments. If the rider is added through RightTime, your initial Benefit Base is equal to your Contract Value on the Rider Issue Date.

Thereafter, we increase the Benefit Base dollar-for-dollar for each Purchase Payment made within 2 years of the Rider Issue Date. We reduce the Benefit Base for each withdrawal from the Contract prior to the Benefit Period in the same proportion that each withdrawal reduces the Contract Value as of the date we process the withdrawal request.

Example: Assume your Benefit Base is $100,000, but because of poor Sub-Account performance your Contract Value has fallen to $90,000. If you make a $9,000 withdrawal, thereby reducing your Contract Value by 10% to $81,000, we would reduce your Benefit Base also by 10%, or $10,000, to $90,000.

Because all withdrawals made prior to the Benefit Election Date reduce the Benefit Base, you should carefully consider the impact of these withdrawals prior to scheduling them. Withdrawals prior to the Benefit Election Date could significantly reduce or even eliminate the value of the SecurePay Benefit.

On each Contract Anniversary following the Rider Issue Date, we also will increase the Benefit Base to equal the "SecurePay Anniversary Value" if that value is higher than the Benefit Base. On each Contract Anniversary, the "SecurePay Anniversary Value" is equal to your Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. If we receive a withdrawal request on a Contract Anniversary, we will deduct the withdrawal from Contract Value before calculating the SecurePay Anniversary Value.

Calculating the Benefit Base On or After the Benefit Election Date

We continue calculating the Benefit Base after the Benefit Election Date in the same manner as we did prior to the Benefit Election Date, except withdrawals are treated differently. The effect of a withdrawal on the Benefit Base depends on whether the withdrawal is a SecurePay Withdrawal or an Excess Withdrawal. An Excess Withdrawal is any withdrawal after the Benefit Election Date which, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during that Contract Year, exceeds the Contract Year's Annual Withdrawal Amount.

SecurePay Withdrawals

SecurePay Withdrawals do not reduce the Benefit Base. Therefore, if all your withdrawals during the Benefit Period are SecurePay Withdrawals, your Annual Withdrawal Amount will never decrease and you may continue to withdraw at least that amount for the lifetime of the Covered Person (or the last surviving Covered Person, if you selected Joint Life Coverage).

If your Benefit Base increases on a Contract Anniversary because the SecurePay Anniversary Value exceeds the Benefit Base on that date, your Annual Withdrawal Amount and therefore SecurePay Withdrawals available to you in subsequent Contract Years will also increase.

Important Consideration

SecurePay Withdrawals are not cumulative. If you choose to receive only a part of, or none of, your AWA in any given Contract Year, you should understand that you cannot carry over any unused SecurePay Withdrawals to any future Contract Years.

For example, assume your Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is 5.0% and your Benefit Base is $100,000, which means your AWA is $5,000 ($100,000 x .05). If you withdraw only $4,000 during the Contract Year, the AWA will not increase the next Contract Year by the $1,000 you did not withdraw.

Excess Withdrawals

During the Benefit Period any portion of a withdrawal that, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during that Contract Year, exceeds the Annual Withdrawal Amount constitutes an Excess Withdrawal. Therefore, a withdrawal during the Benefit Period that causes the aggregate withdrawals for that Contract Year to exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount may include amounts that qualify as a SecurePay Withdrawal as well as amounts that are Excess Withdrawals.

An Excess Withdrawal will reduce the Benefit Base. The effect of the Excess Withdrawal on the Benefit Base depends, in part, on the relationship of the Benefit Base to the Contract Value at that time.

  1. If, at the time of the Excess Withdrawal, your Contract Value minus the non-excess portion of the withdrawal (the portion of the withdrawal that qualifies as a SecurePay Withdrawal) is greater than the Benefit Base, we will reduce the Benefit Base by the amount of the Excess Withdrawal.
  2. If, at the time of Excess Withdrawal, your Contract Value minus the non-excess portion of the withdrawal (the portion of the withdrawal that qualifies as a SecurePay Withdrawal) is less than or equal to the Benefit Base, we will reduce the Benefit Base in the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal bears to the Contract Value minus the SecurePay Withdrawal. An Excess Withdrawal could reduce the Benefit Base by substantially more than the actual amount of the withdrawal. Furthermore, a $1,000 Excess Withdrawal will reduce the Benefit Base by more than $1,000.

For example, suppose your Benefit Base is $100,000, your Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is 5.0% (i.e, your AWA is $5,000), your Contract Value is $110,000. If you have already taken $3,000 of SecurePay Withdrawals in the Contract Year and then request another $3,000 withdrawal you will exceed your AWA by $1,000, and we will consider $2,000 of that withdrawal to be a SecurePay Withdrawal and $1,000 to be an Excess Withdrawal. In this case, rule (a) above applies because the Contract Value less the SecurePay Withdrawal ($110,000 – $2,000 = $108,000) is greater than your Benefit Base ($100,000). We will therefore reduce your Benefit Base by the Excess Withdrawal and your new Benefit Base will be $99,000 ($100,000 – $1,000).

However, if in the example above your Contract Value is $70,000 then rule (b) applies. In this case, we determine the reduction in your Benefit Base first by determining the proportion that the Excess Withdrawal bears to the Contract Value less SecurePay Withdrawal. We calculate this by dividing the $1,000 Excess Withdrawal by the Contract Value less the $2,000 SecurePay Withdrawal ($1,000 ÷ ($70,000 – $2,000) = 1.4706%). We will then apply this same percentage to reduce your Benefit Base. Thus your new Benefit Base will be equal to $98,529 ($100,000 – ($100,000 * 0.014706)).

We will recalculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount on the next Contract Anniversary by multiplying the Benefit Base on that date by the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage.

Reduction of Contract Value to Zero

If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to the deduction of fees or a SecurePay Withdrawal, the Contract will terminate and we will settle the benefit under your SecurePay rider as follows:

If you request a surrender and your Contract Value at the time of the request is less than your remaining AWA for that Contract Year, we will pay you a lump sum equal to such remaining AWA.

If your Contract Value reduces to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, we will terminate your Contract and the SecurePay rider. You will not be entitled to receive any further benefits under the SecurePay rider.

As with any distribution from the Contract, there may be tax consequences. In this regard, we intend to treat any amounts that you receive before the Annuity Date is established as described above and that are in the form of SecurePay Withdrawals as withdrawals. We intend to treat any amounts that you receive after the Annuity Date is established as described above and that are a settlement of the benefit under your SecurePay rider as annuity payments for tax purposes. See "TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL."

Benefit Available on Maximum Annuity Date (oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95th birthday)

You must annuitize the Contract no later than the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95th birthday ("Maximum Annuity Date"). The SecurePay rider will terminate on the Annuity Date, whether or not you have begun your SecurePay Withdrawals.

If your SecurePay rider is in effect on the Maximum Annuity Date, in addition to the other Annuity Options available to you under your Contract, one of your Annuity Options will be to receive monthly annuity payments equal to the AWA divided by 12 for the life of the Covered Person (or the last surviving Covered Person if Joint Life Coverage was selected). If benefits are being paid under the SecurePay NH benefit on the Maximum Annuity Date, the amount of your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of the SecurePay NH endorsement. (See "Availability of SecurePay NH Benefit after Annuitization.") If you do not select an Annuity Option, your monthly annuity payments will be the greater of (i) the AWA divided by 12 or (ii) payments based upon the Contract Value for the life of the Annuitant with a 10-year Certain Period. We must receive written notification of your election of such annuity payments at least three days but no earlier than 90 days before the Maximum Annuity Date. For more information regarding Annuity Options, including Certain Period options, see "ANNUITY PAYMENTS, Annuity Options."

SecurePay Fee

We deduct a fee for the SecurePay rider that compensates us for the costs and risks we assume in providing this benefit. This SecurePay Fee is a percentage of the Benefit Base. We deduct this fee from your Contract Value on the Valuation Date that occurs after each Valuation Period containing a Monthly Anniversary Date. The SecurePay Fee is deducted from the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account only; it is not deducted from the assets in the DCA Account. The monthly fee is deducted from the Sub-Accounts in the same proportion that the value of each Sub-Account bears to the total Contract Value in the Variable Account on that date. The monthly fee is deducted from a Sub-Account in the same proportion that the Sub-Account value bears to the total Contract Value in the Variable Account on that date.

Information regarding the current fee for the SecurePay Life rider can be found in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement that accompanies your Prospectus. See "Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement Information." We may increase the SecurePay Life Fee. However, we will not increase the SecurePay Life Fee above a maximum 2.00% (2.20% under RightTime) of the Benefit Base.

We reserve the right to increase the SecurePay fee up to the maximum stated above if, in our sole discretion, the increase is necessary or appropriate to cover the costs Protective Life incurs to mitigate the risks associated with offering the rider. If we increase the SecurePay Fee, we will give you at least 30 days' written notice prior to the increase which notice will identify the date the increase in the SecurePay Fee will take place and provide instructions on how to accept or decline the increase. You may elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee. If you elect not to pay the increased SecurePay Fee, your SecurePay rider will not terminate, but your Benefit Base will be capped at its then current value and you will give up the opportunity for any future increases in the Benefit Base if your Contract Value exceeds your Benefit Base on subsequent Contract Anniversaries. You will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee. See "SecurePay Rider."

Terminating the SecurePay Rider

The SecurePay rider will terminate upon the earliest of:

Deduction of the monthly fee for the SecurePay rider ceases upon termination. We will not refund the SecurePay fees you have paid if your SecurePay rider terminates for any reason. If your SecurePay rider terminates, you may not reinstate it or purchase a new rider except as described below under "Spousal Continuation" and "Reinstating Your SecurePay Rider Within 30 Days of Termination."

Spousal Continuation

Upon the death of the Owner before the Benefit Election Date, if the surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract and become the new Owner, the surviving spouse may also continue the SecurePay rider, provided the surviving spouse meets the rider's issue age requirements as of the Rider Issue Date or as of any date prior to the date we receive the written request to continue the Contract. On the next Contract Anniversary, the Benefit Base will be the greater of (1) the Contract Value (which will reflect the Death Benefit), or (2) the current Benefit Base.

If the SecurePay Benefit Election Form indicates Single Life Coverage and the SecurePay rider terminates due to the death of the Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date, and if the surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract and become the new sole Owner, then the surviving spouse may purchase a new SecurePay rider before the Annuity Date if we are offering the rider at that time. If all the conditions to purchase a new SecurePay rider have been met, we will issue the rider upon our receipt of the surviving spouse's written request. The new rider will be subject to the terms and conditions of the SecurePay rider in effect at the time it is issued. This means:

The surviving spouse may not purchase a new SecurePay rider if he or she does not meet the rider's issue age requirements as of the Rider Issue Date or the date we receive the written request to continue the Contract. Only the surviving spouse is eligible to be a Covered Person under the new rider, and the rider will terminate upon the death of that Covered Person. Please note that the SecurePay rider may not be available in all states and that we may limit the availability of the SecurePay rider at any time.

If the SecurePay Benefit Election Form indicates Joint Life Coverage and a Covered Person dies following the Benefit Election Date, and if the surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract and the SecurePay rider, the Annual Withdrawal Amount remains the same until the next Contract Anniversary. On the next Contract Anniversary, the Benefit Base will be the greater of the Contract Value (which will reflect the addition of the Death Benefit) or the current Benefit Base and we will recalculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount, if necessary, using the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage associated with Joint Life Coverage.

Reinstating Your SecurePay Rider Within 30 Days of Termination

If your SecurePay rider terminated due to a Prohibited Allocation instruction (see "ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS") or due to a change in Covered Person after the Benefit Election Date (see "Designating the Covered Person(s)"), and you made no additional Purchase Payment after the termination, you may request that we reinstate the rider.

If termination occurred due to a Prohibited Allocation instruction, your written reinstatement request must correct the previous Prohibited Allocation instruction by either directing us to allocate your Contract Value in accordance with the rider's Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions and/or resume portfolio rebalancing. If termination occurred due to a change in Covered Person after the Benefit Election Date, your written reinstatement request must correct the change in Covered Person by directing us to designate under the reinstated rider the original Covered Person(s) that had been selected on the Benefit Election Date.

We must receive your written reinstatement request within 30 days of the date the rider terminated. The reinstated rider will have the same terms and conditions, including the same SecurePay Rider Issue Date, Benefit Base, AWA, SecurePay Fee and, if applicable, Maximum Withdrawal Percentage, as it had prior to termination.

Tax Consequences

Treatment of Civil Unions and Domestic Partners.  If state law affords legal recognition to domestic partnerships or civil unions, the Rider will treat individuals who are in a bona fide civil union or domestic partnership as married and spouses for purposes of the Rider. However, as described above in "Death Benefit — Continuation of the Contract by a Surviving Spouse," for federal tax law purposes such individuals are not treated as "spouses." As a result, if a beneficiary of a deceased owner and the owner were parties to such a relationship, the beneficiary will be required by federal tax law to take distributions from the Contract in the manner applicable to non-spouse beneficiaries and will not be able to continue the Contract. In some circumstances, these required distributions could substantially reduce or eliminate the SecurePay rider benefit while the surviving Beneficiary is still alive.

In addition, the rider allows the surviving spouse of a deceased owner who continues the Contract and becomes the new owner to either continue the SecurePay rider or purchase a new rider (depending on the date of death and whether the rider provides single or joint life coverage). This right is only available to an individual who was the spouse of the deceased owner within the meaning of federal tax law because only such a spouse is eligible to continue the Contract under federal tax law.

An individual who is a party to a civil union or a domestic partnership should not purchase the SecurePay rider before consulting legal and financial advisors and carefully evaluating whether the SecurePay rider is suitable for his or her needs.

Other Tax Matters.  For a discussion of other tax consequences specific to the SecurePay rider, please see "TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL, Tax Consequences of Protected Lifetime Income Benefits" and "QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS, Protected Lifetime Income Benefits."

SecurePay NH: Increased AWA Because of Confinement in Nursing Home

(Not available in Connecticut, Idaho, New Hampshire, Pennsylvania and Virginia)

If you are confined to a nursing home, you may be eligible for an increased Annual Withdrawal Amount ("AWA") with our SecurePay NH (Nursing Home Enhancement) feature. This feature is included at no additional charge with the SecurePay rider.

The SecurePay NH benefit may not be available in all states and may not be available with new contracts in the future. Please check with your financial advisor to determine availability.

What is the SecurePay NH benefit?

If you qualify for the SecurePay NH benefit during a Contract Year, we will double the AWA to which you are currently entitled for that year, not to exceed 10% of your Benefit Base.

Nursing Home Benefit Period

The Nursing Home Benefit Period is the period of time during which the increased SecurePay withdrawal percentage is used to calculate the AWA. Any Contract Year or portion thereof during which the increased SecurePay withdrawal percentage is used to calculate the AWA will be a full Contract Year for the purpose of determining the Nursing Home Benefit Period.

The Nursing Home Benefit Period will extend for a maximum of five (5) Contract years in which you qualify for the SecurePay NH benefit or until the SecurePay Rider terminates, whichever occurs first. The qualifying Contract years need not be consecutive. Any Contract Year or portion thereof during which the increased SecurePay withdrawal percentage is used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount will be a full Contract Year for the purpose of determining the Nursing Home Benefit Period.

Eligibility for the SecurePay NH Benefits

To qualify for the increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit, the Covered Person must:

  1. have established the Benefit Election Date or establish the Benefit Election Date when he or she applies for the SecurePay NH benefit;
  2. (a) be currently confined to a Nursing Home, as defined below; (b) have been confined to a Nursing Home for at least 90-days immediately preceding your application for the SecurePay NH benefit; and (c) have a reasonable expectation that he or she will continue to be confined to a Nursing Home; and
  3. be unable to perform at least two of the six Activities of Daily Living described below, or be diagnosed with a Severe Cognitive Impairment.

Nursing Home: For purposes of determining your eligibility for the SecurePay NH benefit, a "Nursing Home" is defined as a facility (or portion of a facility) primarily engaged in providing continuous, on-going nursing care to its residents in accordance with the authority granted by a license issued by State or Federal government (or granted pursuant to state certification or operated pursuant to law if your state neither licenses nor certifies such facilities), and qualified as a "skilled nursing home facility" under Medicare or Medicaid. A "Nursing Home" does not include: a hospital or clinic; a facility operated primarily for the treatment of alcoholism or drug addiction; or, an assisted living facility engaged primarily in custodial care.

Ineligibility.  You are not eligible for the SecurePay NH benefit if you were in a nursing home during the one year preceding your purchase of the SecurePay rider, or you are confined to a nursing home during the year following your purchase of the Rider.

Activities of Daily Living (ADL).  Under the SecurePay NH benefit, "Activities of Daily Living" refer to the following functions relating to the Covered Person's ability to live independently:

Severe Cognitive Impairment.  For purposes of determining eligibility for the SecurePay NH benefit, Severe Cognitive Impairment is a loss or deterioration of intellectual capacity that is comparable to (and includes) Alzheimer's disease and similar forms of irreversible dementia.

Two Covered Persons. If you selected the Joint Life Coverage Option when you established your Benefit Election Date, both Covered Persons must satisfy the eligibility requirements for the increased SecurePay NH benefit.

Applying for Increased AWA under the SecurePay NH Benefit

Initial Application.  To apply for an increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit, you must submit an application certifying that the Covered Person meets the conditions for qualification under the SecurePay NH benefit. This certification must be signed by the Covered Person's Physician. If the Owner is unable to submit an application for an increased AWA on his or her own behalf, we will accept an application on behalf of an Owner from a person who provides satisfactory proof that they have legally assumed care, custody, and representation of the incapacitated Owner. Typically, this would be a valid power of attorney or an order of conservatorship from a court of competent jurisdiction.

The certifying Physician must be a medical doctor currently licensed by a state Board of Medical Examiners, or similar authority in the United States, acting within the scope of his or her license and not related to the Covered Person. We may require an examination of the Covered Person by a Physician of our choice at our expense. In the event of a conflict between the medical opinions, the opinion of our Physician shall prevail.

Re-Certification of Eligibility.  Beginning with the second Contract Anniversary following the end of a Valuation Period during which we determine that the Covered Person qualifies for the increased AWA under SecurePay NH (the "Qualification Date"), you must submit a re-certification of eligibility not less than 10, nor more than 30 days prior to each applicable Contract Anniversary. We will notify you at least 30 days before this re-certification is due.

The re-certification must certify that the Covered Person continues to meet the conditions for eligibility under the SecurePay NH benefit, and must be signed by the Covered Person's physician. We may require an examination by a physician of our choice at our expense. In the event of a conflict between the medical opinions, the opinion of our physician will prevail.

We will notify you if you fail to qualify for continued eligibility for the SecurePay NH benefit. For any Contract Year during which the Covered Person fails to qualify for the Nursing Home Enhancement, we calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount according to the terms of the SecurePay rider you purchased.

If you have questions about applying for an increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit, or to obtain a copy of the SecurePay NH application and other forms required to apply, you can call us at 1-800-456-6330 or write to us at Protective Life Insurance Company, P.O. Box 1928, Birmingham, Alabama 35202-1928.

Determining Your Increased AWA under the SecurePay NH Benefit

Initial Qualifying Year.  Qualification for an increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit may increase the Annual Withdrawal Amount available for the Contract Year during which you qualify. An increase in the Annual Withdrawal Amount will not change the effect of any withdrawal that occurred prior to the Qualification Date. Thus, if you took an Excess Withdrawal during the Contract Year before you were notified that you qualify for the SecurePay NH increased AWA, your earlier withdrawal would still be treated as an Excess Withdrawal under SecurePay.

If your aggregate withdrawals during the qualifying Contract Year are less than or equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount in effect prior to the Qualification Date, we will recalculate the remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount for that Contract Year as of the Qualification Date by multiplying the Benefit Base on that date by the enhanced Maximum Withdrawal Percentage, and subtracting all prior non-Excess Withdrawals taken since the later of the Benefit Election Date or the most recent Contract Anniversary.

Example:

Five years ago, after turning age 75, Elisabeth elected the SecurePay rider. She is now 80 years old and has a Benefit Base and Contract Value of $100,000. She has a Maximum Withdrawal Percentage of 5%. Her AWA is $5,000 (5% * $100,000).

In February of the current Contract Year, Elisabeth takes a SecurePay Withdrawal of $5,000. Assume that in March, Elisabeth qualifies for an enhanced Maximum Withdrawal Percentage of 10% under SecurePay NH and her Benefit Base is still $100,000. Her new AWA is $10,000 ($100,000 * 10%) and her remaining AWA for the current Contract Year is $5,000 ($10,000 – $5,000).

If you have taken an Excess Withdrawal during the qualifying Contract Year prior to the Qualification Date, we will recalculate the remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount for that Contract Year as of the Qualification Date by subtracting the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage identified on the Benefit Election Date from the enhanced Maximum Withdrawal Percentage provided by this endorsement, and multiplying the difference in those percentages by the Benefit Base on the Qualification Date.

Example:

Five years ago, after turning age 75, Elisabeth elected a SecurePay rider. She is now 80 years old and has a Benefit Base and Contract Value of $100,000. She has a Maximum Withdrawal Percentage of 5%. Her AWA is $5,000 (5% * $100,000).

In February of the current Contract Year, Elisabeth takes a SecurePay Withdrawal of $5,000 and an Excess Withdrawal of $4,000. Her new Benefit Base after the Excess Withdrawal is $95,789 ($100,000 – $4,000/$95,000 * $100,000). Assume that in March, Elisabeth qualifies for an enhanced Maximum Withdrawal Percentage of 10% under SecurePay NH and her Benefit Base is still $95,789. Her new AWA is $9,579 ($95,789 * 10%) and her remaining AWA for the current Contract Year is $4,789 ((10% – 5%) * $95,789).

Notice of Qualification.  We will include the amount of the increase in the AWA for the qualifying year in the notice that confirms the Covered Person's qualification for the Nursing Home Enhancement.

Subsequent Contract Years.  In subsequent Contract Years in which you are eligible for the Nursing Home Enhancement, we multiply the Benefit Base on the Contract Anniversary by the enhanced Maximum Withdrawal Percentage to determine the Annual Withdrawal Amount for that Contract Year. For any year in which you are not eligible for the Nursing Home Enhancement, we determine the Annual Withdrawal Amount, if any, according to the terms of the SecurePay rider you purchased.

Non-Qualifying Years.  For any Contract Year during which the Covered Person fails to qualify for the increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit, we calculate the AWA using the SecurePay withdrawal percentage established on the Benefit Election Date according to the terms of the SecurePay rider you purchased and that Contract Year will not be included in the Nursing Home Benefit Period.

Availability of SecurePay NH Benefit after Annuitization.  Once the Contract has been annuitized, the SecurePay NH benefit is no longer available. Thus, the SecurePay NH benefit is not available after —

Availability of SecurePay NH Benefit after Annuitization.  Once the Contract has been annuitized, you may no longer submit an application for an increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit. Thus, you may no longer apply for the increased AWA after —

Thus, if you have not qualified for, and have not begun receiving, an increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit when the Contract is annuitized, you will not be able to receive an increased annuity payment even if you would have later qualified for the SecurePay NH Benefit. If you have already qualified for, and are receiving, an increased AWA under SecurePay NH when the Contract is annuitized because the Maximum Annuity Date is reached or the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to the deduction of fees or a SecurePay Withdrawal, you will continue to receive the increased annuity payment according to the terms of your rider. Specifically, you will receive the increased payments for the remainder of the 5-Contract Year Maximum Aggregate Nursing Home Benefit Period. You will not need to recertify your eligibility for the increased payments under the SecurePay NH benefit after your annuity payments begin.

Termination and Reinstatement of the SecurePay NH Benefit.  The SecurePay NH benefit terminates when your SecurePay rider terminates, including when the Contract is annuitized. If your SecurePay rider is reinstated, your SecurePay NH benefit will also be reinstated.

Tax Considerations for the SecurePay NH Benefit.  The tax treatment of the SecurePay NH benefit is uncertain in several respects. Please see "FEDERAL TAX MATTERS, Tax Consequences of Protected Lifetime Income Benefits" and "QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS, Protected Lifetime Income Benefits." If you are considering purchasing a Qualified Contract with the SecurePay rider, you should consult a tax adviser because the addition of the SecurePay rider could affect the qualification of your Contract and/or the Qualified Plan associated with your Contract.

Required Minimum Distributions

If the SecurePay rider is purchased for use with a Qualified Contract, the Qualified Contract must comply with the required minimum distribution (RMD) rules under the Code Section 401(a)(9). The SecurePay rider, and certain other benefits that the IRS may characterize as "other benefits" for purposes of the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), may increase the amount of the RMD that must be taken from your Qualified Contract. See "QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS."

After the Benefit Election Date, we permit withdrawals from a Qualified Contract that exceed the AWA in order to satisfy the RMD for the Qualified Contract without compromising the SecurePay guarantees. In particular, if you provide us with Written Notice of an RMD at the time you request a SecurePay Withdrawal from your Qualified Contract, we will compute an amount that is treated under the SecurePay rider as the RMD for the calendar year with respect to your Qualified Contract. Note that although the tax law may permit you in certain circumstances to take distributions from your Qualified Contract to satisfy the RMDs with respect to other retirement plans established for your benefit, only the amount computed by us as the RMD with respect to your Qualified Contract is treated as an RMD for purposes of the SecurePay rider. Also, if you do not provide us with Written Notice of an RMD at the time you request a SecurePay Withdrawal, the entire amount by which the withdrawal exceeds any remaining AWA for the Contract Year will reduce the amount of your future AWA and could reduce your Benefit Base.

In the future, we may institute certain procedures, including requiring that RMD be established as automatic, periodic distributions, in order to ensure that RMDs for a calendar year do not exceed the AWA for the corresponding Contract Year.

In general, under the SecurePay rider, you may withdraw the greater of (i) your AWA for a contract year or (ii) the RMD attributable to your Contract that is determined as of December 31st immediately preceding the beginning of your contract year.

Note: If you submit your Benefit Election Form before the first RMD under Code Section 401(a)(9) is due, we may adjust the amount of your maximum SecurePay Withdrawal for the contract year that includes the due date for the first RMD so that the maximum amount of your withdrawal under the SecurePay rider will be the greater of your first RMD or AWA plus the greater of your second RMD or AWA minus your actual withdrawals in the previous contract year. Thereafter, the maximum allowed is the greater of the AWA or the RMD determined as of the preceding December 31st.

ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS

In order to maintain the SecurePay rider, you must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions that we have established. The Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions are designed to limit our risk under these riders.

Specifically, you must: (1) allocate all of your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with the Allocation by Investment Category guidelines (described below), (2) allocate all of your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with one of the three eligible Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios (described below) or (3) allocate all of your Purchase Payments and Contract Value to one of the permissible single investment options. All of the investment options available under the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions are described below. You may also allocate your Purchase Payments to the dollar cost averaging ("DCA") Account(s), provided that transfers from the DCA Account are allocated to the Sub-Accounts in accordance with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions described above.

Note: The Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions, as well as the inclusion of Funds that employ volatility management strategies in the Investment Options available under your Contract, are intended in part to reduce risks of investment losses that would require us to use our own assets to make payments in connection with the guarantees provided by the SecurePay rider. The Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions, and the inclusion of Funds that employ volatility management strategies are designed to reduce the overall volatility of your Contract Value. During rising markets, the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions and the Funds that employ volatility management strategies could cause Contract Value to rise less than would have been the case had you been invested in Funds with more aggressive investment strategies. Conversely, investing according to the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions, and in Funds that employ volatility management strategies, may be helpful in a declining market when high market volatility triggers a reduction in the Funds' equity exposure, because during these periods of high volatility, the risk of losses from investing in equity securities may increase. In these instances, your Contract Value may decline less than would have been the case had you not been invested in a Fund or Funds that feature volatility management strategies.

There is no guarantee that the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions, or Funds with volatility management strategies, can limit volatility in your investment portfolio, and you may lose principal.

To the extent that the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions and the Funds with managed volatility strategies are successful in reducing overall volatility, we will benefit from a reduction of the risk arising from our guarantee obligations under the riders and we will have less risk to hedge under the riders than would be the case if Owners did not invest in accordance with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions and in the Funds with managed volatility strategies. The Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions and investment in Funds with managed volatility strategies may not be consistent with an aggressive investment strategy. You should consult with your registered representative to determine if they are consistent with your investment objectives.

NOTE: You may not allocate any of your Purchase Payments or Contract Value to the Fixed Account.

Allocation by Investment Category.  The following Allocation by Investment Category guidelines specify the minimum and maximum percentages of your Contract Value that must be allocated to each of the four categories of Sub-Accounts listed below in order for you to remain eligible for benefits under the SecurePay rider (unless you are fully invested in a Benefit Allocation Model or a permissible single investment option, as described above). You can select the percentage of Contract Value to allocate to individual Sub-Accounts within each group, but the total investment for all Sub-Accounts in a group must comply with the specified minimum and maximum percentages for that group.

These Allocation by Investment Category guidelines may not be consistent with an aggressive investment strategy. You should consult with your registered representative to determine if they are consistent with your investment objectives.

Allocation by Investment Category

Category 1
Minimum Allocation: 40%
Maximum Allocation: 100%

American Funds IS Bond
American Funds IS US Government
Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond
Goldman Sachs VIT Core Fixed Income
Invesco V.I. Government Securities
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money
PIMCO VIT Low Duration
PIMCO VIT Short-Term
Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series - Conservative
Schwab® Government Money Market

Category 2
Minimum Allocation: 0%
Maximum Allocation: 60%

American Funds IS Asset Allocation
American Funds IS Capital Income Builder
American Funds IS Global Growth and Income
Franklin Income VIP
Franklin Strategic Income VIP
Goldman Sachs VIT Core Fixed Income
Goldman Sachs VIT Global Trends Allocation(1)
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income
Invesco V.I. Balanced Risk Allocation(1)
Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture
PIMCO VIT All Asset
PIMCO VIT Long-Term US Government
PIMCO VIT Real Return
Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series - Moderate
Schwab® VIT Balanced
Schwab® VIT Balanced with Growth
Templeton Global Bond VIP

Category 3
Minimum Allocation: 0%
Maximum Allocation: 25%

American Funds IS Blue Chip Income and Growth
American Funds IS Global Growth
American Funds IS Growth
American Funds IS Growth-Income
Fidelity VIP Mid Cap
Franklin Mutual Global Discovery VIP
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP
Goldman Sachs VIT Strategic Growth
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street
Invesco V.I. Comstock
Invesco V.I. Growth and Income
Invesco V.I. International Growth
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunitites
Lord Abbett Calibrated Dividend Growth
Lord Abbett Fundamental Equity
Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series - Growth
Schwab® S&P 500 Index
Schwab® VIT Growth

Category 4
No Allocation Permitted if SecurePay is Selected

American Funds IS Global Small Capitalization
American Funds IS International
American Funds IS New World
Franklin Flex Cap Growth VIP
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP
Goldman Sachs VIT Growth Opportunities
Goldman Sachs VIT Mid Cap Value
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I.Global
Invesco V.I. Balanced Risk Allocation
Invesco V.I. Global Real Estate
Legg Mason ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap
Legg Mason ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Growth
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities
PIMCO VIT Global Diversified Allocation
Royce Capital Small-Cap
Templeton Developing Markets VIP
Templeton Foreign VIP


(1) The Fund includes a volatility management strategy as part of the Fund's investment objective and/or principal investment strategy. (See "Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions for Protected Lifetime Income Benefits, Volatility Management Strategies.")


The Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios.  Each of the Model Portfolios except the Growth Focus model will satisfy our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions, (the "Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios"). See "Asset Allocation Model Portfolios."

In general, the investment strategies employed by the Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios all include allocations that focus on conservative, high quality bond funds, that combine bond funds and blended stock funds, or that emphasize blended stock funds while including a significant weighting of bond funds. Each of these allocation models seeks to provide income and/or capital appreciation while avoiding excessive risk. If you are seeking a more aggressive growth strategy, the Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios are probably not appropriate for you.

The Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios may include Funds that employ volatility management strategies. For more information on how Funds with volatility management strategies may affect your Contract Value, and how such Funds may benefit us, see "ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS" above.

If you allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with one of the eligible Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios, we will allocate your Purchase Payments and transfers out of the DCA Accounts, as the case may be, in accordance with the Benefit Allocation Model Portfolio you selected. Although you may allocate all or part of your Purchase Payments and Contract Value to a Benefit Allocation Model Portfolio, you may only select one Benefit Allocation Model Portfolio at a time. You may, however, change your Benefit Allocation Model Portfolio selection provided the new portfolio is one specifically permitted for use with the SecurePay rider.

Permissible Single Investment Options.  You may also satisfy the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions by allocating 100% of your Purchase Payments and Contract Value to one of the following permissible single investment options:

If more than one single investment option is available, you must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value to only one of these options.

Changes to the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions.  For purposes of the Allocation by Investment Category guidelines, we determine in our sole discretion whether a Sub-Account is classified as Category 1, Category 2, Category 3, or Category 4. We will provide you with at least five business days prior written notice of any changes in classification of Investment Options. We may change the list of Sub-Accounts in a group, change the number of groups, change the minimum or maximum percentages of Contract Value allowed in a group, or change the Investment Options that are or are not available to you, at any time, in our sole discretion. We may make such modifications at any time when we believe the modifications are necessary to protect our ability to provide the guarantees under the SecurePay rider.

With respect to the Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios, we determine in our sole discretion whether a Benefit Allocation Model Portfolio will continue to be available with the SecurePay rider. We may offer additional Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios or discontinue existing Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios at any time in our sole discretion. We may make such modifications at any time when we believe the modifications are necessary to protect our ability to provide the guarantees under the SecurePay rider. We will provide you with written notice at least five business days before any changes to the Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios take effect.

We may add to, or remove from, the list of single investment options available to satisfy the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions in our sole discretion at any time.

If you receive notice of a change to the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions (including changes to your Benefit Allocation Model Portfolio), you are not required to take any action. We will continue to apply Purchase Payments you submit without allocation instructions, and process automatic DCA and portfolio rebalancing transfers, according to your Contract allocation established before the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions changed. We will only apply the new Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions to additional Purchase Payments submitted with new allocation instructions or to future transfers of Contract Value (not including DCA transfers or transfers made to reallocate your Contract Value under the portfolio rebalancing program) because allocation instructions that accompany a Purchase Payment and instructions to transfer Contract Value change your current Contract allocation. This means you will not be able to make additional Purchase Payments submitted with new allocation instructions or transfers of Contract Value until your current allocation instructions meet the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions in effect at that time (although you will still be required to participate in the portfolio rebalancing program).

Portfolio Rebalancing.  You must elect portfolio rebalancing if you select the SecurePay rider. Under this program, we will "re-balance" your Variable Account value based on your allocation instructions in effect at the time of the rebalancing. You may specify rebalancing on a quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis. If you do not specify the period, we will rebalance your Variable Account value semi-annually based on the Rider Issue Date. We will also rebalance your Variable Account value each time your Contract allocation is changed, for example, when we receive a request to transfer Contract Value (not including DCA or portfolio rebalancing transfers) or when we receive a subsequent Purchase Payment that is accompanied by new allocation instructions. (See "Portfolio Rebalancing.")

Confirmation of the rebalancing will appear on your quarterly statement and you will not receive an individual confirmation after each reallocation. We reserve the right to change the rebalancing frequency, at any time if, in our sole discretion, such change is necessary or appropriate to mitigate the risks and costs Protective Life assumes in offering the riders. We will not make changes more than once per calendar year. You will be notified at least 30 days prior to the date of any change in frequency.

If you terminate the rebalancing of your Variable Account value, we will consider this to be a Prohibited Allocation Instruction and we will terminate your SecurePay rider (see below).

Note: Changes to the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions, to the frequency of portfolio rebalancing or to the composition of the Model Portfolios, when and if applied to your Contract Value allocations, may negatively affect the overall performance of the Investment Options in the affected Sub-Accounts.

Prohibited Allocation Instructions.  If you instruct us to allocate Purchase Payments or Contract Value, or to take withdrawals, in a manner that is not consistent with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions (a "Prohibited Allocation instruction"), we will terminate your SecurePay rider. For example, if you are following the Allocation by Investment Category guidelines and you provide new instructions allocating 30% of your Contract Value to the Fidelity VIP Mid Cap Sub-Account, we will consider this to be a Prohibited Allocation Instruction because the maximum allocation you may make to the Sub-Accounts in Category 3 is 25% of your Contract Value.

For purposes of allocating your Purchase Payments and Contract Value, a Prohibited Allocation Instruction includes:

  1. allocating a Purchase Payment so that the allocation of your Contract Value following the Purchase Payment is inconsistent with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions;
  2. directing a dollar cost averaging transfer so that the allocation of your Contract Value following the transfer is inconsistent with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions;
  3. transferring any Contract Value so that the allocation of your Contract Value following the transfer is inconsistent with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions;
  4. deducting the proceeds of a withdrawal from an Investment Option so that the allocation of your Contract Value following the withdrawal is inconsistent with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions; or
  5. terminating the rebalancing of your Contract Value.

If we terminate your SecurePay rider due to a Prohibited Allocation instruction, you may reinstate the rider subject to certain conditions. See "Reinstating Your SecurePay Rider Within 30 Days of Termination," as applicable.

SUSPENSION OR DELAY IN PAYMENTS

Payments of a withdrawal or surrender of the Variable Account value or death benefit are usually made within seven (7) calendar days. However, we may delay such payment of a withdrawal or surrender of the Variable Account value or death benefit for any period in the following circumstances where permitted by state law:

  1. when the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than the customary weekend and holiday closures;
  2. when trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
  3. when an emergency exists (as determined by the SEC as a result of which (a) the disposal of securities in the Variable Account is not reasonably practical; or (b) it is not reasonably practical to determine fairly the value of the net assets of the Variable Account);
  4. when the SEC, by order, so permits for the protection of security holders; or
  5. your premium check has not cleared your bank.

If, pursuant to SEC rules, the Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money Fund suspends payment of redemption proceeds in connection with a liquidation of the Fund, we will delay payment of any transfer, withdrawal, surrender, or death benefit from the Invesco Oppenheimer V.I Government Money Fund Sub-Account until the Fund is liquidated. We will also delay execution of the following: (a) transfers and variable income payments from the Variable Account; (b) variable income payments from the Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money Fund Sub-Account; and (c) transfers, fixed income payments, and payment of death benefit from the Guaranteed Account.

We may delay payment of a withdrawal or surrender from the Guaranteed Account for up to six months where permitted.

SUSPENSION OF CONTRACTS

If mandated under applicable law, we may be required to reject a Purchase Payment. We also may be required to provide additional information about you and your account to government regulators or law enforcement authorities. In addition, we may be required to block an Owner's account and thereby refuse to pay any request for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders, or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator or law enforcement authorities.

CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

To compensate Protective Life for assuming mortality and expense risks, we deduct a daily mortality and expense risk charge. We deduct the mortality and expense risk charge only from the Variable Account. The charge is equal, on an annual basis, to 0.35% of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract.

The mortality risk Protective Life assumes is that Annuitant(s) may live for a longer period of time than estimated when the guarantees in the Contract were established. Because of these guarantees, each payee is assured that longevity will not have an adverse effect on the annuity payments received. The expense risk that Protective Life assumes is the risk that the administration charge and transfer fees may be insufficient to cover actual future expenses. We expect to make a reasonable profit with respect to the Contracts. We may make a profit or incur a loss from the mortality and expense risk charge. Any profit, including profit from the mortality and expense risk charge, may be used to finance distribution and other expenses.

Administration Charge

We will deduct an administration charge equal, on an annual basis, to 0.10% of the daily net asset value of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract. We make this deduction to reimburse Protective Life for expenses incurred in the administration of the Contract and the Variable Account. We deduct the administration charge only from the Variable Account value.

Death Benefit Fees

Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. If you select the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit, we assess a fee to compensate us for the cost of providing this optional death benefit. The fee is deducted from Contract Value and equal, on an annualized basis, to 0.20% of your death benefit value measured on each Monthly Anniversary Date. The value of your Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit on any Monthly Anniversary Date is the greatest of (1) your Contract Value or (2) your Purchase Payments less withdrawals. (See “DEATH BENEFIT, Return of Purchase Payment Death Benefit" for a more complete description.)

SecurePay Fee

We deduct a fee for the SecurePay rider that compensates us for the costs and risks we assume in providing this benefit. This SecurePay Fee is a percentage of the Benefit Base. We deduct this fee from your Contract Value on the Valuation Date that occurs after each Valuation Period containing a Monthly Anniversary Date. The SecurePay Fee is deducted from the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account only; it is not deducted from the assets in the DCA Account. Accordingly, you must have transferred some assets from your DCA Account to Sub-Accounts in accordance with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions before the fee is charged.

Information regarding the current fee for the SecurePay Life rider can be found in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement that accompanies your Prospectus. See "Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement Information." We reserve the right to increase the SecurePay Fee up to the maximum if, in our sole discretion, such change is necessary or appropriate to mitigate the risks and costs Protective Life assumes in offering the riders. We will not increase the SecurePay Fee above a maximum of 2.00% (2.20% under RightTime) of the Benefit Base, however.

If we increase the SecurePay Fee, we will give you at least 30 days' written notice prior to the increase. You may elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee. If you elect not to pay the increased SecurePay Fee, your SecurePay rider will not terminate, but your Benefit Base will be capped at its then current value (i.e., your SecurePay Anniversary Value will be reset to $0) and you will give up the opportunity for any future increases in the Benefit Base if your Contract Value exceeds your Benefit Base on subsequent Contract Anniversaries. You will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee. See "SecurePay."

Transfer Fee

Currently, there is no charge for transfers. Protective Life reserves the right, however, to charge $25 for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in any Contract Year if Protective Life determines, in its sole discretion, that the number of transfers or the cost of processing such transfers is excessive. We will give written notice thirty (30) days before we impose a transfer fee or limit the number of transfers. For the purpose of assessing the fee, we would consider each request to be one transfer, regardless of the number of Investment Options affected by the transfer in one day. We would deduct the fee from the amount being transferred.

Fund Expenses

The net assets of each Sub-Account of the Variable Account will reflect the investment management fees and other operating expenses the Funds incur. For each Fund, an investment manager receives a daily fee for its services. Some Funds also deduct 12b-1 fees from Fund assets. Over time these fees, which are paid out of a Fund's assets on an ongoing basis, will increase the cost of an investment in Fund shares. (See the prospectuses for the Funds for information about the Funds.)

Premium Taxes

Some states impose premium taxes at rates currently ranging up to 3.5%. If premium taxes apply to your Contract, we will deduct them from the Purchase Payment(s) when accepted or from the Contract Value upon a withdrawal or surrender, death or annuitization.

Other Taxes

Currently, no charge will be made against the Variable Account for federal, state or local taxes other than premium taxes. We reserve the right, however, to deduct a charge for taxes attributable to the operation of the Variable Account.

Other Information

  We sell the Contracts through financial advisors associated with Financial Intermediaries. These financial advisors are also appointed and licensed as insurance agents of Protective Life. We intend to recover marketing, administrative and other expenses and costs of Contract benefits through the fees and charges imposed under the Contracts. See "DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS" for more information about these expenses.

ANNUITY PAYMENTS

Annuity Date

On the Issue Date, the Annuity Date is the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95th birthday. You may elect a different Annuity Date, provided that it is no later than the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95th birthday (the "Maximum Annuity Date"). Distributions from Qualified Contracts may be required before the Annuity Date. We will terminate the SecurePay rider if in effect on the Annuity Date. (See "PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS.")

Changing the Annuity Date

The Owner may change the Annuity Date by Written Notice. The new Annuity Date must be at least 30 days after the date we receive Written Notice and no later than the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95th birthday. You may not choose a new Annuity Date that is less than 3 years after the most recent Purchase Payment. You also must elect as your Annuity Option either payments for the life of the Annuitant with no certain period or for a certain period of no less than 10 years.

Annuity Value

The Annuity Value is the amount we will apply to the Annuity Option you have selected. Generally the Annuity Value is your Contract Value on the Annuity Date, less any applicable fees, charges and premium tax on that date. In the circumstances described below, however, we may use an Annuity Value that is higher than the Contract Value.

PayStream Plus® Annuitization Benefit

(not available in New Hampshire or Utah)

If your Annuity Date is on or after your 10th Contract Anniversary and you select Annuity Option B (life income with or without a certain period) with a certain period of at least 10 years, your Annuity Value will be your Contract Value on the Annuity Date plus 2% of the Contract Value on that date, less any applicable fees, charges and premium tax.

Annuity Income Payments

On the Annuity Date, we will apply your Annuity Value to the Annuity Option you have selected to determine your annuity income payment. You may elect to receive a fixed income payment, a variable income payment, or a combination of both using the same Annuity Option and certain period. You have the option of choosing to receive annuity income payments monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.

Fixed Income Payments

Fixed income payments are periodic payments from Protective Life to the designated Payee, the amount of which is fixed and guaranteed by Protective Life. Fixed income payments are not in any way dependent upon the investment experience of the Variable Account. Once fixed income payments have begun, they may not be surrendered.

Variable Income Payments

Variable income payments are periodic payments from Protective Life to the designated Payee, the amount of which varies from one payment to the next as a reflection of the net investment experience of the Sub-Account(s) you select to support the payments. You may fully or partially surrender variable income payments for a commuted value if those payments are being made under Annuity Option A (payments for a certain period). "Commuted value" is the present value of the future variable income payments made over the selected certain period, discounted back at an Assumed Investment Return. Refer to Appendix C for an explanation of the commuted value calculation. You may not surrender variable income payments if those payments are being made under Annuity Option B (life income with or without a certain period).

Annuity Units

On the Annuity Date, we will apply the Annuity Value you have allocated to variable income payments (less applicable charges and premium taxes) to the variable Annuity Option you have selected. Using an interest assumption of 5%, we will determine the dollar amount that would equal a variable income payment if a payment were made on that date. (No payment is actually made on that date.) We will then allocate that dollar amount among the Sub-Accounts you selected to support your variable income payments, and we will determine the number of Annuity Units in each of those Sub-Accounts that is credited to your Contract. We will make this determination based on the Annuity Unit values established at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the Annuity Date. If the Annuity Date is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed, we will determine the number of Annuity Units on the next day the New York Stock Exchange is open. The number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account under a Contract generally remains constant unless there is an exchange of Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts.

Determining the Amount of Variable Income Payments

We will determine the amount of your variable income payment no earlier than five Valuation Dates before the date on which a payment is due, using values established at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange that day.

We determine the dollar amount of each variable income payment attributable to each Sub-Account by multiplying the number of Annuity Units of that Sub-Account credited to your Contract by the Annuity Unit value (described below) for that Sub-Account on the Valuation Period during which the payment is determined. The dollar value of each variable income payment is the sum of the variable income payments attributable to each Sub-Account.

The Annuity Unit value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal to (a) multiplied by (b) divided by (c) where:

  1. is the net investment factor for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity Unit value is being calculated;
  2. is the Annuity Unit value for the preceding Valuation Period; and
  3. is a daily Assumed Investment Return (AIR) factor adjusted for the number of days in the Valuation Period.

The AIR is equal to 5%.

If the net investment return of the Sub-Account for a variable income payment period is equal to the AIR during that period, the variable income payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will equal the payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net investment return exceeds the AIR for that period, the payment for that period will be greater than the payment for the prior period; to the extent that such net investment return falls short of the AIR for that period, the payment for that period will be less than the payment for the prior period.

Refer to Appendix C for an explanation of the variable income payment calculation.

Exchange of Annuity Units

After the Annuity Date, you may exchange the dollar amount of a designated number of Annuity Units of a particular Sub-Account for an equivalent dollar amount of Annuity Units of another Sub-Account. On the date of the exchange, the dollar amount of a variable income payment generated from the Annuity Units of either Sub-Account would be the same. We allow only one exchange between Sub-Accounts in any calendar month, and allow no exchanges between the Guaranteed Account and the Variable Account.

Annuity Options

You may select an Annuity Option, or change your selection by Written Notice that Protective Life receives no later than 30 days before the Annuity Date. You may not change your selection of an Annuity Option less than 30 days before the Annuity Date. We will send you a notice in advance of your Annuity Date which asks you to select your Annuity Option. Your choice of Annuity Option may be limited, depending on your use of the Contract. If you have not selected an Annuity Option within 30 days of the Annuity Date, we will apply your Annuity Value to Option B — Life Income with Payments for a 10 Year Certain Period, with the Variable Account value used to purchase variable income payments and the Guaranteed Account value used to purchase fixed income payments.

Generally, you may select from among the Annuity Options described below. However, certain Annuity Options and/or certain period durations may not be available, depending on the age of the Annuitant and whether your Contract is a Qualified Contract that is subject to limitations under the Required Minimum Distribution rules of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. In addition, once annuity payments start under an Annuity Option, it may be necessary to modify those payments following the Annuitant's death in order to comply with the Required Minimum Distribution rules, if your Annuity is a Qualified Annuity. For a discussion of the post-death distribution requirements for Qualified Contracts, see "QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS, Required Minimum Distributions Upon Your Death."

Option A — Payments For a Certain Period:

We will make payments for the period you select. No certain period may be longer than 30 years. Payments under this Annuity Option do not depend on the life of an Annuitant.

Option B — Life Income With Or Without A Certain Period:

Payments are based on the life of the named Annuitant(s). If you elect to include a certain period, we will make payments for the lifetime of the Annuitant(s), with payments guaranteed for the certain period you select. No certain period may be longer than 30 years. Payments stop at the end of the selected certain period or when the Annuitant(s) dies, whichever is later. We reserve the right to demand proof that the Annuitant(s) is living prior to making any payment under Option B. If no certain period is selected, no payments will be made after the death of the Annuitant(s), no matter how few or how many payments have been made. This means the Payee will receive no annuity payments if the Annuitant(s) dies before the first scheduled payment, will receive only one payment if death occurs before the second scheduled payment, and so on.

Additional Option:

You may use the Annuity Value to purchase any annuity contract that we offer on the date you elect this option.

When selecting an Annuity Option, you should bear in mind that the amount of each payment for a certain period compared to the amount of each payment for life (either with or without a certain period) depends on the length of the certain period chosen and the life expectancy of the Annuitant(s). The longer the life expectancy, the lower the payments. Generally, the shorter the certain period chosen, the higher the payments. In addition, more frequent payments will generally result in lower payment amounts, and conversely, less frequent payments will result in higher payment amounts. You also should consider that, assuming Annuitants with the same life expectancy, choosing Option B — Life Income Without a Certain Period will result in larger annuity payments than Option B — Life Income with a Certain Period (although the Payee will receive more payments under Option B — Life Income with a Certain Period if the Annuitant dies before the end of the certain period). You should consult your sales representative to discuss which Annuity Option would be most appropriate for your circumstances.

At this time Protective does not allow a "partial annuitization," i.e., we do not allow you to apply a portion of your Contract Value to an annuity option while maintaining the remaining Contract Value available for withdrawals or a surrender. However, in the future we may allow a partial annuitization subject to our then applicable rules and procedures.

Minimum Amounts

If your Annuity Value is less than $2,000 on the Annuity Date, we reserve the right to pay the Annuity Value in one lump sum if, in our sole discretion, we determine that a single payment is necessary to avoid excessive administrative costs. If at any time your annuity income payments are less than the minimum payment amount according to the Company's rules then in effect, we reserve the right to change the frequency to an interval that will result in a payment at least equal to the minimum. The current minimum payment amount is $50, but we reserve the right to change that amount in the future.

Death of Annuitant or Owner After Annuity Date

In the event of the death of any Owner on or after the Annuity Date, the Beneficiary will become the new Owner. If any Owner or Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Date and before all benefits under the Annuity Option you selected have been paid, we generally will pay any remaining portion of such benefits at least as rapidly as under the Annuity Option in effect when the Owner or Annuitant died. However, in the case of a Qualified Contract, the Required Minimum Distribution rules of Code Section 401(a)(9) may require any remaining portion of such benefits to be paid more rapidly than originally scheduled. In that regard, it is important to understand that in the case of a Qualified Contract, once annuity payments start under an Annuity Option it may be necessary to modify those payments following the Annuitant's death in order to comply with the Required Minimum Distribution rules. See "QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS, Required Minimum Distributions Upon Your Death." After the death of the Annuitant, any remaining payments shall be payable to the Beneficiary unless you specified otherwise before the Annuitant's death.

YIELDS AND TOTAL RETURNS

From time to time, Protective Life may advertise or include in sales literature yields, effective yields, and total returns for the Sub-Accounts. These figures are based on historic results and do not indicate or project future performance.

Yields, effective yields, and total returns for the Sub-Accounts are based on the investment performance of the corresponding Funds. The Funds' performance also reflects the Funds' expenses, including any 12b-1 fees. Certain of the expenses of each Fund may be reimbursed by the investment manager. See the prospectuses for the Funds.

Yields

The yield of the Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money Fund Sub-Account refers to the annualized income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account over a specified seven-day period. The SEC Standardized yield is calculated by assuming that the income generated for that seven-day period is generated each seven day period over a 52 week period and is shown as a percentage of the investment. The SEC Standardized effective yield is calculated similarly but when annualized the income earned by an investment in the Sub-Account is assumed to be reinvested. The effective yield will be slightly higher than the yield because of the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.

The yield of a Sub-Account (except the Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money Fund Sub-Account) refers to the annualized income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account over a specified 30 day or one-month period. The yield is calculated by assuming that the income generated by the investment during that 30 day or one month period is generated each period over a 12 month period and is shown as a percentage of the investment.

Information regarding the current yield of the Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money Fund Sub-Account as well as the performance of the other Sub-Accounts can be found at https://apps.myprotective.com/vavulperformance/Views/default.aspx. Both SEC standardized and non-SEC standardized data are available.

Total Returns

The total return of a Sub-Account refers to return quotations assuming an investment under a Contract has been held in the Sub-Account for various periods of time including a period measured from the date the Sub-Account commenced operations. Average annual total return refers to total return quotations that are based on an average return over various periods of time.

Certain Funds have been in existence prior to the investment by the Sub-Accounts in such Funds. Protective Life may advertise and include in sales literature the performance of the Sub-Accounts that invest in these Funds for these prior periods. The performance information of any period prior to the investments by the Sub-Accounts is calculated as if the Sub-Accounts had invested in those Funds during those periods, using current charges and expenses associated with the Contract.

Standardized Average Annual Total Returns

The average annual total return quotations represent the average annual compounded rates of return that would equate an initial investment of $1,000 under a Contract to the redemption value of that investment as of the last day of each of the periods for which the quotations are provided. Average annual total return information shows the average percentage change in the value of an investment in the Sub-Account from the beginning date of the measuring period to the end of that period. This SEC standardized version of average annual total return reflects all historical investment results, less all charges and deductions applied under the Contract and any surrender charges that would apply if you terminated the Contract at the end of each indicated period, but excluding any deductions for premium taxes.

When a Sub-Account has been in operation prior to the commencement of the offering of the Contract described in this Prospectus, Protective Life may advertise and include in sales literature the performance of the Sub-Accounts for these prior periods. The Sub-Account performance information of any period prior to the commencement of the offering of the Contract is calculated as if the Contract had been offered during those periods, using current charges and expenses.

Until a Sub-Account (other than the Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money Fund Sub-Account) has been in operation for 10 years, Protective Life will always include quotes of standard average annual total return for the period measured from the date that Sub-Account began operations. When a Sub-Account (other than the Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Government Money Fund Sub-Account) has been in operation for one, five and ten years, respectively, the standard version average annual total return for these periods will be provided.

Non-Standard Average Annual Total Returns

In addition to the standard version of average annual total return described above, total return performance information computed on non-standard bases may be used in advertisements or sales literature. In addition, Protective Life may from time to time disclose average annual total return in other non-standard formats and cumulative total return for Contracts funded by the Sub-Accounts.

Protective Life may, from time to time, also disclose yield, standard average annual total returns, and non-standard total returns for the Funds.

Non-standard performance data will only be disclosed if the standard performance data for the periods described in "Standardized Average Annual Total Returns," above, is also disclosed.

Performance Comparisons

Protective Life may, from time to time, advertise or include in sales literature Sub-Account performance relative to certain performance rankings and indices compiled by independent organizations. In advertising and sales literature, the performance of each Sub-Account may be compared to the performance of other variable annuity issuers in general or to the performance of particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual funds, or investment portfolios of mutual funds with investment objectives similar to each of the Sub-Accounts. Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper"), the Variable Annuity Research Data Service ("VARDS"), and Morningstar Inc. ("Morningstar") are independent services which monitor and rank the performance of variable annuity issuers in each of the major categories of investment objectives on an industry-wide basis.

Lipper and Morningstar rankings include variable life insurance issuers as well as variable annuity issuers. VARDS rankings compare only variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared by Lipper, Morningstar and VARDS each rank such issuers on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption fees, or certain expense deductions at the separate account level into consideration. In addition, VARDS prepares risk adjusted rankings, which consider the effects of market risk on total return performance. This type of ranking provides data as to which funds provide the highest total return within various categories of funds defined by the degree of risk inherent in their investment objectives.

Advertising and sales literature may also compare the performance of each Sub-Account to the Standard & Poor's Index of 500 Common Stocks, a widely used measure of stock performance. This unmanaged index assumes the reinvestment of dividends but does not reflect any "deduction" for the expense of operating or managing an investment portfolio. Other independent ranking services and indices may also be used as a source of performance comparison.

Other Matters

Protective Life may also report other information including the effect of tax-deferred compounding on a Sub-Account's investment returns, or returns in general, which may be illustrated by tables, graphs, or charts.

All income and capital gains derived from Sub-Account investments are reinvested and can lead to substantial long-term accumulation of assets, provided that the underlying Fund's investment experience is positive.

FEDERAL TAX MATTERS

Introduction

The following discussion of the federal income tax treatment of the Contract is not exhaustive, does not purport to cover all situations, and is not intended as tax advice. The federal income tax treatment of the Contract is unclear in certain circumstances, and you should always consult a qualified tax adviser regarding the application of law to individual circumstances. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury Department regulations, and interpretations existing on the date of this Prospectus. These authorities, however, are subject to change by Congress, the Treasury Department, and judicial decisions.

This discussion does not address Federal estate, gift, or generation skipping transfer taxes, or any state or local tax consequences associated with the purchase of the Contract. In addition, Protective Life makes no guarantee regarding any tax treatment — federal, state or local — of any Contract or of any transaction involving a Contract.

Temporary Rules under CARES Act

On March 27, 2020, Congress passed and the President signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). Among other provisions, the CARES Act includes temporary relief from certain tax rules applicable to IRAs and qualified plans. This relief generally only applies during 2020. These changes are discussed below under “Qualified Retirement Plans.” The CARES Act does not change the tax rules applicable to nonqualified contracts.

The Company's Tax Status

Protective Life is taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. Since the operations of the Variable Account are a part of, and are taxed with, the operations of the Company, the Variable Account is not separately taxed as a "regulated investment company" under the Code. Under existing federal income tax laws, investment income and capital gains of the Variable Account are not taxed to the extent they are applied under a Contract. Protective Life does not anticipate that it will incur any federal income tax liability attributable to such income and gains of the Variable Account, and therefore does not intend to make provision for any such taxes. If Protective Life is taxed on investment income or capital gains of the Variable Account, then Protective Life may impose a charge against the Variable Account in order to make provision for such taxes.

TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL

Tax Deferral During Accumulation Period

Under existing provisions of the Code, except as described below, any increase in an Owner's Contract Value is generally not taxable to the Owner until received, either in the form of annuity payments as contemplated by the Contracts, or in some other form of distribution. However, this rule applies only if:

  1. the investments of the Variable Account are "adequately diversified" in accordance with Treasury Department regulations;
  2. the Company, rather than the Owner, is considered the owner of the assets of the Variable Account for federal income tax purposes; and
  3. the Owner is an individual (or an individual is treated as the Owner for tax purposes).

Diversification Requirements

The Code and Treasury Department regulations prescribe the manner in which the investments of a segregated asset account, such as the Variable Account, are to be "adequately diversified." If the Variable Account fails to comply with these diversification standards, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes and the Owner would generally be taxable currently on the excess of the Contract Value over the premiums paid for the Contract. Protective Life expects that the Variable Account, through the Funds, will comply with the diversification requirements prescribed by the Code and Treasury Department regulations.

Ownership Treatment

In certain circumstances, variable annuity contract owners may be considered the owners, for federal income tax purposes, of the assets of a segregated asset account, such as the Variable Account, used to support their contracts. In those circumstances, income and gains from the segregated asset account would be currently includable in the contract owners' gross income. The Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be considered the owner of the assets of a segregated asset account if the owner possesses incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets.

The ownership rights under the Contract are similar to, but differ in certain respects from, the ownership rights described in certain IRS rulings where it was determined that contract owners were not owners of the assets of a segregated asset account (and thus not currently taxable on the income and gains). For example, the Owner of this Contract has the choice of more Investment Options to which to allocate Purchase Payments and Variable Account values than were addressed in such rulings. These differences could result in the Owner being treated as the owner of the assets of the Variable Account and thus subject to current taxation on the income and gains from those assets. In addition, the Company does not know what standards will be set forth in any further regulations or rulings which the Treasury Department or IRS may issue. Protective Life therefore reserves the right to modify the Contract as necessary to attempt to prevent Contract Owners from being considered the owners of the assets of the Variable Account. However, there is no assurance such efforts would be successful.

Nonnatural Owner

As a general rule, Contracts held by "nonnatural persons" such as a corporation, trust or other similar entity, as opposed to a natural person, are not treated as annuity contracts for federal tax purposes. The income on such Contracts (as defined in the tax law) is taxed as ordinary income that is received or accrued by the Owner of the Contract during the taxable year. There are several exceptions to this general rule for nonnatural Owners. First, Contracts will generally be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other entity which holds the Contract as an agent for a natural person. Thus, if a group Contract is held by a trust or other entity as an agent for certificate owners who are individuals, those individuals should be treated as owning an annuity for federal income tax purposes. However, this special exception will not apply in the case of any employer who is the nominal owner of a Contract under a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement for its employees.

In addition, exceptions to the general rule for nonnatural Owners will apply with respect to:

  1. Contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of the decedent;
  2. Certain Qualified Contracts;
  3. Contracts purchased by employers upon the termination of certain Qualified Plans;
  4. Certain Contracts used in connection with structured settlement agreements; and
  5. Contracts purchased with a single purchase payment when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase of the Contract and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the annuity period.

Delayed Annuity Dates

If the Contract's Annuity Date occurs (or is scheduled to occur) at a time when the Annuitant has reached an advanced age (e.g., past age 95), it is possible that the Contract would not be treated as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. In that event, the income and gains under the Contract could be currently includable in the Owner's income.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Contract will be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes.

Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders

In the case of a withdrawal, amounts you receive are generally includable in income to the extent your Contract Value before the surrender exceeds your "investment in the contract" (defined below). All amounts includable in income with respect to the Contract are taxed as ordinary income; no amounts are taxed at the special lower rates applicable to long term capital gains and corporate dividends. Amounts received under an automatic withdrawal plan are treated for tax purposes as withdrawals, not annuity payments. In the case of a surrender, amounts received are includable in income to the extent they exceed the "investment in the contract." For these purposes, the "investment in the contract" at any time equals the total of the Purchase Payments made under the Contract to that time (to the extent such payments were neither deductible when made nor excludable from income as, for example, in the case of certain contributions to Qualified Contracts) less any amounts previously received from the Contract which were not includable in income.

Withdrawals and surrenders may be subject to a 10% penalty tax. (See "Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions.") Withdrawals and surrenders may also be subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. (See "FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING.")

As described elsewhere in this Prospectus, the Company assesses a fee with respect to the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. The Company also assesses a fee for determining whether it will allow an increased amount of SecurePay Withdrawals for certain medical conditions. It is possible that these fees (or some portion thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a withdrawal from the Contract.

Taxation of Annuity Payments

Normally, the portion of each annuity income payment taxable as ordinary income equals the excess of the payment over the exclusion amount. In the case of variable income payments, the exclusion amount is the "investment in the contract" (defined above) you allocate to the variable Annuity Option when payments begin, adjusted for any period certain or refund feature, divided by the number of payments expected (as determined by Treasury Department regulations which take into account the Annuitant's life expectancy and the form of annuity benefit selected). In the case of fixed income payments, the exclusion amount is determined by multiplying (1) the payment by (2) the ratio of the investment in the contract you allocate to the fixed Annuity Option, adjusted for any period certain or refund feature, to the total expected amount of annuity income payments for the term of the Contract (determined under Treasury Department regulations).

Once the total amount of the investment in the contract is excluded using the above formulas, annuity income payments will be fully taxable. If annuity income payments cease because of the death of the Annuitant and before the total amount of the investment in the contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount generally will be allowed as a deduction.

There may be special income tax issues present in situations where the Owner and the Annuitant are not the same person and are not married to one another within the meaning of federal tax law. You should consult a tax adviser in those situations.

Annuity income payments may be subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. (See "FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING.")

Tax Consequences of Protected Lifetime Income Benefits

Withdrawals, pledges, or gifts.  In general, SecurePay Withdrawals are treated for tax purposes as withdrawals. As described elsewhere, in the case of a withdrawal, an assignment or pledge of any portion of a Contract, or a transfer of the Contract without adequate consideration, the Owner will be required to include in income an amount determined by reference to the excess of his or her Contract Value ("cash surrender value" in the case of a transfer without adequate consideration) over the "investment in the contract" at the time of the transaction. If you purchase the SecurePay rider, the IRS may determine that the income in connection with such transactions should be determined by reference to the excess of the greater of (1) the AWA , or (2) the Contract Value ("cash surrender value" in the case of a transfer without adequate consideration) over the "investment in the contract."

Annuity Payments.  If the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95th birthday occurs while the SecurePay rider is in effect, and we provide monthly payments equal to the greater of (1) the AWA divided by 12, and (2) payments under a life annuity with a 10 year certain period, we will treat such monthly payments as annuity income payments. Also, if the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to the deduction of fees and charges or a SecurePay Withdrawal, we will treat periodic payments made on or after the Annuity Date established under the SecurePay settlement as annuity income payments. As described above, annuity income payments are includable in gross income to the extent they exceed the exclusion amount. Once the total amount of the investment in the contract is excluded from income, annuity income payments will be fully taxable. It is possible that the total amount of the investment in the contract will be excluded from income as a result of withdrawals taken prior to the Annuity Date established under the SecurePay settlement, in which case all payments made on or after that date will be fully includable in income.

SecurePay NH.  The proper characterization for federal income tax purposes of the SecurePay NH benefit is unclear. We believe that the increased AWA payable because of confinement in a nursing home will be treated as a taxable payment under your annuity contract (as described above) and will not be excludable from your income as a payment under a long term care insurance contract. It is possible that the IRS could determine that the SecurePay NH benefit provides a form of long term care insurance coverage. In that event, (1) you could be treated as in receipt of some amount of income attributable to the value of the benefit even though you have not received a payment from your Contract, and (2) the amount of income attributable to AWA payments could differ from the amounts described above.

Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds

Prior to the Annuity Date, we may distribute amounts from a Contract because of the death of an Owner or, in certain circumstances, the death of the Annuitant. Such death benefit proceeds are includable in income as follows:

  1. if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same manner as a surrender, as described above; or
  2. if distributed under an Annuity Option, they are taxed in the same manner as annuity income payments, as described above.

After the Annuity Date, if a guaranteed period exists under a life income Annuity Option and the Annuitant dies before the end of that period, payments we make to the Beneficiary for the remainder of that period are includable in income as follows:

  1. if received in a lump sum, they are included in income to the extent that they exceed the unrecovered investment in the contract at that time; or
  2. if distributed in accordance with the existing Annuity Option selected, they are fully excluded from income until the remaining investment in the contract is deemed to be recovered, and all annuity income payments thereafter are fully includable in income.

Proceeds payable on death may be subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. (See "FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING.")

Assignments, Pledges, and Gratuitous Transfers

Other than in the case of Qualified Contracts (which generally cannot be assigned or pledged), any assignment or pledge of (or agreement to assign or pledge) any portion of the Contract Value is treated for federal income tax purposes as a withdrawal of such amount or portion. If the entire Contract Value is assigned or pledged, subsequent increases in the Contract Value are also treated as withdrawals for as long as the assignment or pledge remains in place. The investment in the contract is increased by the amount includable as income with respect to such assignment or pledge, though it is not affected by any other aspect of the assignment or pledge (including its release). If an Owner transfers a Contract without adequate consideration to a person other than the Owner's spouse (or to a former spouse incident to divorce), the Owner will be required to include in income the difference between the "cash surrender value" and the investment in the contract at the time of transfer. In such case, the transferee's "investment in the contract" will increase to reflect the increase in the transferor's income. The exceptions for transfers to the Owner's spouse (or to a former spouse) are limited to individuals that are treated as spouses under federal tax law.

Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions

Where we have not issued the Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan, there generally is a 10% penalty tax on the amount of any payment from the Contract (e.g. withdrawals, surrenders, annuity payments, death benefit proceeds, assignments, pledges, and gratuitous transfers) that is includable in income unless the payment is:

  1. received on or after the Owner reaches age 59-1/2;
  2. attributable to the Owner's becoming disabled (as defined in the tax law);
  3. made on or after the death of the Owner or, if the Owner is not an individual, on or after the death of the primary annuitant (as defined in the tax law);
  4. made as part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and a designated beneficiary (as defined in the tax law); or
  5. made under a Contract purchased with a single Purchase Payment when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase of the Contract and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the annuity period.

Certain other exceptions to the 10% penalty tax not described herein also may apply. (Similar rules, discussed below, apply in the case of certain Qualified Contracts.)

Aggregation of Contracts

In certain circumstances, the IRS may determine the amount of an annuity income payment, withdrawal, or a surrender from a Contract that is includable in income by combining some or all of the annuity contracts a person owns that were not issued in connection with Qualified Plans. For example, if a person purchases a Contract offered by this Prospectus and also purchases at approximately the same time an immediate annuity issued by Protective Life (or its affiliates), the IRS may treat the two contracts as one contract. In addition, if a person purchases two or more deferred annuity contracts from the same insurance company (or its affiliates) during any calendar year, all such contracts will be treated as one contract for purposes of determining whether any payment that was not received as an annuity (including surrenders or withdrawals prior to the Annuity Date) is includable in income. The effects of such aggregation are not always clear; however, it could affect the amount of a withdrawal, surrender, or an annuity payment that is taxable and the amount which might be subject to the 10% penalty tax described above.

Exchanges of Annuity Contracts

We may issue the Contract in exchange for all or part of another annuity contract that you own. Such an exchange will be tax free if certain requirements are satisfied. If the exchange is tax free, your investment in the Contract immediately after the exchange will generally be the same as that of the annuity contract exchanged, increased by any additional Purchase Payment made as part of the exchange. Your Contract Value immediately after the exchange may exceed your investment in the Contract. That excess may be includable in income should amounts subsequently be withdrawn or distributed from the Contract (e.g., as a withdrawal, surrender, annuity income payment, or death benefit).

If you exchange part of an existing contract for the Contract, and within 180 days of the exchange you receive a payment other than certain annuity payments (e.g., you make a withdrawal) from either contract, the exchange may not be treated as a tax free exchange. Rather, some or all of the amount exchanged into the Contract could be includible in your income and subject to a 10% penalty tax.

You should consult your tax advisor in connection with an exchange of all or part of an annuity contract for the Contract, especially if you may make a withdrawal from either contract within 180 days after the exchange.

Medicare Hospital Insurance Tax on Certain Distributions

A Medicare hospital insurance tax of 3.8% will apply to some types of investment income. This tax will apply to all taxable distributions from non-Qualified Contracts. This tax only applies to taxpayers with "modified adjusted gross income" above $250,000 in the case of married couples filing jointly or a qualifying widow(er) with dependent child, $125,000 in the case of married couples filing separately, and $200,000 for all others. For more information regarding this tax and whether it may apply to you, please consult your tax advisor.

Loss of Interest Deduction Where Contract Is Held By or For the Benefit of Certain Nonnatural Persons

In the case of Contracts issued after June 8, 1997, to a nonnatural taxpayer (such as a corporation or a trust), or held for the benefit of such an entity, that entity's general interest deduction under the Code may be limited. More specifically, a portion of its otherwise deductible interest may not be deductible by the entity, regardless of whether the interest relates to debt used to purchase or carry the Contract. However, this interest deduction disallowance does not affect Contracts where the income on such Contracts is treated as ordinary income that the Owner received or accrued during the taxable year. Entities that are considering purchasing the Contract, or entities that will be Beneficiaries under a Contract, should consult a tax adviser.

QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS

In General

The Contracts are also designed for use in connection with certain types of retirement plans which receive favorable treatment under the Code. Many Qualified Plans provide the same type of tax deferral as provided by the Contract. The Contract, however, provides a number of benefits and features not provided by such retirement plans and employee benefit plans or arrangements alone. Those who are considering the purchase of a Contract for use in connection with a Qualified Plan should consider, in evaluating the suitability of the Contract, that additional Purchase Payments may be limited or not accepted. Numerous special tax rules apply to the participants in Qualified Plans and to Contracts used in connection with Qualified Plans. Therefore, we make no attempt in this Prospectus to provide more than general information about use of the Contract with the various types of Qualified Plans. State income tax rules applicable to Qualified Plans and Qualified Contracts often differ from federal income tax rules, and this prospectus does not describe any of these differences. Those who intend to use the Contract in connection with Qualified Plans should seek competent advice.

The tax rules applicable to Qualified Plans vary according to the type of plan and the terms and conditions of the plan itself. For example, for surrenders, automatic withdrawals, withdrawals, and annuity income payments under Qualified Contracts, there may be no "investment in the contract" and the total amount received may be taxable. Both the amount of the contribution that you and/or your employer may make, and the tax deduction or exclusion that you and/or your employer may claim for such contribution, are limited under Qualified Plans.

Temporary Rules under the CARES Act

As noted above, on March 27, 2020, Congress passed and the President signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), which includes temporary relief from certain of the tax rules applicable to IRAs and qualified plans. The scope and availability of this temporary relief may vary depending on a number of factors, including (1) the type of plan or IRA with which the contract is used, (2) whether a plan sponsor implements a particular type of relief, (3) your specific circumstances, and (4) future guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service and the Department of Labor. You should consult with a tax and/or legal adviser to determine if relief is available to you before taking or failing to take any actions involving your IRA or other qualified contract.

Required Minimum Distributions.  The CARES Act waives the requirement to take minimum distributions from IRAs and defined contribution plans in 2020. The waiver applies to any minimum distribution due from such arrangements in 2020, including minimum distributions with respect to the 2019 tax year that are due in 2020.

This relief applies both to lifetime and post-death minimum distributions due in 2020. In that regard, the CARES Act also provides that if the post-death 5-year rule described below under “Required Distributions upon Your Death, Prior law” applies, the 5-year period is determined without regard to calendar year 2020.

Distributions.  The CARES Act provides relief for coronavirus-related distributions made from an “eligible retirement plan” (defined below) to a “qualified individual” (also defined below). The relief —

The distribution must come from, and any recontribution must be made to, an “eligible retirement plan” within the meaning of section 402(c)(8)(B) of the Code, i.e., an IRA, 401(a) plan, 403(a) plan, 403(b) plan, or governmental 457(b) plan, including Roth arrangements. The relief is limited to aggregate distributions of $100,000. The relief applies to such distributions made at any time during the 2020 calendar year.

Plan Loans.  The CARES Act provides the following relief with respect to plan loans taken by any “qualified individual” (as defined below) —

Individuals Eligible for Withdrawal and Loan Relief.  Only a “qualified individual” is eligible for the withdrawal and loan relief provided under the CARES Act. A “qualified individual” is an individual in one of the following categories:

The CARES Act provides that the administrator of an eligible retirement plan may rely on an employee’s certification that the employee is a qualified individual as defined above.

Required Minimum Distributions In General

In the case of Qualified Contracts, special tax rules apply to the time at which distributions must commence and the form in which the distributions must be paid. For example, the length of any guarantee period may be limited in some circumstances to satisfy certain minimum distribution requirements under the Code. Furthermore, failure to comply with minimum distribution requirements applicable to Qualified Plans will result in the imposition of an excise tax. This excise tax generally equals 50% of the amount by which a minimum required distribution exceeds the actual distribution from the Qualified Plan. Distributions of minimum amounts (as specified in the tax law) must commence from Qualified Plans by the "required beginning date." In the case of Individual Retirement Accounts or Annuities (IRAs), this generally means April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Owner attains age 72 (or 70 1/2 for Owners born before July 1, 1949). In the case of certain other Qualified Plans, distributions of such minimum amounts must generally commence by the later of this date or April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the employee retires. The death benefit under your Contract, the PayStream Plus annuitization benefit, the benefits under the SecurePay rider, and certain other benefits that the IRS may characterize as "other benefits" for purposes of the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), may increase the amount of the minimum required distribution that must be taken from your Contract.

Required Minimum Distributions Upon Your Death

Upon your death under an IRA, Roth IRA, or other employer sponsored defined contribution plan, any remaining interest must be distributed in accordance with federal income tax requirements under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. The death benefit provisions of your Qualified Contract shall be interpreted to comply with those requirements. The post-death distribution requirements were amended, applicable generally with respect to deaths occurring after 2019, by the Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement Act (SECURE Act), which was part of the larger Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020. The post-death distribution requirements under prior law continue to apply in certain circumstances.

Prior law.  Under prior law, if an employee under an employer sponsored plan or the owner of an IRA dies prior to the required beginning date, the remaining interest must be distributed (1) within 5 years after the death (the “5-year rule”), or (2) over the life of the designated beneficiary, or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, provided that such distributions commence within one year after death (the “lifetime payout rule”). If the employee or IRA owner dies on or after the required beginning date (including after the date distributions have commenced in the form of an annuity), the remaining interest must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of death (the “at-least-as-rapidly rule”).

The new law.  Under the new law, if you die after 2019, and you have a designated beneficiary, any remaining interest must be distributed within 10 years after your death, unless the designated beneficiary is an “eligible designated beneficiary” (“EDB”) or some other exception applies. A designated beneficiary is any individual designated as a beneficiary by the employee or IRA owner. An EDB is any designated beneficiary who is (1) your surviving spouse, (2) your minor child, (3) disabled, (4) chronically ill, or (5) an individual not more than 10 years younger than you. An individual’s status as an EDB is determined on the date of your death.

This 10-year post-death distribution period applies regardless of whether you die before your required beginning date or you die on or after that date (including after distributions have commenced in the form of an annuity). However, if the beneficiary is an EDB and the EDB dies before the entire interest is distributed under this 10-year rule, the remaining interest must be distributed within 10 years after the EDB’s death.

Instead of taking distributions under the new 10-year rule, an EDB can stretch distributions over life, or over a period not extending beyond life expectancy, provided that such distributions commence within one year of your death, subject to certain special rules. In particular, if the EDB dies before the remaining interest is distributed under this stretch rule, the remaining interest must be distributed within 10 years after the EDB’s death (regardless of whether the remaining distribution period under the stretch rule was more or less than 10 years). In addition, if your minor child is an EDB, the child will cease to be an EDB on the date the child reaches the age of majority, and any remaining interest must be distributed within 10 years after that date (regardless of whether the remaining distribution period under the stretch rule was more or less than 10 years).

If your beneficiary is not an individual, such as a charity, your estate, or in some cases a trust, any remaining interest after your death generally must be distributed under prior law in accordance with the 5-year rule or the at-least-as-rapidly rule, as applicable (but not the lifetime payout rule). However, if your beneficiary is a trust and all the beneficiaries of the trust are individuals, the new law may apply pursuant to special rules that treat the beneficiaries of the trust as designated beneficiaries, including special rules allowing a beneficiary of a trust who is disabled or chronically ill to stretch the distribution of their interest over their life or life expectancy in some cases. You may wish to consult a professional tax advisor about the federal income tax consequences of your beneficiary designations, particularly if a trust is involved.

More generally, the new law applies if you die after 2019, subject to several exceptions. In particular, if you are an employee under a governmental plan, such as a governmental 457(b) plan, the new law applies to your interest in that plan only if you die after 2021. In addition, if your plan is maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements, the new law generally applies to your interest in that plan only if you die after 2021 (unless the collective bargaining agreements terminate earlier).

In addition, the new post-death distribution requirements generally do not apply if the employee or IRA owner died prior to January 1, 2020. However, if the designated beneficiary of the deceased employee or IRA owner dies after January 1, 2020, any remaining interest must be distributed within 10 years of the designated beneficiary’s death. Hence, this 10-year rule generally will apply to (1) a contract issued prior to 2020 which continues to be held by a designated beneficiary of an employee or IRA owner who died prior to 2020, and (2) an inherited IRA issued after 2019 to the designated beneficiary of an employee or IRA owner who died prior to 2020.

It is important to note that under prior law, annuity payments that commenced under a method that satisfied the distribution requirements while the employee or IRA owner was alive could continue to be made under that method after the death of the employee or IRA owner. Under the new law, however, if you commence taking distributions in the form of an annuity that can continue after your death, such as in the form of a joint and survivor annuity or an annuity with a guaranteed period of more than 10 years, any distributions after your death that are scheduled to be made beyond the applicable distribution period imposed under the new law might need to be accelerated at the end of that period (or otherwise modified after your death if permitted under federal tax law and by Protective Life) in order to comply with the new post-death distribution requirements.

As a general matter, however, the new post-death distribution requirements do not apply if annuity payments that comply with prior law commenced prior to December 20, 2019. Also, even if annuity payments have not commenced prior to December 20, 2019, the new requirements generally do not apply to annuity contracts purchased prior to that date, if you have made an irrevocable election before that date as to the method and amount of the annuity.

Spousal continuation.  Under the new law, as under prior law, if your beneficiary is your spouse, your surviving spouse can delay the application of the post-death distribution requirements until after your surviving spouse’s death by transferring the remaining interest tax-free to your surviving spouse’s own IRA, or by treating your IRA as your surviving spouse’s own IRA.

The post-death distribution requirements are complex and unclear in numerous respects. The Internal Revenue Service and U.S. Department of the Treasury have issued very little guidance on the new law. In addition, the manner in which these requirements will apply will depend on your particular facts and circumstances. You may wish to consult a professional tax adviser for tax advice as to your particular situation.

Additional Tax on Premature Distributions

There may be a 10% additional tax under section 72(t) of the Code on the taxable amount of payments from certain Qualified Contracts. There are exceptions to this additional tax which vary depending on the type of Qualified Plan. In the case of an IRA, exceptions provide that the additional tax does not apply to a payment:

  1. received on or after the date the Owner reaches age 59-1/2;
  2. received on or after the Owner's death or because of the Owner's disability (as defined in the tax law); or
  3. made as part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Owner or for the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and his designated beneficiary (as defined in the tax law).

These exceptions generally apply to taxable distributions from other Qualified Plans (although, in the case of plans qualified under Section 401, exception "c" above for substantially equal periodic payments applies only if the Owner has separated from service). In addition, the additional tax does not apply to certain distributions from IRAs which are used for qualified first time home purchases, for higher education expenses, or in the case of a birth or adoption. You must meet special conditions to be eligible for these three exceptions to the additional tax. Those wishing to take a distribution from an IRA for these purposes should consult their tax adviser. Certain other exceptions to the 10% additional tax not described herein also may apply.

Other Considerations

When issued in connection with a Qualified Plan, we will amend a Contract as generally necessary to conform to the requirements of the plan. However, Owners, Annuitants, and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits under Qualified Plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract. In addition, the Company shall not be bound by terms and conditions of Qualified Plans to the extent such terms and conditions contradict the Contract, unless the Company consents.

Following are brief descriptions of various types of Qualified Plans in connection with which the Company may issue a Contract.

Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities

Section 408 of the Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an IRA. If you use this Contract in connection with an IRA, the Owner and Annuitant generally must be the same individual and generally may not be changed. IRAs are subject to limits on the amounts that may be contributed and deducted and on the time when distributions must commence. Also, subject to the direct rollover and mandatory withholding requirements (discussed below), you may "roll over" distributions from certain Qualified Plans on a tax-deferred basis into an IRA.

However, you may not use the Contract in connection with a "Coverdell Education Savings Account" (formerly known as an "Education IRA") under Section 530 of the Code, a "Simplified Employee Pension" under Section 408(k) of the Code, or a "Simple IRA" under Section 408(p) of the Code.

Roth IRAs

Section 408A of the Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to a type of IRA known as a "Roth IRA." Roth IRAs are generally subject to the same rules as non-Roth IRAs, but differ in several respects. Among the differences is that, although contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible, "qualified distributions" from a Roth IRA will be excludable from income.

A qualified distribution is a distribution that satisfies two requirements. First, the distribution must be made in a taxable year that is at least five years after the first taxable year for which a contribution to any Roth IRA established for the Owner was made. Second, the distribution must be either (1) made after the Owner attains the age of 59-1/2; (2) made after the Owner's death; (3) attributable to the Owner being disabled; or (4) a qualified first-time homebuyer distribution within the meaning of Section 72(t)(2)(F) of the Code. In addition, distributions from Roth IRAs need not commence during the Owner's lifetime. A Roth IRA may accept a "qualified rollover contribution" from a (1) non-Roth IRA, (2) a "designated Roth account" maintained under a Qualified Plan, and (3) certain Qualified Plans of eligible individuals. Special rules apply to rollovers to Roth IRAs from Qualified Plans and from designated Roth accounts under Qualified Plans. You should seek competent advice before making such a rollover.

A conversion of a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA, and a rollover from any other eligible retirement plan to a Roth IRA, made after December 31, 2017, cannot be recharacterized as having been made to a traditional IRA.

IRA to IRA Rollovers and Transfers

A rollover contribution is a tax-free movement of amounts from one IRA to another within 60 days after you receive the distribution. In particular, a distribution from a non-Roth IRA generally may be rolled over tax-free within 60 days to another non-Roth IRA, and a distribution from a Roth IRA generally may be rolled over tax-free within 60 days to another Roth IRA. A distribution from a Roth IRA may not be rolled over (or transferred) tax-free to a non-Roth IRA.

A rollover from any one of your IRAs (including IRAs you have with another company) with another IRA is allowed only once within a one-year period. This limitation applies on an aggregate basis and applies to all types of your IRAs, meaning that you cannot make an IRA to IRA rollover if you have made such a rollover involving any of your IRAs in the preceding one-year period. For example, a rollover between your Roth IRAs would preclude a separate rollover within the one-year period between your non-Roth IRAs, and vice versa. The one-year period begins on the date that you receive the IRA distribution, not the date it is rolled over into another IRA.

If the IRA distribution does not satisfy the rollover rules, it may be (1) taxable in the year distributed, (2) subject to a 10% tax on early distributions, and (3) treated as a regular contribution to the recipient IRA, which could result in an excess contribution.

If you inherit an IRA from your spouse, you generally can roll it over into an IRA established for you, or you can choose to make the inherited IRA your own. If you inherited an IRA from someone other than your spouse, you cannot roll it over, make it your own, or allow it to receive rollover contributions.

A rollover from one IRA to another is different from a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer of your IRA assets from one IRA trustee to another IRA trustee. A "trustee-to-trustee" transfer is not considered a rollover and is not subject to the 60-day rollover requirement or the one rollover per year rule. In addition, a rollover between IRAs is different from direct rollovers from certain Qualified Plans to non-Roth IRAs and "qualified rollover contributions" to Roth IRAs.

Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans

Section 401(a) of the Code permits employers to establish various types of tax-favored retirement plans for employees. The Self-Employed Individuals' Tax Retirement Act of 1962, as amended, commonly referred to as "H.R. 10" or "Keogh," permits self-employed individuals also to establish such tax-favored retirement plans for themselves and their employees. Such retirement plans may permit the purchase of the Contract in order to provide benefits under the plans. These types of plans may be subject to rules under Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code that provide rights to a spouse or former spouse of a participant. In such a case, the participant may need the consent of the spouse or former spouse to change annuity options, to elect a partial automatic withdrawal option, or to make a partial or full surrender of the Contract.

Violation of these rules can cause loss of the plan's tax favored status under the Code. Employers intending to use the Contract in connection with such plans should seek competent advice.

Section 403(b) Annuity Contracts

Protective Life does not issue Contracts under Section 403(b) of the Code (i.e., tax sheltered annuities or "TSAs").

Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt Organizations.

Section 457 of the Code permits employees of state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations to defer a portion of their compensation without paying current taxes. The employees must be participants in an eligible deferred compensation plan. Generally, a Contract purchased by a state or local government or a tax-exempt organization under a Section 457 plan will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes. The Contract will be issued in connection with a Section 457 deferred compensation plan sponsored by a state or local government only if the plan has established a trust to hold plan assets, including the Contract.

Protected Lifetime Income Benefits

The Company offers for an additional charge an optional Protected Lifetime Income Benefit rider – the SecurePay rider. As noted above, Qualified Plans are subject to numerous special requirements and there is no authoritative guidance from the IRS on the effects on a Qualified Plan of the purchase of a benefit such as the SecurePay rider. Plan fiduciaries should consult a tax advisor before purchasing a Qualified Contract with a SecurePay rider because the purchase of a SecurePay rider could affect the qualification of the Contract and/or the Qualified Plan associated with the Contract.

For example, it is unclear whether a SecurePay rider is part of the "balance of the employee's account" within the meaning of Code Section 411(a)(7), and, if so, whether a discontinuance or adjustment in SecurePay coverage (such as upon the participant taking an "excess" withdrawal, or reallocating to another investment option within the plan) can result in an impermissible forfeiture under Code Section 411(a). In addition, certain types of Qualified Plans, such as a profit sharing plan under Section 401(a) of the Code, must comply with certain qualified joint and survivor annuity rules ("QJSA rules") if a participant elects to receive a life annuity. The manner in which the QJSA rules apply to the SecurePay rider is unclear. For example, it is unclear what actions under a SecurePay rider could be viewed as the election of a life annuity triggering certain spousal consent requirements. Noncompliance with the QJSA rules could affect the qualification of the Qualified Plan associated with your Contract. There may be other aspects of the SecurePay rider that could affect a Qualified Plan's tax status which are not discussed here.

When the SecurePay rider is purchased, one of the benefits available is the SecurePay NH. The proper characterization for federal income tax purposes of the SecurePay NH benefit is unclear. We believe the better characterization of the SecurePay NH benefit is that it is an annuity benefit and the increased AWA payments made under the SecurePay NH benefit are payments from your annuity. However, it is possible that the IRS could determine that the SecurePay NH benefit provides a form of long term care insurance coverage or some other type of "incidental benefit." The tax consequences of such a characterization are uncertain, but it could affect the qualification of the Contract and/or the Qualified Plan associated with the Contract.

Direct Rollovers

If your Contract is used in connection with a pension or profit-sharing plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, or is used with an eligible deferred compensation plan that has a government sponsor and that is qualified under Section 457(b) of the Code, any "eligible rollover distribution" from the Contract will be subject to direct rollover and mandatory withholding requirements. An eligible rollover distribution generally is any taxable distribution from a qualified pension plan under Section 401(a) of the Code, or an eligible Section 457(b) deferred compensation plan that has a government sponsor, excluding certain amounts (such as minimum distributions required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, distributions which are part of a "series of substantially equal periodic payments" made for life or a specified period of 10 years or more, or hardship distributions as defined in the tax law).

Under these requirements, federal income tax equal to 20% of the eligible rollover distribution will be withheld from the amount of the distribution. Unlike withholding on certain other amounts distributed from the Contract, discussed below, you cannot elect out of withholding with respect to an eligible rollover distribution. However, this 20% withholding will not apply if, instead of receiving the eligible rollover distribution, you elect to have it directly transferred to certain eligible retirement plans (such as an IRA). Prior to receiving an eligible rollover distribution, you will receive a notice (from the plan administrator or the Company) explaining generally the direct rollover and mandatory withholding requirements and how to avoid the 20% withholding by electing a direct transfer.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

In General

Protective Life will withhold and remit to the federal government a part of the taxable portion of each distribution made under a Contract, including amounts that escheat to the state, unless the distributee notifies Protective Life at or before the time of the distribution that he or she elects not to have any amounts withheld. In certain circumstances, Protective Life may be required to withhold tax. The withholding rates applicable to the taxable portion of periodic annuity payments (other than eligible rollover distributions) are the same as the withholding rates generally applicable to payments of wages. In addition, a 10% withholding rate applies to the taxable portion of non-periodic payments (including surrenders prior to the Annuity Date) and conversions of, or rollovers from, non-Roth IRAs and Qualified Plans to Roth IRAs. Regardless of whether you elect not to have federal income tax withheld, you are still liable for payment of federal income tax on the taxable portion of the payment. As discussed above, the withholding rate applicable to eligible rollover distributions is 20%.

Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations

The discussion above provides general information regarding federal withholding tax consequences to annuity contract purchasers or beneficiaries that are U.S. citizens or residents. Purchasers or beneficiaries that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on taxable distributions from annuity contracts at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. Prospective purchasers that are not U.S. citizens or residents are advised to consult with a tax advisor regarding federal tax withholding with respect to the distributions from a Contract.

FATCA Withholding

In order for the Company to comply with income tax withholding and information reporting rules which may apply to annuity contracts, the Company may request documentation of "status" for tax purposes. "Status" for tax purposes generally means whether a person is a "U.S. person" or a foreign person with respect to the United States; whether a person is an individual or an entity; and if an entity, the type of entity. Status for tax purposes is best documented on the appropriate IRS Form or substitute certification form (IRS Form W-9 for a U.S. person or the appropriate type of IRS Form W-8 for a foreign person). If the Company does not have appropriate certification or documentation of a person's status for tax purposes on file, it could affect the rate at which the Company is required to withhold income tax. Information reporting rules could apply not only to specified transactions, but also to contract ownership. For example, under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act ("FATCA"), which applies to certain U.S.-source payments, and similar or related withholding and information reporting rules, the Company may be required to report contract values and other information for certain contractholders. For this reason the Company may require appropriate status documentation at purchase, change of ownership, and affected payment transactions, including death benefit payments. FATCA and its related guidance is extraordinarily complex and its effect varies considerably by type of payor,type of payee and type of distributee or recipient.

GENERAL MATTERS

Error in Age or Gender

When a benefit of the Contract is contingent upon any person's age or gender, we may require proof of such. We may suspend payments until we receive proof. When we receive satisfactory proof, we will make the payments which were due during the period of suspension. Where the use of unisex mortality rates is required, we will not determine or adjust benefits based upon gender.

If after we receive proof of age and gender (where applicable), we determine that the information you furnished was not correct, we will adjust any benefit under this Contract to that which would be payable based upon the correct information. If we have underpaid a benefit because of the error, we will make up the underpayment in a lump sum. If the error resulted in an overpayment, we will deduct the amount of the overpayment from any current or future payment due under the Contract. We will deduct up to the full amount of any current or future payment until the overpayment has been fully repaid. Underpayments and overpayments will bear interest at an annual effective interest rate of 3% when permitted by the state of issue.

Incontestability

We will not contest the Contract.

Non-Participation

The Contract is not eligible for dividends and will not participate in Protective Life's surplus or profits.

Assignment or Transfer of a Contract

You have the right to assign or transfer a Contract if it is permitted by law. Generally, you do not have the right to assign or transfer a Qualified Contract. We do not assume responsibility for any assignment or transfer. Any claim made under an assignment or transfer is subject to proof of the nature and extent of the assignee's or transferee's interest before we make a payment. Assignments and transfers have federal income tax consequences. An assignment or transfer may result in the Owner recognizing taxable income. See "TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL, Assignments, Pledges and Gratuitous Transfers."

Notice

All instructions and requests to change or assign the Contract must be received in Good Order. The instruction, change or assignment will relate back to and take effect on the date it was signed, except we will not be responsible for following any instruction or making any change or assignment before we receive it.

Modification

No one is authorized to modify or waive any term or provision of this Contract unless we agree to the modification or waiver in writing and it is signed by our President, Vice-President or Secretary. We reserve the right to change or modify the provisions of this Contract to conform to any applicable laws, rules or regulations issued by a government agency, or to assure continued qualification of the Contract as an annuity contract under the Code. We will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies the Contract, and where required we will obtain all necessary approvals, including that of the Owner(s).

Reports

At least annually prior to the Annuity Date, we will send to you at the address contained in our records a report showing the current Contract Value and any other information required by law.

Settlement

Benefits due under this Contract are payable from our Administrative Office. You may apply the settlement proceeds to any payout option we offer for such payments at the time you make the election. Unless directed otherwise in writing, we will make payments according to the Owner's instructions as contained in our records at the time we make the payment. We shall be discharged from all liability for payment to the extent of any payments we make.

Receipt of Payment

If any Owner, Annuitant, Beneficiary or Payee is incapable of giving a valid receipt for any payment, we may make such payment to whomever has legally assumed his or her care and principal support. Any such payment shall fully discharge us to the extent of that payment.

Protection of Proceeds

To the extent permitted by law and except as provided by an assignment, no benefits payable under this Contract will be subject to the claims of creditors.

Minimum Values

The values available under the Contract are at least equal to the minimum values required in the state where the Contract is delivered.

Application of Law

The provisions of the Contract are to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state where the Contract is delivered, with the Code and with applicable regulations.

No Default

The Contract will not be in default if subsequent Purchase Payments are not made.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

Distribution

We offer the Contract on a continuous basis. While we anticipate continuing to offer the Contracts, we reserve the right to discontinue the offering at any time.

We have entered into an agreement with Investment Distributors, Inc. ("IDI") under which IDI has agreed to distribute the Contracts on a "best efforts" basis. Under the agreement, IDI serves as principal underwriter (as defined under Federal securities laws and regulations) for the Contracts. IDI is a Tennessee corporation and was established in 1993. IDI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of PLC, is an affiliate of Protective Life, and its home office shares the same address as Protective Life. IDI is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member firm of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ("FINRA").

IDI does not retain any commission payment or other payment amounts as principal underwriter for the Contracts. However, we may pay some or all of IDI's operating and other expenses.

IDI does not sell Contracts directly to purchasers. IDI, together with Protective Life, entered into a distribution agreement with Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (“Schwab”). Schwab is registered as a broker/dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is a member of FINRA. Schwab’s principal offices are located at 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105. Contracts are sold in those states where the Contract may lawfully be sold by Schwab registered representatives and licensed insurance agents (“Schwab Representatives”) who are appointed as agents of Protective Life in order to sell the Contracts.

Compensation

Protective Life (or its affiliates) pays Schwab compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contract as described below. Protective Life (or its affiliates) funds this compensation through fees and charges imposed under the Contract and payable to it (or its affiliates), and from profits on payments received by Protective Life from Funds’ advisers or administrators for providing administrative, marketing, and other support and services to the Funds. See “Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds” above. Protective Life (or its affiliates) pays a portion of these proceeds to Schwab for distribution services. These amounts vary from Fund to Fund, but the combined compensation generally ranges up to 0.50% annually of the assets invested in the relevant Sub-Accounts.

As compensation for distribution services and some Contract administrative services, Protective Life (or its affiliates) pays Schwab an annual fee equal to 0.30% of average daily Variable Account assets invested in the Sub-Accounts with Schwab Annuity Portfolio Funds and 0.50% of average daily Variable Account assets invested in any other Sub-Account. Due to the varying nature of this compensation, the annual rate paid under this fee alternative is higher for certain Sub-Accounts than for other Sub-Accounts. This may create a conflict of interest by influencing Schwab Representatives to recommend certain Sub-Accounts over other Sub-Accounts. You should ask your Schwab Representative for further information about what compensation he or she, or Schwab, may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract.

Under certain circumstances, Schwab may receive payments as well as non-cash compensation from us so that we have access to Schwab Representatives in order to educate them about the Contracts, as well as other products offered by Protective Life, and to encourage sales of this Contract. You may wish to speak with your registered representative or an appropriate person at his/her branch about these payments, sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing arrangements”, and the potential conflict of interest that they may create for Schwab. More detailed information about these payments and other compensation is described below in the discussion of “Additional Payments.”

Compensation paid to Schwab is not paid directly by the Owner or the Variable Account. We intend to recoup sales and marketing expenses through fees and charges deducted under the Contracts or from our general account. In the normal course of business, we may also provide non-cash compensation in connection with the promotion of the Contracts, including conferences and seminars (including travel, lodging and meals in connection therewith), and items of relatively small value, such as promotional gifts, meals, or tickets to sporting or entertainment events in accordance with all applicable federal and state rules, including FINRA’s non-cash compensation rules.

Additional Payments.  Subject to FINRA, broker-dealer and other rules, we or our affiliates also may pay the following types of fees to, among other things, encourage the sale of this Contract. These additional payments could create an incentive for Schwab to recommend products that pay them more than others, which may not necessarily be to your benefit. All or a portion of the payments we make to Schwab may be passed on to financial advisers according to a Schwab's internal compensation practices.

We may also pay Schwab additional compensation in the form of (1) payments for participation in meetings and conferences that include presentations about our products (including the Contracts), and (2) payments to help defray the costs of sales conferences and educational seminars for the Schwab Representatives.

Inquiries

You may make inquiries regarding a Contract by writing to Protective Life at its Administrative Office.

CEFLI

Protective Life Insurance Company is a member of The Compliance & Ethics Forum for Life Insurers ("CEFLI"), and as such may include the CEFLI logo and information about CEFLI membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to CEFLI subscribe to a set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for individually sold life insurance and annuities.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Protective Life and its subsidiaries, like other insurance companies, in the ordinary course of business are involved in some class action and other lawsuits, or alternatively in arbitration. In some class action and other lawsuits involving insurance companies, substantial damages have been sought and material settlement payments have been made. Although the outcome of any litigation or arbitration cannot be predicted, Protective Life believes that at the present time there are no pending or threatened lawsuits that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse impact on IDI's, Protective Life's or the Variable Account's financial position. We are currently being audited on behalf of multiple states' treasury and controllers' offices for compliance with laws and regulations concerning the identification, reporting, and escheatment of unclaimed benefits or abandoned funds. The audits focus on insurance company processes and procedures for identifying unreported death claims, and their use of the Social Security Death Master File to identify deceased insureds and contract owners. In addition, we are the subject of a multistate market conduct examination with a similar focus on the handling of unreported claims and abandoned property. The audits and related examination activity may result in additional payments to beneficiaries, escheatment of funds deemed abandoned, administrative penalties, and changes in our procedures for the identification of unreported claims and handling of escheatable property. We do not believe that any regulatory actions or agreements that result from these examinations will have a material adverse impact on the separate account, on IDI's ability to perform under its principal underwriting agreement, or on our ability to meet our obligations under the Contract.

BUSINESS DISRUPTION AND CYBER-SECURITY RISKS

We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our variable product business activities. Because our variable product business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), and cyber-attacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized release of confidential Owner information. Such systems failures and cyber-attacks affecting us, the Funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us and your Contract Value. For instance, systems failures and cyber-attacks may interfere with our processing of Contract transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the Funds, impact our ability to calculate Contract Value, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. Cyber security risks may also impact the issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, which may cause the Funds underlying your Contract to lose value. There can be no assurance that we or the Funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your Contract due to cyber-attacks or information security breaches in the future.

We are also exposed to risks related to natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes, such as storms, fires, floods, earthquakes, epidemics, pandemics, malicious acts, and terrorist acts, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct business. A natural or man-made disaster or catastrophe, including a pandemic (such as the coronavirus COVID-19), could affect the ability, or willingness, of our workforce and employees of service providers and third party administrators to perform their job responsibilities. Catastrophic events may negatively affect the computer and other systems on which we rely and may interfere with our processing of Contract-related transactions, including processing of orders from Owners and orders with the Funds, impact our ability to calculate Contract Value, or have other possible negative impacts. These events may also impact the issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, which may cause the Funds underlying your Contract to lose value. There can be no assurance that we, the Funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your Contract due to a natural disaster or catastrophe.

VOTING RIGHTS

In accordance with its view of applicable law, Protective Life will vote the Fund shares held in the Variable Account at special shareholder meetings of the Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting interests in the corresponding Sub-Accounts. If, however, the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended, or if the present interpretation thereof should change, or Protective Life determines that it is allowed to vote such shares in its own right, it may elect to do so.

The number of votes available to an Owner will be calculated separately for each Sub-Account of the Variable Account, and may include fractional votes. The number of votes attributable to a Sub-Account will be determined by applying an Owner's percentage interest, if any, in a particular Sub-Account to the total number of votes attributable to that Sub-Account. An Owner holds a voting interest in each Sub-Account to which that Owner has allocated Accumulation Units or Annuity Units. Before the Annuity Date, the Owner's percentage interest, if any, will be the percentage of the dollar value of Accumulation Units allocated for his or her Contract to the total dollar value of that Sub-Account. On or after the Annuity Date, the Owner's percentage interest, if any, will be the percentage of the dollar value of the liability for future variable income payments to be paid from the Sub-Account to the total dollar value of that Sub-Account. The liability for future payments is calculated on the basis of the mortality assumptions, (if any), the Assumed Investment Return and the Annuity Unit Value of that Sub-Account. Generally, as variable income payments are made to the payee, the liability for future payments decreases as does the number of votes.

The number of votes which are available to the Owner will be determined as of the date coincident with the date established by the Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the relevant meeting of that Fund. Voting instructions will be solicited by written communication prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures established by the Fund.

It is important that each Owner provide voting instructions to Protective Life because shares as to which no timely instructions are received and shares held by Protective Life in a Sub-Account as to which no Owner has a beneficial interest will be voted in proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all Contracts participating in that Sub-Account. As a result, a small number of Owners may control the outcome of a vote. Voting instructions to abstain on any item to be voted upon will be applied to reduce the votes eligible to be cast on that item.

Protective Life will send or make available to each person having a voting interest in a Sub-Account proxy materials, reports, and other material relating to the appropriate Fund.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited statements of assets and liabilities of the Sub-Accounts of The PLICO Variable Annuity Account S as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the related statements of operations and of changes in net assets for each of the periods presented as well as the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms are contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

The audited consolidated balance sheets for Protective Life as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), shareowner's equity and cash flows for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 as well as the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms are contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Table of Contents

Page
SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS 1
STATE REGULATION 1
RECORDS AND REPORTS 1
LEGAL MATTERS 1
EXPERTS 1
OTHER INFORMATION 2
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2

APPENDIX A

DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATION EXAMPLES

The purpose of the following examples is to illustrate the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit when the SecurePay Life rider has been elected and when the SecurePay Life rider has not been elected. Each example is based on hypothetical Contract Values and transactions and assumes hypothetical positive and negative investment performance of the Variable Account. The examples reflect the deduction of fees and charges. The examples are not representative of past or future performance and are not intended to project or predict future investment results. There is, of course, no assurance that the Variable Account will experience positive investment performance. Actual results may be higher or lower.

Example of Death Benefit Calculation – Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit When Owning the SecurePay Life Rider

Assumptions:

Transaction
Date   
Transaction
Type 
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Before
Transaction 
Purchase
Payments 
Net
Withdrawals 
Hypothetical
Contract
Value 
Benefit
Base 
Adjusted
Withdrawal
Amount 
Return
of Purchase
Payments
Death
Benefit 
1/1/20  Contract Issue  N/A  100,000(A)  N/A  100,000  100,000  —  100,000 
1/1/21  Anniversary  120,000(B)  —  —  120,000  120,000  —  120,000 
5/15/21  Purchase Payment  130,000  80,000(C)  —  210,000(D)  210,000  —  210,000 
1/1/22  Anniversary  202,000  —  —  202,000  210,000  —  202,000 
4/1/22  Withdrawal  208,000  —  25,000(E)  183,000(F)  184,760  21,635(G)  183,000(H) 
1/1/23  Anniversary  190,000  —  —  190,000  190,000  —  190,000 
1/1/24  Anniversary  180,000  —  —  180,000  190,000  —  180,000 
11/30/24  SecurePay WD  175,000  —  9,500(I)  165,500  190,000  8,597(J)  165,500(K) 
1/1/25  SecurePay WD  165,000    9,500(L)  155,500  190,000  8,623  155,500 
3/31/25  Excess Withdrawal  158,000  —  16,000(M)  142,000  182,184  14,293(N)  142,000(O) 
7/1/25  Owner Death  125,000(P)  —  —  125,000  182,184  —  126,852(Q) 


(A) Contract is issued with a Purchase Payment of $100,000.

(B) This column shows the Contract Values before any transactions occur. In this case the Contract Value is $120,000.

(C) A Purchase Payment of $80,000 is made on 5/15/2021 (no purchase payments are allowed more than two years after the rider issue date or election date, whichever comes first).

(D) $210,000 = $130,000 + $80,000.

(E) A withdrawal of $25,000 is made. This withdrawal is made before the SecurePay Life rider's Benefit Election Date.

(F) $183,000 = $208,000 - $25,000.

(G) The Adjusted Withdrawal Amount is used to adjust the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit for withdrawals. The adjustment for each withdrawal before the Benefit Election Date is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $180,000, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $21,635 is equal to $25,000 / $208,000 x $180,000.

(H) The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater of Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is $183,000. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of $183,000 is equal to the greater of $183,000 or $158,365 ($100,000 + $80,000 - $21,635), respectively.

(I) The SecurePay Life Benefit Election Date is set on 11/30/2024, and the first SecurePay Life Withdrawal of $9,500 is taken. Since the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is 5%, we have $9,500 = $190,000 x 5%.

(J) The Adjusted Withdrawal Amount is used to adjust the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit for withdrawals. The Adjusted Withdrawal Amount is $8,597.

(K) The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater of Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. $165,500 is equal to the greater of $165,500 or $149,768 ($100,000 + $80,000 - $21,635 - $8,597) respectively.

(L) A withdrawal of $9,500 is made on 1/1/2025. This amount is equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount for this Contract Year. Since the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is 5%, we have $9,500 = $190,000 x 5%.

(M) An Excess Withdrawal under the SecurePay Life rider of $16,000 is made on 3/31/2025.

(N) The adjustment for each Excess Withdrawal under the SecurePay rider is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $149,768, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $14,293 = $16,000 / $158,000 x $149,768.

(O) The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater of Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is $142,000. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of $142,000 is equal to the greater of $142,000 or $126,852 ($100,000 + $80,000 - $21,635 - $8,597 - $8,623 - $14,293) respectively.

(P) The Owner dies on 7/1/2025 and the Contract Value at that time has declined to $125,000.

(Q) The actual Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater of Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is $126,852. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of $126,852 is equal to the greater of $125,000 or $126,852 ($100,000 + $80,000 - $21,635 - $8,597 - $8,623 - $14,293), respectively.


Example of Death Benefit Calculation – Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Without the SecurePay LIfe Rider

Assumptions:

  • Owner is 60 years old on the Issue Date (1/1/2020)
  • Selected Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit at the time of Contract purchase
  • Owner passed away on 7/1/2025
Transaction
Date   
Transaction
Type 
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Before
Transaction 
Purchase
Payments 
Net
Withdrawals 
Hypothetical
Contract
Value 
Adjusted
Withdrawal
Amount 
Return of
Purchase
Payments
Death
Benefit 
1/1/20  Contract Issue  N/A  100,000(A)  N/A  100,000  —  100,000 
1/1/21  Anniversary  120,000(B)    —  120,000  —  120,000 
1/1/22  Anniversary  130,000  —  —  130,000  —  130,000 
4/1/22  Withdrawal  125,000  —  25,000(C)  100,000(D)  26,000(E)  100,000(F) 
1/1/24  Anniversary  103,000  —  —  103,000  —  103,000 
10/1/24  Purchase Payment  85,000  80,000(G)  —  165,000  —  165,000 
11/30/24  Withdrawal  155,000  —  5,500(H)  149,500  5,465(I)  149,500(J) 
1/1/25  Anniversary  152,000  —  —  152,000  —  152,000 
3/31/25  Withdrawal  160,000  —  16,000(K)  144,000  14,854  144,000 
7/1/25  Owner Death  135,000(L)  —  —  135,000  —  135,000(M) 


(A) Contract is issued with a Purchase Payment of $100,000.

(B) This column shows the Contract Values before any transactions occur. In this case the Contract Value is $120,000.

(C) A withdrawal of $25,000 is made.

(D) $100,000 = $125,000 - $25,000.

(E) The "Adjusted Withdrawal Amount" is used to adjust the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit for withdrawals. The adjustment for each withdrawal is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $130,000, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $26,000. The adjusted withdrawal amount of $26,000 is equal to $25,000 / $125,000 x $130,000.

(F) The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater of Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is $100,000. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of $100,000 is equal to the greater of $100,000 or $74,000 ($100,000 - $26,000), respectively.

(G) A Purchase Payment of $80,000 is made on 10/1/2024.

(H) A withdrawal of $5,500 is made on 11/30/2024.

(I) The adjustment for each withdrawal is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $154,000, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $5,465. The adjusted withdrawal amount of $5,465 equal to $5,500 / $155,000 x $154,000.

(J) The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater of Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is $149,500. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of $149,500 is equal to the greater of $149,500 or $148,535 ($100,000 + $80,000 - $26,000 - $5,465), respectively.

(K) A withdrawal of $16,000 is made on 3/31/2025.

(L) The Owner dies on 7/1/2025 and the Contract Value at that time has declined to $135,000.

(M) The actual Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is the greater of the Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is $135,000. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of $135,000 is equal to the greater of $135,000 or $133,682 ($100,000 + $80,000 - $26,000 - $5,465 - $14,854), respectively.


APPENDIX B

Variations of Right to Cancel Deadlines After Receipt of Contract by Owner, by State

STATE    Deadline for New Contract Purchase  Deadline Replacement Contract Purchase 
AL  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
AK  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
AZ  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
AZ - Senior(A)  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
AR  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
CA  within twenty (20) days for greater of return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
CA - Senior(B)  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
CO  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
CT(C)  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
DE  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within twenty (20) days for a return of Contract Value 
DC  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value 
FL  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
GA  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
HI  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
ID  within twenty (20) days for greater of return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
IL  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
IN  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
IA  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
KS  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
KY  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
LA  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
ME  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
MD  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
MA  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
MI  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
MN  within twenty (20) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
MS  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
MO  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
MT  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
NE  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
NV  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
NH  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
NJ  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
NM  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
NY  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within sixty (60) days for a return of Contract Value 
NC  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
ND  within twenty (20) days for a return of Contract Value  within twenty (20) days for a return of Contract Value 
OH  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
OK  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
OR  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
PA  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
RI  within twenty (20) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
SC  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
SD  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
TN  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
TX  within twenty (20) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
UT  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
VT  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
VA  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
WA  within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value 
WV  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
WI  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 
WY  within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value  within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value 


(A) "Seniors" are defined as "any owner or annuitant 65 years old or older on contract issue date"

(B) "Seniors" are defined as "any owner or annuitant 60 years old or older on contract issue date"

(C) If the Annuity is cancelled before it is issued, the premium is returned


APPENDIX C

EXPLANATION OF THE VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENT CALCULATION

The purpose of the following example is to illustrate variable income payments under the Contract. The example is based on hypothetical Annuity Values and transactions and assumes hypothetical positive and negative investment performance of the Variable Account. The example is not representative of past or future performance and is not intended to project or predict future investment results. There is, of course, no assurance that the Variable Account will experience positive investment performance. Actual results may be higher or lower.

Assuming an Annuity Value of $100,000 on the Annuity Date and annual variable income payments selected under Option A with a 5 year certain period, the dollar amount of the payment determined, but not paid, on the Annuity Date is calculated using an interest assumption of 5%, as shown below.

There are 5 annual payments scheduled. Assuming an interest rate of 5%, the applied Annuity Value is then assumed to have a balance of $0 after the last payment is made at the end of the 5th year. The amount of the payment determined on the Annuity Date is the amount necessary to force this balance to $0.

Date    Interest
Earned
During Year
at 5% 
Annuity
Value
Before
Payment 
Payment
Made 
Annuity
Value
After
Payment 
Annuity Date    $100,000.00  $0.00  $100,000.00 
End of 1st year  $5,000.00  $105,000.00  $23,097.48  $81,902.52 
End of 2nd year  $4,095.13  $85,997.65  $23,097.48  $62,900.17 
End of 3rd year  $3,145.01  $66,045.17  $23,097.48  $42,947.69 
End of 4th year  $2,147.38  $45,095.08  $23,097.48  $21,997.60 
End of 5th year  $1,099.88  $23,097.48  $23,097.48  $0.00 

Assuming an interest rate of 5%, a payment of $23,097.48 is determined, but not paid, on the Annuity Date.

The actual variable income payment made at the end of the 1st year will equal $23,097.48 only if the net investment return during the 1st year equals 5%. If the net investment return exceeds 5%, then the 1st payment will exceed $23,097.48. If the net investment return is less than 5%, then the 1st payment will be less than $23,097.48.

Subsequent variable payments will vary based on the net investment return during the year in which the payment is scheduled to be made. A payment will equal the payment made at the end of the prior year only if the net investment return equals 5%. If the net investment return exceeds 5%, then the payment will exceed the prior payment. If the net investment return is less than 5%, then the payment will be less than the prior payment.

EXPLANATION OF THE COMMUTED VALUE CALCULATION

A Contract may be fully or partially surrendered for a commuted value while variable income payments under Annuity Option A are being made. (See "Annuity Options.") If the Contract is surrendered, the amount payable will be the commuted value of future payments at the assumed interest rate of 5%, which will be equal to the values shown in the column titled "Annuity Value after Payment," above.

APPENDIX D

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Sub-Accounts

The date of inception of each of the Sub-Accounts available in the Contract is October__, 2020.

Accumulation Units

Because sales of the Contracts had not commenced prior to December 31, 2019 there is no Accumulation Unit value information for the Sub-Accounts.

APPENDIX E

Example of SecurePay Life Rider

The purpose of the following example is to demonstrate the operation of the SecurePay Life rider. The example is based on hypothetical Contract Values and transactions and assumes hypothetical positive and negative investment performance of the Variable Account. The example is not representative of past or future performance and is not intended to project or predict future investment results. There is, of course, no assurance that the Variable Account will experience positive investment performance. Actual results may be higher or lower. The example does not reflect the deduction of fees and charges.

Assumptions:

Contract
Year   
End
of Year
Attained Age 
Maximum
Allowed
Withdrawal
Percentage 
Purchase
Payments 
Actual
Withdrawals 
Annual
Withdrawal
Amount 
Annual
Withdrawal
Amount
Balance 
Excess
Withdrawal 
Hypothetical
Contract
Value 
End of
Year
Benefit
Base 
At issue  60    100,000  N/A  —  —  —  100,000  100,000(A) 
61  3.50%  50,000(B)  —  —  —  —  153,975  153,975 
62  3.50%  —  —  —  —  —  161,676  161,676 
63  3.50%  —  —  —  —  —  160,300  161,676 
64  3.50%  —  —  —  —  —  176,543  176,543 
65  4.00%  —  —  —  —  —  185,796  185,796 
66  5.00%  —  —  —  —  —  192,345  192,345 
67  5.00%  —  —  —  —  —  232,976  232,976 
68  5.00%  —  10,000(C)  —  —  —  228,630  228,630(D) 
69  5.00%  —  —  —  —  —  249,675  249,675 
10  70  5.25%  —  —  —  —  —  265,498  265,498 
11  71R  5.25%  —  13,939  13,939(E)  —  —  256,438  265,498 
12  72  5.25%  —  13,939  13,939(E)  —  —  245,854  265,498 
13  73  5.25%  —  13,939  13,939(E)  —  —  243,965  265,498 
14  74  5.25%  —  5,000  13,939(F)  8,939(F)  —  240,951  265,498 
15  75  5.25%  —  13,939  13,939(G)  —  —  236,710  265,498 
16  76  5.25%  —  13,939  13,939(G)  —  —  227,843  265,498 
17  77  5.25%  —  13,939  13,939(G)  —  —  201,496  265,498 
18  78  5.25%  —  50,000  13,939(H)  —  36,061H  161,985  214,451(I) 


(A) The initial Benefit Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment of $100,000.

(B) The $50,000 Purchase Payment is added to the current Benefit Base of $100,000 (no purchase payments are allowed beyond the second contract anniversary since SecurePay was purchased). The new Benefit Base is $150,000.

(C) The Benefit Base is reduced due to the $10,000 withdrawal in the same proportion that the withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. The Benefit Base is reduced by 4.2%. The 4.2% reduction is determined by dividing the withdrawal amount ($10,000) by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal ($238,630). After the withdrawal, the reduced Benefit Base equals $223,213, which is the prior Benefit Base of $232,976 reduced by 4.2%.

(D) The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to $228,630. The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the greatest of: (a) the reduced Benefit Base of $223,213 or (b) the Contract Value on anniversary of $228,630

(E) For the next three years, Joe takes the full Annual Withdrawal Amount of $13,939. The full Annual Withdrawal Amount of $13,939 is determined by multiplying the Benefit Base ($265,498) by the Maximum Allowed Withdrawal Percentage (5.25%).

(F) In year 14, Joe only takes $5,000 of the available $13,939. The remaining $8,939 is not carried over to the next year.

(G) For years 15-17, Joe takes the full Annual Withdrawal Amount of $13,939, which equals the Benefit Base ($265,498) by the Maximum Allowed Withdrawal Percentage (5.25%).

(H) In year 18, Joe takes a $50,000 withdrawal. Since the Annual Withdrawal Amount is only $13,939, the remaining portion of his withdrawal ($36,061) is considered an Excess Withdrawal.

(I) At the time of the Excess Withdrawal, the Benefit Base is reduced because the Contract Value minus the non-excess part of the withdrawal ($201,496 - $13,939 = $187,557) is less than the Benefit Base ($265,498). The Benefit Base is reduced in the same proportion that the excess part of the withdrawal reduces the Contract Value less the non-excess part of the withdrawal: 19.2% = ($50,000 - $13,939)/($201,496 - $13,939). After the Excess Withdrawal, the reduced Benefit Base equals $214,451, which is the prior Benefit Base of $265,498 reduced by 19.2%.


APPENDIX F

Superceded Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement Information

As of the date of this prospectus, there is no superseded Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement information.

If you would like to receive a free Statement of Additional Information for the Contracts offered under this Prospectus, please complete, tear off and return this form to Protective Life – Life and Annuity Division, Customer Service Center at the address shown on the front cover. If you would prefer an electronic copy, please include your email address below to receive a link to view and download the document.

Please send me a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information for the Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity.

Name:

Address

City, State, Zip

Daytime Telephone Number


 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

P.O. Box 10648
Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648
Telephone: 1-800-456-6330

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
PLICO VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT S
A FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
DEFERRED VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACT

 

This Statement of Additional Information contains information in addition to the information described in the Prospectus for the individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract (the “Contract”) offered by Protective Life Insurance Company. This Statement of Additional Information is not a Prospectus. It should be read only in conjunction with the Prospectuses for the Contract and the Funds. The Prospectus for the Contract is dated October 2020. You may obtain a copy of the Prospectus by writing or calling us at our address or phone number shown above.

 

THE DATE OF THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS OCTOBER    , 2020.

 


 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS

1

STATE REGULATION

1

RECORDS AND REPORTS

1

LEGAL MATTERS

1

EXPERTS

1

OTHER INFORMATION

2

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2

 


 

SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS

 

Title to the assets of the Variable Account is held by Protective Life. The assets are kept physically segregated and held separate and apart from the Company’s General Account assets and from the assets in any other separate account.

 

Records are maintained of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares held by each of the Sub-Accounts.

 

The officers and employees of Protective Life are covered by an insurance company blanket bond issued in the amount of $50 million dollars. The bond insures against dishonest and fraudulent acts of officers and employees.

 

STATE REGULATION

 

Protective Life is subject to regulation and supervision by the Department of Insurance of the State of Tennessee which periodically examines its affairs. It is also subject to the insurance laws and regulations of all jurisdictions where it is authorized to do business. Where required, a copy of the Contract form has been filed with, and, if applicable, approved by, insurance officials in each jurisdiction where the Contracts are sold. Protective Life is required to submit annual statements of its operations, including financial statements, to the insurance departments of the various jurisdictions in which it does business for the purposes of determining solvency and compliance with local insurance laws and regulations.

 

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

Protective Life will maintain all records and accounts relating to the Variable Account. As presently required by the 1940 Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, reports containing such information as may be required under the Act or by any other applicable law or regulation will be sent to Owner(s) periodically at the last known address.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP of Washington, D. C. has provided advice on certain matters relating to the federal securities laws.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Protective Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 2019 and for the year then ended have been included herein in this Statement of Additional Information in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

[Information regarding PLICO Variable Annuity Account S to be added by pre-effective amendment.]

 

The business address for KPMG LLP is 420 20th Street North, Suite 1800, Birmingham, Alabama 35203.

 

1


 

The consolidated financial statements of Protective Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 2018 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018 included in this SAI have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

The principal business address of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is 569 Brookwood Village Suite 851, Birmingham, Alabama 35209. [Subject to update prior to the Pre-Effective Amendment filing].

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

A registration statement has been filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the Contracts discussed in this Statement of Additional Information. Not all the information set forth in the registration statement, amendments and exhibits thereto has been included in this Statement of Additional Information. Statements contained in this Statement of Additional Information concerning the content of the Contracts and other legal instruments are intended to be summaries. For a complete statement of the terms of these documents, reference should be made to the instruments filed with the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

[Information regarding the financial statements of PLICO Variable Annuity Account S to be added by pre-effective amendment.]

 

The audited consolidated balance sheets for Protective Life as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), shareowner’s equity and cash flows for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 as well as the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms are contained herein. Protective Life’s consolidated financial statements should be considered only as bearing on its ability to meet its obligations under the Contracts. They should not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held in PLICO Variable Annuity Account S.

 

Financial Statements follow this page. [to be filed by pre-effective amendment]

 

2


 

PART C

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

(a)  Financial Statements:

 

All required financial statements are included in Part A and Part B of this Registration Statement.

 

(b)  Exhibits:

 

1. Resolution of the Board of Directors of Protective Life Insurance Company authorizing establishment of the PLICO Variable Annuity Account S is incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement, (File No. 333-240102) filed with the Commission on July 27, 2020.

 

2. Not Applicable

 

3. (a) Form of Distribution Agreement among Protective Life Insurance Company, Investment Distributors, Inc. and the Protective Life Variable Annuity Separate Account is incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement, (File No. 333-233415) filed with the Commission on August 22, 2019.

 

3. (b) Form of Distribution Agreement between Investment Distributors, Inc. and broker-dealers is incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement, (File No. 333-233415) filed with the Commission on August 22, 2019.

 

3. (c) Distribution Agreement between IDI and PLICO is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-153041), filed with the Commission on September 16, 2011.

 

3. (c) (i) Second Amended Distribution Agreement between IDI and PLICO is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-190294), filed with the Commission on April 25, 2014.

 

3. (c) (ii) Second Amended Distribution Agreement between IDI and PLICO, as revised June 1, 2018 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-112892), filed with the Commission on July 20, 2018.

 

3. (c) (iii) Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended Distribution Agreement between IDI and PLICO, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-240102), filed with the Commission on July  27, 2020.

 

4. (a) Form of Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract, filed herein.

 

4. (b) Contract Schedule for Individual Contracts, filed herein.

 

4. (c) Guaranteed Account Endorsement, filed herein.

 

C-1


 

4. (d) Revised Nursing Home Endorsement filed herein.

 

4. (e) SecurePay Rider, filed herein.

 

4. (f) SecurePay Spousal Continuation Rider herein

 

4. (g) Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement herein.

 

4. (h) Roth IRA Endorsement herein.

 

4. (i) Traditional IRA Endorsement herein.

 

C-2


 

4. (j) Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Rider, filed herein.

 

4. (k) Annuitization Bonus Endorsement, filed herein.

 

C-3


 

5. Form of Contract Application for Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract Filed herein.

 

6. (a) 2011 Amended and Restated Charter of Protective Life Insurance Company is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-153041) filed with the Commission on September 16, 2011.

 

6. (b) 2011 Amended and Restated By-laws of Protective Life Insurance Company is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-153041) filed with the Commission on September 16, 2011.

 

7. Not applicable.

 

C-4


 

8. (a) Participation Agreement (Lord Abbett Series Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-94047), filed with the Commission on April 25, 2002.

 

8. (b) Form of Participation Agreement (Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-112892), filed with the Commission on February 17, 2004.

 

8. (b) (i) Amendment to Participation Agreement re Summary Prospectus (Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on April 25, 2011.

 

8. (c) Participation Agreement (Fidelity Variable Insurance Products) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-107331), filed with the Commission on November 26, 2003.

 

8. (d) Amended and Restated Participation Agreement (Fidelity Variable Insurance Products) is Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-116813), filed with the Commission on April 28, 2006.

 

8. (e) Participation Agreement (and Amendment No. 1) (Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-116813), filed with the Commission on April 28, 2006.

 

8. (e) (i) Amendment to Participation Agreement re Summary Prospectus (Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on April 25, 2011.

 

C-5


 

8. (f) Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (Fidelity Variable Insurance Products) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No.17 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 33-70984), filed with the Commission on April 27, 2007.

 

8. (g) Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No.17 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 33-70984), filed with the Commission on April 27, 2007.

 

8. (h) Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No.17 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 33-70984), filed with the Commission on April 27, 2007.

 

8. (i) Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (Lord Abbett Series Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No.17 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 33-70984), filed with the Commission on April 27, 2007.

 

8. (j) Participation Agreement (Legg Mason) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on October 28, 2009.

 

8. (k) Participation Agreement (PIMCO) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on October 28, 2009.

 

8. (k)(i) Form of Novation of and Amendment to Participation Agreement (PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on April 25, 2011.

 

8. (k) (ii) Form of Amendment to Participation Agreement re Summary Prospectuses (PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on April 25, 2011.

 

8. (l) Participation Agreement (Royce Capital) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on October 28, 2009.

 

8. (m) Rule 22c-2 Information Sharing Agreement (Royce Capital) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on October 28, 2009.

 

C-6


 

8. (n) Participation Agreement (AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on April 25, 2011.

 

8. (o) Form of Participation Agreement (American Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-201919), filed with the Commission on June 19, 2015.

 

8. (p) Participation Agreement (Clayton Street Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-190294), filed with the Commission on April 26, 2016.

 

8. (q) Participation Agreement (Great-West Funds, Inc.) to be filed by pre-effective amendment.

 

8. (r) Participation Agreement (Schwab Variable Insurance Trust) to be filed by pre-effective amendment.

 

C-7


 

9. Opinion and Consent of Alyson Saad, Esq., filed herein.

 

10. (a) Consent of Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP

- To be filed by amendment.

 

10. (b) Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

- To be filed by amendment.

 

10. (c) Consent of KPMG LLP

- To be filed by amendment.

 

11. No financial statements will be omitted from Item 23

 

12. Not applicable

 

13. Powers of Attorney

- Filed herein.

 

C-8


 

Item 25. Directors and Officers of Depositor.

 

Name

 

Title

Adams, D. Scott

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Digital and Innovation Officer

Adams, Michael B.

 

Chief Actuary, APD

Bartlett, Malcolm Lee

 

Senior Vice President, Corporate Tax

Bedwell, Robert R. III

 

Senior Vice President, Mortgage Loans

Bielen, Richard J.

 

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director

Black, Lance P.

 

Senior Vice President, and Treasurer

Borie, Kevin B.

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Valuation Actuary, and Appointed Actuary

Callaway, Steve M.

 

Senior Vice President, Senior Counsel, and Secretary

Casey, Sean

 

Senior Vice President, and Actuary

Cirulli, Vincent

 

Senior Vice President, Derivatives and VA Hedging

Cramer, Steve

 

Senior Vice President, and Chief Product Officer

Creutzmann, Scott E.

 

Senior Vice President, and Chief Compliance Officer

Drew, Mark L.

 

Executive Vice President, and Chief Legal Officer

Evesque, Wendy L.

 

Executive Vice President, and Chief Human Resources Officer

Gabel, Bradley

 

Chief Underwriting Officer

Goyer, Stephane

 

Senior Vice President

Harrison, Wade V.

 

Senior Vice President, and President, Protection Division

Herring, Derry W

 

Senior Vice President, and Chief Auditor

Kane, Nancy

 

Executive Vice President, Acquisitions and Corporate Development

Karchunas, M. Scott

 

Senior Vice President, and President, Asset Protection Division

Kohler, Matthew

 

Senior Vice President, and Chief Technology Officer

Laeyendecker, Ronald

 

Senior Vice President, Executive Benefit Markets

Lawrence, Mary Pat

 

Senior Vice President, Government Affairs

Loper, David M

 

Senior Vice President, and Senior Counsel

McDonald, Laura Y.

 

Chief Mortgage and Real Estate Officer

McDonald, Laura Y.

 

Senior Vice President

Moloney, Michelle

 

Senior Vice President, and Chief Risk Officer

Moschner, Christopher

 

Senior Vice President, and Chief Marketing Officer

Passafiume, Philip E.

 

Senior Vice President, and Chief Investment Officer

Radnoti, Francis

 

Senior Vice President, and Chief Product Officer

Ray, Webster M.

 

Senior Vice President, Investments

Riebel, Matthew A.

 

Senior Vice President, and Chief Distribution Officer

Seurkamp, Aaron C.

 

Senior Vice President, and President, Retirement Division

Temple, Michael G.

 

Vice Chairman, Chief Operating Officer, and Director

Thompson, E. Allen

 

Chief Information Security Officer

Wagner, James

 

Senior Vice President, and Chief Distribution Officer

Walker, Steven G.

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Director

Wells, Paul R.

 

Senior Vice President, and Chief Accounting Officer

Whitcomb, John

 

Senior Vice President, Distribution Operations

Williams, Lucinda S.

 

Senior Vice President, and Chief Customer Officer

 


*  Unless otherwise indicated, principal business address is 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223.

 

C-9


 

Item 26. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control With the Depositor or the Registrant.

 

The registrant is a segregated asset account of the Company and is therefore owned and controlled by the Company. All of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock is owned by Protective Life Corporation, a subsidiary of Dai-ichi Life Holdings, Inc. Protective Life Corporation is described more fully in the prospectus included in this registration statement.

 

For more information regarding the company structure of Protective Life Corporation and Dai-ichi Life Holdings, Inc., please refer to the attached organizational chart.

 

a. Protective Life Corporation and Dai-ichi Life Holdings, Inc Organizational Chart filed as an exhibit herein

 

Item 27. Number of Contractowners.

 

As of                         , there were no qualified or non-qualified contract owners of Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contracts offered by Registrant.

 

Item 28. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Article XI of the By-laws of Protective Life provides, in substance, that any of Protective Life’s directors and officers, who is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, other than an action by or in the right of Protective Life, by reason of the fact that he is or was an officer or director, shall be indemnified by Protective Life against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such claim, action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Protective Life and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. If the claim, action or suit is or was by or in the right of Protective Life to procure a judgment in its favor, such person shall be indemnified by Protective Life against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Protective Life, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to Protective Life unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper. To the extent that a director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any such action, suit or proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified by Protective Life against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, not withstanding that he has not been successful on any other claim issue or matter in any such action, suit or proceeding. Unless ordered by a court, indemnification shall be made by Protective Life only as

 

C-10


 

authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the officer or director is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct. Such determination shall be made (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to, or who have been successful on the merits or otherwise with respect to, such claim action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (c) by the shareholders.

 

In addition, the executive officers and directors are insured by PLC’s Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance Policy including Company Reimbursement and are indemnified by a written contract with PLC which supplements such coverage.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

Item 29. Principal Underwriter.

 

(a)  Investment Distributors, Inc. (“IDI”) is the principal underwriter of the Contracts as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940. IDI is also principal underwriter for the Protective Variable Life Separate Account Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life and Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account.

 

(b)  The following information is furnished with respect to the officers and directors of Investment Distributors, Inc.

 

Name and Principal
Business Address*

 

Position and Offices

 

Position and Offices with Registrant

Brown, Barry K.

 

President and Director

 

Vice President, Operations

Callaway, Steve M.

 

Secretary and Director

 

Senior Vice President, Senior Counsel and Secretary

Creutzmann, Scott E.

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

Debnar, Lawrence J.

 

Assistant Financial Officer

 

Vice President, Financial Reporting, Chase

Gilmer, Joseph F.

 

Assistant Financial Officer and Director

 

Assistant Vice President, Financial Reporting

Johnson, Julena G.

 

Assistant Compliance Officer

 

Compliance Director

Leopard, Ramona M.

 

Assistant Secretary

 

Paralegal III

Majewski, Carol L.

 

Assistant Compliance Officer

 

Assistant Vice President, Compliance

Morsch, Letitia

 

Assistant Secretary

 

Vice President, New Business Operations

Tennent, Rayburn

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Financial Analyst III

 


*  Unless otherwise indicated, principal business address is 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama, 35223.

 

C-11


 

(c)  The following commissions were received by each principal underwriter, directly or indirectly, from the Registrant during the Registrant’s last fiscal year:

 

(1) Name of Principal
Underwriter

 

(2) Net Underwriting
Discounts and Commissions

 

(3) Compensation on
Redemption

 

(4) Brokerage
Commissions

 

(5) Other
Compensation

Investment Distributors, Inc.

 

N/A

 

None

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Item 30. Location of Accounts and Records.

 

All accounts and records required to be maintained by Section 31(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder are maintained by Protective Life Insurance Company at 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223.

 

Item 31. Management Services.

 

All management contracts are discussed in Part A or Part B.

 

Item 32. Undertakings.

 

(a)  Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement as frequently as is necessary to ensure that the audited financial statements in the registration statement are never more than sixteen (16) months old for so long as payments under the variable annuity contracts may be accepted.

 

(b)  Registrant hereby undertakes to include either (1) as part of any application to purchase a contract offered by the Prospectus, a space that an applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or (2) a postcard or similar written communication affixed to or included in the Prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional Information.

 

(c)  Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver any Statement of Additional Information and any financial statement required to be made available under this Form promptly upon written or oral request.

 

(d)  Protective Life hereby represents that the fees and charges deducted under the Contract, in the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed by Protective Life.

 

C-12


 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant of this Registration Statement has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Birmingham, State of Alabama, on July 30, 2020.

 

PLICO Variable Annuity Account S

 

 

 

By:

*

 

  Richard J. Bielen, President

 

  Protective Life Insurance Company

 

 

 

  PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

*

 

  Richard J. Bielen, President

 

  Protective Life Insurance Company

 

 

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form N-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

*

 

Chairman of the Board, President

 

July 30, 2020

Richard J. Bielen

 

Chief Executive Officer,

 

 

 

 

and Director

 

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Executive Vice President, and

 

July 30, 2020

Steven G. Walker

 

Chief Financial and Accounting Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Vice Chairman, Chief Operating Officer, and Director

 

July 30, 2020

Michael G. Temple

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*BY:

/s/ Alyson Saad

 

 

 

July 30, 2020

Alyson Saad

 

 

 

 

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

 

 

C-13


 

Exhibit Index

 

4. (a) Form of Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract

 

4. (b) Contract Schedule for Individual Contracts

 

4. (c) Guaranteed Account Endorsement

 

4. (d) Revised Nursing Home Endorsement

 

4. (e) SecurePay Rider

 

4. (f) SecurePay Spousal Continuation Rider 

 

4. (g) Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement 

 

4. (h) Roth IRA Endorsement 

 

4. (i) Traditional IRA Endorsement

 

4. (j) Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Rider

 

4. (k) Annuitization Bonus Endorsement

 

5. Form of Contract Application for Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract

 

9. Opinion and Consent of Alyson Saad, Esq.

 

13. Powers of Attorney

 

C-14


Exhibit 99.4(a)

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Accumulation Unit:  A unit of measure used to calculate the value of a Sub-Account prior to the Annuity Date.

 

Age:  On a person’s birthday, the age (in years) attained by the person on that day.  On any other day, the person’s age as of her or his last birthday.

 

Annuity Date:  The date as of which the Contract Value, less any applicable premium tax, is applied to an Annuity Option.

 

Annuity Option:  The payout option pursuant to which the Company makes annuity income payments. Annuity Unit: A unit of measure used to calculate the amount of the variable income payments. Contract Anniversary: The same month and day as the Issue Date each calendar year.

 

Contract Value:  The Variable Account value attributable to this Contract on, or prior to the Annuity Date.

 

Contract Year:  Any period of 12  months commencing with the Issue Date or any Contract Anniversary.

 

Fund:  Any investment portfolio in which a corresponding Sub-Account invests.

 

IIPRC:  The Interstate Insurance Product Regulation Commission.

 

Investment Option:  Any account to which Purchase Payments may be allocated or Contract Value transferred under the Contract.

 

Issue Date: The date as of which the initial Purchase Payment is credited to the Contract and the date the Contract takes effect. It is shown on the Schedule.

 

Purchase Payment:  Amounts paid by the Owner and accepted by the Company as consideration for the Contract.

 

Sub-Account:  A separate division of the Variable Account.

 

Surrender Value:  The amount we pay in response to a request for a withdrawal or surrender.

 

Valuation Day:  Each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.

 

Valuation Period:  The period which begins at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on any Valuation Day and ends at the close of regular trading on the next Valuation Day.

 

Variable Account:  The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account, a separate investment account of Protective Life.

 

1


 

PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT

 

Company — Protective Life Insurance Company, also referred to as “Protective Life”, “the Company”, “we”, “us” and “our”.

 

Owner — The person or persons who own the Contract and are entitled to exercise all rights and privileges provided in the Contract. A Contract may be issued to no more than two Owners. Individuals as well as non-natural persons, such as corporations or trusts, may be Owners.  The Owner is referred to as “you” and “your”. If any Owner is not an individual:

 

1)             the Annuitant’s Age, birthday or death will be used when Contract provisions refer to an Owner’s Age, birthday or death; and

 

2)             the Annuitant may exercise an Owner’s contractual rights and privileges when permitted by the Owner or required by the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Change of Owner — You may instruct us to change the Owner provided:

 

1)             the new Owner’s Age on the Issue Date would not have prevented her or his purchase of this Contract on that date;

 

2)             the new Owner’s Age on the date any attached optional benefit rider took effect would not have prevented her or his purchase of that optional benefit rider on that date; and

 

3)             the Maximum Annuity Date after the change of Owner is on or after the Annuity Date in effect when the change of Owner is requested.

 

See the Schedule and application for information about purchase age and annuity date limitations.

 

Beneficiary — The person or persons who may receive the benefits of this Contract upon the death of an Owner.

 

Primary — The Primary Beneficiary is the surviving Owner, if any.  If there is no surviving Owner, the Primary Beneficiary is the person or persons designated by the Owner and named in our records.

 

Contingent — The Contingent Beneficiary is the person or persons designated by the Owner and named in our records to be Beneficiary if the Primary Beneficiary is not living.

 

If no Beneficiary designation is in effect or if no Beneficiary is living at the time of an Owner’s death, the Beneficiary will be the estate of the deceased Owner.  If an Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, the Beneficiary will become the new Owner.

 

Change of Beneficiary — Unless designated irrevocably, you may instruct us to change the Beneficiary prior to the death of any Owner.  An irrevocable Beneficiary is one whose written consent is needed before you can change the Beneficiary designation or exercise certain other rights.

 

Annuitant — The person on whose life annuity income payments may be based.   Owner 1 is the Annuitant unless you designate another person as the Annuitant.

 

2


 

Change of Annuitant — You may instruct us to change the Annuitant prior to the Annuity Date provided:

 

1)             the new Annuitant’s Age on the Issue Date would not have prevented her or his designation as Annuitant on that date;

 

2)             the new Annuitant’s Age on the date any attached optional benefit rider took effect would not have prevented her or his designation as Annuitant on that date; and

 

3)             the Maximum Annuity Date after the change of Annuitant is on or after the Annuity Date in effect when the change of Annuitant is requested.

 

See the Schedule and application for information about purchase age and annuity date limitations.  If any Owner is not an individual the Annuitant may not be changed.

 

Payee — The person or persons designated by the Owner to receive the annuity income payments under the Contract. The Annuitant is the Payee unless you designate another party as the Payee. You may change the Payee at any time.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Entire Contract — This Contract and its attachments, including a copy of your application and any riders, endorsements and amendments, constitute the entire agreement between you and us. Statements in the application are considered representations and not warranties.

 

Modification of the Contract — No one is authorized to modify or waive any term or provision of this Contract unless we agree to the modification or waiver in writing and it is signed by our President, Vice- President or Secretary.  We reserve the right to change or modify the provisions of this Contract to conform to any applicable laws, rules or regulations issued by a government agency or to assure continued qualification of the Contract as an annuity contract under the Internal Revenue Code.  We will obtain all necessary regulatory approvals and will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies the Contract.

 

Non-Participating — This Contract does not share in our surplus or profits, or pay dividends.

 

Incontestability — We will not contest this Contract after it is issued.

 

Application of Law — The provisions of the Contract are to be interpreted in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Form Approval — This Contract was approved under the authority of the IIPRC and issued under its standards.  Any provision of this Contract that is in conflict with an effective IIPRC standard applicable to this type product on the Issue Date is amended to conform to that standard.

 

Assignment — You have the right to assign your interest in this Contract.   We do not assume responsibility for the assignment.  Any claim made while the Contract is assigned is subject to proof of the nature and extent of the assignee’s interest prior to payment.

 

3


 

Protection of Proceeds — To the extent permitted by law and except as provided by an assignment, no benefits payable under this Contract will be subject to the claims of creditors.

 

Minimum Values — Values available under the Contract, including any paid-up annuity, withdrawal and death benefit, are at least equal to the minimum required under Section 7 of the NAIC Model Variable Annuity Regulation, Model #250.

 

Reports — At least annually prior to the Annuity Date, we will prepare a statement showing: the amount and derivation of the Contract and Surrender Values as of the statement beginning and end dates; information for the statement period regarding the value of the death benefit; a reconciliation of all transactions that occurred during the statement period; and, any other information required by law. We will send it to you, at the address contained in our records, not more than 31 days after the statement end date. Additional statements are available upon request at no charge.

 

Error in Age or Gender — When a Contract benefit, or any charge or fee is contingent upon any person’s age or gender, we may require proof of such.  We may suspend any payment due until proof is provided.  When we receive satisfactory proof, we will make the payments that became due during the period of suspension.

 

If after proof of age and gender is provided, it is determined that the previous information you furnished was not correct, we will adjust the benefits, charges, or fees to those that would result based upon the correct information.  If we have underpaid a benefit because of the error, we will make up the underpayment in a lump sum.  If the error resulted in an overpayment, we will deduct the amount of the overpayment from the Contract Value or from any current or future payment due under the Contract. Underpayments and overpayments will bear interest at an annual effective interest rate of 3%.

 

Where the use of unisex mortality rates is required, we will not make any determination or adjustment based upon gender.

 

Settlement — Benefits due under this Contract are payable from our administrative office and may be applied to any option we offer for such payments at the time the election is made.  Unless directed otherwise, we will make payments according to the instructions contained in our records at the time the payment is made.  We shall be discharged from all liability for payment to the extent of any payments we make.

 

Receipt of Payment — If any Owner, Annuitant, Beneficiary or Payee is incapable of giving a valid receipt for any payment, we may make such payment to whomever has legally assumed her or his care and principal support. Any such payment shall fully discharge us to the extent of that payment.

 

Premium Tax — Premium tax will be deducted, if applicable.  Premium tax may be deducted from a Purchase Payment when accepted, from the Surrender Value, from the death benefit, or from amounts applied to an Annuity Option.

 

Written Notice — All instructions regarding the Contract, and all requests to change or assign it, must be by Written Notice:   a request or instruction submitted in writing in a form satisfactory to us and received at our administrative office. The Written Notice is effective as of the date it was signed, unless the Notice specifies a different effective date.  However, we are not responsible for following any instruction or making any change or assignment before we actually receive the Written Notice.

 

4


 

PURCHASE PAYMENTS

 

Purchase Payments — Purchase Payments are payable at our administrative office.  They shall be made by check payable to the Company or by any other method we allow.  Specific Purchase Payment limitations are shown on the Schedule.  We reserve the right not to accept any Purchase Payment. You are not required to make any additional Purchase Payments.

 

Allocation of Purchase Payments — We allocate Purchase Payments to the Investment Options according to the instructions contained in our records at the time we accept the Purchase Payments at our administrative office.  Your initial allocation instructions are on the application.  You may change your allocation instructions at any time. Allocations must be made in whole percentages.

 

VARIABLE ACCOUNT

 

General Description — The variable benefits under the Contract are provided through the Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account (the “Variable Account”), which is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940. We own the assets in the Variable Account.  The portion of the assets of the Variable Account equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities with respect to the Variable Account cannot be charged with the liabilities arising out of any other business we may conduct. The income, gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, from the assets of the Variable Account shall be credited to or charged against the Variable Account without regard to any other income, gains or losses of the Company.  We have the right to transfer to our general account any assets of the Variable Account that are in excess of such reserves and other liabilities.

 

Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account — The Variable Account is divided into a series of Sub- Accounts.  The Sub-Accounts available when you purchased the Contract are listed on the Schedule. Each Sub-Account invests in shares of a corresponding Fund.  The income, dividends, and gains, if any, distributed from the shares of a Fund will be reinvested by purchasing additional shares of that Fund at its net asset value.

 

When permitted by law, we may:

 

1)             create new variable accounts;

 

2)             combine variable accounts, including the Variable Account;

 

3)             add new Sub-Accounts to, or remove existing Sub-Accounts from the Variable Account, or combine Sub-Accounts;

 

4)             make new Sub-Accounts or other Sub-Accounts available to such classes of the Contracts as we may determine;

 

5)             add new Funds, or remove existing Funds;

 

6)             substitute a different Fund for any existing Fund if shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment, or if we determine that investment in a Fund is no longer appropriate in light of the purposes of the Variable Account;

 

7)             deregister the Variable Account under the Investment Company Act of 1940 if such registration is no longer required;

 

5


 

8)             operate the Variable Account as a management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or as any other form permitted by law; and

 

9)             make any changes to the Variable Account or its operations as may be required by the Investment Company Act of 1940 or other applicable law or regulations.

 

The values and benefits of this Contract provided by the Variable Account depend on the investment performance of the Funds in which the Sub-Accounts invest.   We do not guarantee the investment performance of the Funds.  You bear the full investment risk for amounts allocated or transferred to the Sub-Accounts.

 

We reserve the right to deduct taxes attributable to the operation of the Variable Account.

 

Variable Account Value — On or at any time prior to the Annuity Date, the Variable Account value is equal to:

 

1)             Purchase Payments allocated to the Variable Account; plus

 

2)             other amounts applied to the Variable Account; plus or minus

 

3)             investment performance; minus

 

4)             amounts deducted from the Variable Account to satisfy any withdrawal (or surrender) requests; minus

 

5)             charges, fees and premium tax, if any, deducted from the Variable Account.

 

The Variable Account value equals the total of the Sub-Account values.

 

Amounts allocated to the Variable Account are used to purchase Accumulation Units of one or more Sub-Accounts. To calculate the value of a Sub-Account, we multiply the number of Accumulation Units attributable to each Sub-Account by the Accumulation Unit value for that Sub-Account as of the Valuation Period for which the value is being determined.

 

Events that will result in the cancellation of an appropriate number of Accumulation Units of a Sub- Account include, but are not limited to:

 

1)             transfers from a Sub-Account;

 

2)             a withdrawal or surrender;

 

3)             payment of the death benefit;

 

4)             application of the Contract Value to an Annuity Option;

 

5)             deduction of charges, fees or premium tax, if any.

 

Accumulation Units will be canceled as of the end of the Valuation Period during which the transaction occurs.

 

Accumulation Unit Values — The Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account on any Valuation Day is determined by multiplying the Accumulation Unit value on the prior Valuation Day by the net investment factor for the Valuation Period.  The net investment factor is used to measure the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next.  A net investment factor is determined for each Sub-Account for each Valuation Period.  The net investment factor may be greater or less than one, so the value of an Accumulation Unit can increase or decrease.

 

6


 

Net Investment Factor — The net investment factor for any Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined as follows:

 

1)             Start with the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at the end of the current Valuation Period.  If the “ex-dividend” date occurs during the current Valuation Period, add the per-share amount of any dividend or capital gain distributions made by the Fund held in the Sub-Account.

 

2)             Then divide the result in Item 1) by the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the Sub- Account, determined at the end of the most recent prior Valuation Period.

 

3)             Last, subtract from the result in Item 2) a factor that represents both:   a) the mortality and expense risk charge and the administration charge as shown on the Schedule for the number of days in the Valuation Period; and b) a charge or credit for any taxes attributed to the investment operations of the Sub-Account, as determined by the Company.

 

TRANSFERS

 

Transfers — Prior to the Annuity Date, you may instruct us to transfer amounts among the Investment Options.  You must transfer at least $100 or, if less, the entire amount in the Investment Option each time you make a transfer.  If after the transfer the amount remaining in any of the Investment Options from which the transfer is made is less than $100, we may transfer the entire amount instead of the requested amount.  We may also limit the number of transfers per year.  For each additional transfer over the limit during each Contract Year, we may charge a transfer fee.  The transfer fee, if any, will be deducted from the amount being transferred.  The yearly transfer limit and transfer fee are shown on the Schedule.

 

Limitation on Frequent Transfers — Frequent transfers, also known as “market timing”, may indicate an effort to take unfair advantage of a possible lag between a change in value of the securities held by a Fund in which a Sub-Account invests and the reflection of that change in the Sub-Account’s Accumulation Unit Value.  We are required by law to monitor transactions in the Contract to prevent, to the extent possible, any such activity.  Accordingly, we will not honor any transfer request that is determined by us or a Fund manager to constitute market timing.

 

Dollar Cost Averaging — Prior to the Annuity Date, you may instruct us to systematically and automatically transfer, on a monthly or quarterly basis, amounts from an Investment Option into one or more different Investment Options.  Dollar cost averaging transfers can be made on the 1st through the 28th day of a month. We will continue dollar cost averaging transfers until the earlier of:

 

1)             the value of the Investment Option from which the transfers are being made is $0; or

 

2)             you instruct us to discontinue the transfers.

 

Transfers made to facilitate dollar cost averaging will not count against the yearly transfer limit shown on the Schedule.

 

7


 

SURRENDERS AND WITHDRAWALS

 

Surrenders — You may surrender your Contract any time prior to the Annuity Date for its Surrender Value.

 

Withdrawals — You may request a withdrawal prior to the Annuity Date provided the amount requested is at least $100 and the Contract Value immediately after the withdrawal is at least $5,000.

 

Withdrawals will be deducted from the Investment Options on a pro-rata basis.   Your request for a withdrawal must include all the information we need to complete the payment to you.

 

Surrender Value — The amount we pay in response to a withdrawal or surrender request is equal to:

 

1)             the amount deducted from the Contract Value; minus,

 

2)             any applicable charges, fees and premium tax.

 

Suspension or Delay in Payment of Surrender or Withdrawal — We may suspend or delay the date of payment of a surrender or withdrawal from the Variable Account for any period:

 

1)             when the New York Stock Exchange is closed; or,

 

2)             when trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted; or,

 

3)             when an emergency exists (as determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission) as a result of which:

 

a)             the disposal of securities in the Variable Account is not reasonably practical; or,

 

b)             it is not reasonably practical to determine fairly the value of the net assets of the Variable Account; or,

 

4)             when the Securities and Exchange Commission, by order, so permits for the protection of security holders.

 

DEATH BENEFIT

 

Death of an Owner — If an Owner dies before the Annuity Date while this Contract is in force, we will pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary.  If an Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, the Beneficiary will become the new Owner and remaining payments must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the Annuity Option in effect at the time of the Owner’s death.

 

Death of the Annuitant — If the Annuitant is not an Owner and dies prior to the Annuity Date, Owner 1 will become the new Annuitant unless you designate otherwise.  If any Owner is not an individual, we will treat the death of the Annuitant as the death of an Owner.

 

Death Benefit — The death benefit is the Contract Value, less any applicable premium tax, as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death.

 

Only one death benefit is payable under this Contract, even though the Contract may, in some circumstances, continue beyond an Owner’s death.

 

8


 

Payment of the Death Benefit — Unless an Owner has previously designated otherwise, the death benefit may be taken in one sum immediately and the Contract will terminate. If the death benefit is not taken in one sum immediately, the entire interest in the Contract must be distributed under one of the following options:

 

1)             the entire interest must be distributed over the life of the Beneficiary, or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, with distribution beginning within one year of the deceased Owner’s death; or

 

2)             the entire interest must be distributed within 5 years of the deceased Owner’s death.

 

If there is more than one Beneficiary, the foregoing provisions apply to each Beneficiary individually.

 

If the Beneficiary is the deceased Owner’s spouse, the surviving spouse may elect, in lieu of receiving the death benefit, to continue the Contract and become the new Owner provided the deceased Owner’s spouse meets all the requirements in the “Change of Owner” provision. The surviving spouse may then select a new Beneficiary.   Upon the surviving spouse’s death, the Beneficiary may take the death benefit in one sum immediately and the Contract will terminate.  If not taken in one sum immediately, the death benefit must be distributed to the Beneficiary according to either paragraph 1) or 2), above.

 

We will pay the death benefit as soon as administratively possible after we receive a claim in good order and due proof of death.  We pay interest on the death benefit only as required under applicable state law.

 

Notwithstanding any other Contract provision to the contrary, the entire “DEATH BENEFIT” section of this Contract shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of §72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code.   We will endorse this Contract as necessary to conform to regulatory requirements.  We will obtain all necessary regulatory approvals and will send you a copy of the endorsement.

 

Suspension or Delay in Payment of Death Benefit — The date of payment of the death benefit from the Variable Account may be suspended or delayed under the circumstances described in the “Suspension or Delay in Payment of Surrender or Withdrawal” provision.

 

ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS

 

Annuity Date — When the Contract is issued, the Annuity Date is set to the Maximum Annuity Date as shown on the Schedule.  The Owner may change the Annuity Date provided it is at least 3 years after the last Purchase Payment and not within 30 days of the date we receive the instruction.  The Annuity Date may not be later than the Maximum Annuity Date without our consent.

 

If this Contract is in force on the Annuity Date, you may take the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period that includes the Annuity Date, less any applicable premium tax, in a lump sum or apply that amount to an Annuity Option you select and establish annuity income payments.

 

Annuity Income Payments — You may elect to receive fixed income payments, variable income payments, or a combination of both using the same Annuity Option and certain period.

 

Fixed Income Payments — Fixed income payments are periodic payments from the Company to the designated Payee, the amount of which is fixed and guaranteed by the Company.  Fixed income payments are not in any way dependent upon the investment experience of the Variable Account.

 

9


 

Variable Income Payments — Variable income payments are periodic payments from the Company to the designated Payee, the amount of which varies from one payment to the next as a reflection of the net investment experience of the Sub-Account(s) you select to support the payments.

 

Using an Assumed Investment Return of 5% per year, we determine the dollar value of a variable income payment as of the Annuity Date. However, no payment is actually made on that date.  We then allocate that dollar amount among the Sub-Accounts you selected to support your variable income payments.  Based on the Annuity Unit values of the selected Sub-Accounts on that date, we determine the number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account.  The number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account remains constant unless there is a transfer of Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts.

 

To calculate a variable income payment, we multiply the number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit value for that Sub-Account as of the Valuation Period on which the payment is being determined.  We then add the results of these Sub-Account calculations to determine the total variable income payment.

 

Variable income payments will not decrease if the annualized return over the duration separating the payments is at least equal to the 5% yearly Assumed Investment Return (described above) plus the sum of the Mortality & Expense Risk and Administration Charges shown on the Schedule.

 

Annuity Unit Values — The Annuity Unit value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal to 1) multiplied by 2) divided by 3) where:

 

1)             is the net investment factor (calculated as described in the “Net Investment Factor” provision) for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity Unit value is being calculated;

 

2)             is the Annuity Unit value for the preceding Valuation Period; and

 

3)             is a daily factor derived from the Assumed Investment Return multiplied by the number of days in the Valuation Period.

 

You may transfer Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts.  This is done by converting Annuity Units of a Sub-Account into a dollar amount using the Annuity Unit value for that Sub-Account on the Valuation Period during which the transfer occurs and reconverting that dollar amount into the appropriate number of Annuity Units of another Sub-Account using its Annuity Unit value for the same Valuation Period. Thus, on the date of the transfer, the dollar amount of the portion of a variable income payment generated from the Annuity Units of either Sub-Account would be the same.   For variable income payments, only one transfer between Sub-Accounts is allowed in any calendar month.

 

Transfers involving fixed income payments are not allowed.

 

Selection of Annuity Option — You may select an Annuity Option, or instruct us to change your selection, not later than one month before the Annuity Date.

 

If you have not previously selected an Annuity Option, we will begin annuity income payments one month after the Annuity Date.  Those payments will be established by applying your Contract Value as of the Valuation Period that includes the Annuity Date, less any applicable premium tax, to monthly fixed income payments under Option B - Life Income with Payments for a 10-Year Certain Period.

 

10


 

Annuity Options — You may select from among the following Annuity Options.

 

OPTION A — PAYMENTS FOR A CERTAIN PERIOD:  We will make income payments for the period you select from among those available at the time you make your selection.  No certain period may be less than 10 years without our consent.  Payments under this Annuity Option do not depend on the life of an Annuitant.  Fixed income payments under Option A may not be surrendered, but you may surrender variable income payments under Option A.

 

OPTION B — LIFE INCOME WITH OR WITHOUT A CERTAIN PERIOD:  Payments are based on the life of an Annuitant.  We reserve the right to demand proof that the Annuitant is living prior to making any income payment.

 

If you include a certain period, we will make payments for the lifetime of the Annuitant, with payments guaranteed for the certain period you select.  No certain period may be less than 10 years without our consent.   Payments stop at the end of the selected certain period or when the Annuitant dies, whichever is later.

 

If no certain period is selected, no payment will be made after the death of the Annuitant regardless of how many, or whether any, annuity income payments have been made.  If no certain period is selected and the Annuitant dies within one month of the Annuity Date but before any annuity income payment has been made, we will terminate this Contract and pay the Beneficiary the amount applied to the Annuity Option.

 

Neither fixed nor variable income payments under Option B may be surrendered.

 

ADDITIONAL OPTION:   You may purchase any annuity option we offer on the date this option is elected.

 

Minimum Amounts — If your Contract Value as of the Valuation Period that includes the Annuity Date is less than $5,000 we reserve the right to pay the Contract Value in one lump sum.  If at any time your annuity income payments are less than $20, we reserve the right to change their frequency to an interval that will result in a payment at least equal to that amount.

 

Guaranteed Purchase Rates — The guaranteed interest basis for fixed income payments, which is not applicable to variable income payments, is 1.00%.   The mortality basis is 60% of the Annuity 2000 Mortality Table projected 9 years using the annual projection factors associated with the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table.  One year will be deducted from the attained age of the Annuitant for every 3 completed years beyond the year 2009. Upon request, we will furnish you the guaranteed purchase rates for ages and periods not shown below.  Annuity benefits available on the Annuity Date will not be less than those provided by the application of an equivalent amount to the purchase of a single premium immediate annuity contract offered by us on the Annuity Date to the same class of Annuitants for the same Annuity Option.

 

11


 

FIXED ANNUITY TABLES

 

These tables illustrate the minimum fixed monthly annuity payment rates for each $1,000 applied.

 

OPTION A TABLE

 

OPTION B TABLE

Payments for a Certain Period

 

Life Income with or without a Certain Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life with 10 Year

 

 

 

Monthly

 

Age of

 

Life Only

 

Certain Period

 

Years

 

Payment

 

Annuitant

 

Male

 

Female

 

Male

 

Female

 

10

 

8.76

 

60

 

2.99

 

2.75

 

2.97

 

2.74

 

15

 

5.98

 

65

 

3.44

 

3.14

 

3.40

 

3.12

 

20

 

4.60

 

70

 

4.05

 

3.67

 

3.94

 

3.61

 

25

 

3.77

 

75

 

4.85

 

4.40

 

4.62

 

4.27

 

30

 

3.21

 

80

 

5.95

 

5.44

 

5.43

 

5.10

 

 

 

 

 

85

 

7.46

 

6.92

 

6.32

 

6.05

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

9.52

 

8.98

 

7.19

 

6.99

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

12.31

 

11.65

 

7.96

 

7.81

 

 

VARIABLE ANNUITY TABLES

 

These tables illustrate the monthly variable annuity payment rates for each $1000 applied using the Assumed Investment Return. Payments will vary based on the investment experience of the Variable Account relative to the Assumed Investment Return and could be more or less than the payments shown.

 

OPTION A TABLE

 

OPTION B TABLE

Payments for a Certain Period

 

Life Income with or without a Certain Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life with 10 Year

 

 

 

Monthly

 

Age of

 

Life Only

 

Certain Period

 

Years

 

Payment

 

Annuitant

 

Male

 

Female

 

Male

 

Female

 

10

 

10.55

 

60

 

5.36

 

5.10

 

5.31

 

5.07

 

15

 

7.85

 

65

 

5.80

 

5.46

 

5.70

 

5.41

 

20

 

6.54

 

70

 

6.41

 

5.98

 

6.21

 

5.88

 

25

 

5.78

 

75

 

7.24

 

6.73

 

6.84

 

6.49

 

30

 

5.30

 

80

 

8.39

 

7.81

 

7.59

 

7.27

 

 

 

 

 

85

 

9.96

 

9.37

 

8.39

 

8.15

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

12.08

 

11.53

 

9.16

 

8.98

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

14.91

 

14.25

 

9.83

 

9.70

 

 

12


Exhibit 99.4(b)

 

[ SCHWAB GENESIS VARIABLE ANNUITY ] SCHEDULE

 

CONTRACT NUMBER

 

ISSUE DATE

[ VA0000001 ]

 

[ June 1, 2020 ]

 

 

 

OWNER 1

 

BIRTH DATE OF OWNER 1

[ John Doe ]

 

[ January 1, 1950 ]

 

 

 

OWNER 2

 

BIRTH DATE OF OWNER 2

[ None ]

 

[ Not Applicable ]

 

 

 

ANNUITANT

 

BIRTH DATE OF ANNUITANT

[ John Doe ]

 

[ January 1, 1950 ]

 

 

 

BENEFICIARY

 

ANNUITY DATE

As contained in our records

 

[ January 1, 2045 ]

 

 

 

PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME OPTION

 

DEATH BENEFIT

[ Marketing Name ]

 

[ Contract Value ]

 

 

 

AGENT

 

INSURANCE REGULATORY AUTHORITY

[ Allen Agent ]

 

[ Anystate Department of Insurance ]

[ Brisk Financial Services ]

 

[ 123-456-7890 ]

[ 5678 High Street ]

 

[ contact.doi@anystate.gov ]

[ Anycity, Anystate 12345 ]

 

 

[ 987-654-3210 ]

 

 

 

 

 

INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT

 

TAX-QUALIFIED STATUS

[ $100,000.00 ]

 

[ Non-Qualified ]

 

INTEREST RATES FOR THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT

 

Annual Effective Interest Rates for the

 

FIXED ACCOUNT — [ 1.00% ]

Guaranteed Account on the Issue Date:

 

DCA ACCOUNT 1 — [ 2.00% ]

 

 

DCA ACCOUNT 2 — [ 3.00% ]

 

 

 

Non-Forfeiture Interest Rate (NFIR) for the

 

[ 1.00% ]

Guaranteed Account:

 

 

 

[ The Contract’s NFIR for the Guaranteed Account was established on the Issue Date and will not change. It was determined by taking the 5-Year Constant Maturity Treasury Rate as of the January 31 prior to the May 1 — April 30 annual period during which the Contract was issued, subtracting 1.25%, and rounding the result to the nearest 0.05%.  The NFIR cannot be less than 1.00% and will not be more than 3.00%.  Interest rates declared by the Company for the Guaranteed Account will be at least equal to the Contract’s NFIR. ]

 

A


 

[ SCHWAB GENESIS VARIABLE ANNUITY ] SCHEDULE, continued

 

CONTRACT LIMITATIONS, FEES, AND CHARGES

 

Maximum Issue Date:

 

We will not issue a Contract on or after the oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s [ 86th ] birthday.

 

 

 

Maximum Annuity Date:

 

The oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s [ 95th ] birthday.

 

 

 

Additional Purchase Payments:

 

Not permitted on or after the oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s [ 86th ] birthday or within 3 years of the Annuity Date.

 

 

 

Minimum Additional Purchase Payment:

 

$100.00

 

 

 

Maximum Aggregate Purchase Payments:

 

$1,000,000.00

 

 

 

Mortality & Expense Risk Charge:

 

[ 0.35% ] per year

The Mortality & Expense Risk Charge was established on the Issue Date and will not change.

 

 

 

Administration Charge:

 

[ 0.10% ] per year

The Administration Charge was established on the Issue Date and will not change.

 

 

 

Transfer Fee for Transfers in Excess of Limit:

 

$25 for each transfer in excess of 12 per Contract Year.

The Transfer Fee was established on the Issue Date and will not change.

 

B


 

[ SCHWAB GENESIS VARIABLE ANNUITY ] SCHEDULE, continued

 

INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE ON THE ISSUE DATE

 

Protective Life Guaranteed Account

 

Fixed Account

 

DCA Account 1

 

DCA Account 2

 

Sub-Accounts of the Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account

 

[ American Funds IS

 

Invesco

Asset Allocation Class 4

 

Balanced-Risk Allocation Series II

Blue Chip Income & Growth Class 4

 

Comstock Series II

Bond Class 4

 

Equity and Income Series II

Capital Income Builder Class 4

 

Global Real Estate Series II

Global Growth Class 4

 

Government Securities Series II

Global Growth & Income Class 4

 

Growth and Income Series II

Global Small Cap Class 4

 

International Growth Series II

Growth Class 4

 

Oppenheimer Global Series II

Growth-Income Class 4

 

Oppenheimer Government Money Series I

International Class 4

 

Oppenheimer Main Street Series II

New World Class 4

 

 

U.S. Government/AAA-Rated Securities Class 4

 

Legg Mason

 

 

ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Class II

Clayton Street (Managed by Janus Capital Management, LLC)

 

ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Class II

Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series Conservative

 

 

Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series Moderate

 

Lord Abbett

Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series Growth

 

Bond Debenture Value Class

 

 

Dividend Growth Value Class

Fidelity Investments

 

Fundamental Equity Value Class

Investment-Grade Bond Portfolio SC2

 

Growth Opportunities Value Class

Mid Cap Portfolio SC2

 

 

 

 

PIMCO

Franklin Templeton Investments

 

All Asset Advisor Class

Franklin Flex Cap Growth Class 2

 

Global Diversified Allocation Advisor Class

Franklin Income Class 2

 

Long-Term U.S. Government Advisor Class

Franklin Mutual Global Discovery Class 2

 

Low Duration Advisor Class

Franklin Mutual Shares Class 2

 

Real Return Advisor Class

Franklin Rising Dividends Class 2

 

Short Term Advisor Class

Franklin Small Cap Value Class 2

 

Total Return Advisor Class

Franklin Small Mid Cap Growth Class 2

 

 

Franklin Strategic Income Class 2

 

Royce

Templeton Developing Markets Class 2

 

Small-Cap Service Class

Templeton Foreign Class 2

 

 

Templeton Global Bond Class 2

 

Schwab

 

 

Balanced

Goldman Sachs

 

Balanced With Growth

Core Fixed Income Service Class

 

Government Money Market Portfolio™

Global Trends Allocation Service Class

 

Growth

Growth Opportunities Service Class

 

S&P 500 Index ]

Mid Cap Value Service Class

 

 

Strategic Growth Service Class

 

 

 

 

 

Great-West

 

 

Bond Index Fund

 

 

 

B


Exhibit 99.4(c)

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. BOX 1928 BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35282-8238

 

GUARANTEED ACCOUNT ENDORSEMENT

with Fixed Account and DCA Accounts

 

We are amending the Contract to which this endorsement is attached as described below.    This endorsement remains in effect as long as the Contract to which it is attached remains in effect. The terms and conditions in this endorsement supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this endorsement remain in full force and effect.

 

1.                     In the “DEFINITIONS” section of your Contract, the definition for Contract Value is deleted and replaced by the definition below, and the Guaranteed Account definition below is added:

 

Contract Value:  The sum of the Variable Account value and the Guaranteed Account value attributable to this Contract on, or prior to the Annuity Date.

 

Guaranteed Account: All Investment Options with interest rate guarantees.

 

2.                     The first paragraph of the provision entitled “Variable Account Value” in the “VARIABLE ACCOUNT” section of your Contract is deleted and replaced by the paragraph below:

 

Variable Account Value — On or at any time prior to the Annuity Date, the Variable Account value is equal to:

 

1)             Purchase Payments allocated to the Variable Account; plus

 

2)             amounts transferred into the Variable Account; plus

 

3)             other amounts applied to the Variable Account; plus or minus

 

4)             investment performance; minus

 

5)             amounts transferred out of the Variable Account; minus

 

6)             amounts deducted from the Variable Account to satisfy any withdrawal (or surrender) requests; minus

 

7)             charges, fees and premium tax, if any, deducted from the Variable Account.

 

The Variable Account value equals the total of the Sub-Account values.

 

3.                     The following “GUARANTEED ACCOUNT” section is added to your Contract:

 

GUARANTEED ACCOUNT

 

General Description — The Guaranteed Account includes the Fixed Account and the DCA Accounts, which are each a part of the Company=s general account.  Amounts allocated to an account in the Guaranteed Account earn interest from the date they are credited to the account.

 

1


 

We, in our sole discretion, establish interest rates for each account in the Guaranteed Account. We will not declare a rate that yields values less than the minimum values required by the NAIC Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Individual Deferred Annuities, model # 805. Because interest rates vary from time to time, allocations made to the same account in the Guaranteed Account at different times may earn interest at different rates.

 

Fixed Account — Generally, you may allocate some or all of your Purchase Payments and may transfer some or all of your Contract Value to the Fixed Account.  The interest rate we apply to a Purchase Payment or transfer allocated to the Fixed Account is guaranteed for one year from the date it is credited to the account.  When an interest rate guarantee expires, we will set a new interest rate, which may not be the same as the interest rate then in effect for a subsequent Purchase Payment allocated to the Fixed Account. The new interest rate is also guaranteed for one year.

 

DCA Accounts — The DCA Accounts are available only for Purchase Payments designated for dollar cost averaging.  You may allocate a Purchase Payment to a DCA Account only when the value of that DCA Account is $0.  The entire value of a DCA Account must be transferred to the Variable Account prior to allocating any new Purchase Payment to that DCA Account. Allocations to a DCA Account must include instructions regarding transfer frequency and the Sub-Accounts into which the transfers are to be made.

 

We will systematically transfer Purchase Payments allocated to a DCA Account into the Variable Account in equal amounts over the period we allow for that DCA Account.  The interest rate we apply to a Purchase Payment allocated to a DCA Account is guaranteed for the period over which transfers are allowed from that DCA Account.    Interest credited to a DCA Account will be accumulated and transferred from the DCA Account after the last dollar cost averaging transfer.

 

Guaranteed Account Value — On or at any time prior to the Annuity Date, the Guaranteed Account value is equal to:

 

1)             Purchase Payments allocated to the Guaranteed Account; plus

 

2)             amounts transferred into the Guaranteed Account; plus

 

3)             interest, and other amounts credited to the Guaranteed Account; minus

 

4)             amounts transferred out of the Guaranteed Account; minus

 

5)             amounts deducted from the Guaranteed Account to satisfy any withdrawal (or surrender) requests; minus

 

6)             charges, fees and premium tax, if any, deducted from the Guaranteed Account.

 

For the purposes of interest crediting, amounts deducted, transferred or withdrawn from accounts in the Guaranteed Account will be separately accounted for on a Afirst-in, first-out@ (FIFO) basis.

 

4.                     The two provisions below are added to the “TRANSFERS” section of your Contract:

 

Transfers Involving the Guaranteed Account — There are additional limitations on transfers involving the Guaranteed Account.  No transfer is permitted into any account in the Guaranteed Account until 6 months after the last transfer from an account in the Guaranteed Account. Transfers into a DCA Account are not permitted.

 

2


 

The maximum amount that may be transferred out of the Fixed Account in any Contract Year, except for dollar cost averaging transfers, is the greater of:

 

1)             25% of the Fixed Account value as of the prior Contract Anniversary, plus 25% of any Purchase Payments and transfers allocated to the Fixed Account since the prior Contract Anniversary; or

 

2)             $2,500.

 

Dollar Cost Averaging Involving the Guaranteed Account — There are additional limitations on dollar cost averaging transfers involving the Guaranteed Account.  You may establish dollar cost averaging transfers from any account in the Guaranteed Account but dollar cost averaging transfers into an account in the Guaranteed Account are not permitted. We will not accept instructions to establish dollar cost averaging transfers from the Fixed Account over a period less than 12 months. If dollar cost averaging transfers from a DCA Account are terminated, we will transfer any amount remaining in that DCA Account into the Sub-Accounts according to the allocation instruction in effect for that DCA Account at the time the dollar cost averaging transfers are terminated, unless you have otherwise instructed us how to allocate the remaining amount.

 

5.                     The provision below is added to the “SURRENDERS AND WITHDRAWALS” section of your Contract:

 

Suspension or Delay in Payment of Surrender or Withdrawal from the Guaranteed Account — We may delay payment of a surrender or withdrawal from the Guaranteed Account for up to six months.

 

Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of its Issue Date.

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

Steve M. Callaway, Secretary

 


Exhibit 99.4(d)

 

Protective Life Insurance Company P. O. Box 10648 Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648 800-456-6330

 

NURSING HOME ENDORSEMENT

FOR THE GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT

 

We are amending the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (“GMWB”) rider included with your Contract to describe an increased GMWB withdrawal percentage if the Covered Person meets the qualifying conditions described in this endorsement. There is no cost to you for this additional benefit. The existing provisions of your Contract remain in full force and effect unless specifically modified by this endorsement.

 

Increased GMWB Withdrawal Percentage for Nursing Home Confinement — As of the Qualification Date, we will double the GMWB withdrawal percentage established on the Benefit Election Date — up to a maximum increased GMWB withdrawal percentage of 10% — and will use the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount available each Contract Year, up to a maximum aggregate Nursing Home Benefit Period of 5 Contract Years. The Nursing Home Benefit Period is the period of time during which the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage is used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount. Any Contract Year or portion thereof during which the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage is used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount will be a full Contract Year for the purpose of determining the Nursing Home Benefit Period.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Activities of Daily Living:  Six basic human functions necessary for a person to live independently.  Specifically, they include:

 

1.              Bathing — The ability to wash oneself by sponge bath, or in a tub or shower, including the task of getting into or out of the tub or shower.

 

2.              Continence — The ability to maintain control of one’s bowel or bladder, or when unable to maintain such control, the ability to perform associated personal hygiene including caring for a catheter or colostomy bag.

 

3                 Dressing — The ability to put on and take off all items of clothing, including any necessary braces, fasteners, or artificial limbs.

 

4.              Eating — The ability to feed oneself by getting food into the body from a receptacle (such as a plate, cup or table), by a feeding tube or intravenously.

 

5.              Toileting — The ability to get to and from the toilet; getting on and off the toilet; and, performing the associated personal hygiene.

 

6.              Transferring — The ability to move into or out of a bed, chair or wheelchair.

 

Physician:  A medical doctor currently licensed by a state’s Board of Medical Examiners, or similar authority in the United States, acting within the scope of her or his license.

 

Nursing Home: A facility (or portion of a facility) primarily engaged in providing continuous, on-going nursing care to its residents in accordance with the authority granted by a license issued by State or Federal government, and qualified as a “skilled nursing home facility” under Medicare or Medicaid. A “Nursing Home” does not include: a hospital or clinic; a facility operated primarily for the treatment of alcoholism or drug addiction; or, an assisted living facility engaged primarily in custodial care.

 

Qualification Date:  The end of a Valuation Period during which we determine the Covered Person qualifies for the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage.

 

Severe Cognitive Impairment:  A loss or deterioration of intellectual capacity that is comparable to, and includes, Alzheimer’s disease and similar forms of irreversible dementia. Severe Cognitive Impairment is characterized by clinical evidence and the results of standardized tests that reliably measure impairment in the person’s: a) short-term or long-term memory; b) orientation as to people, place or time; c) deductive or abstract reasoning; and, d) judgment, as it relates to safety awareness.

 

1


 

CLAIMING THE INCREASED GMWB PERCENTAGE FOR NURSING HOME CONFINEMENT

 

Ineligibility — You are not eligible for the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage if the Covered Person was confined to a Nursing Home any time during the period that starts 1-year prior to the date the GMWB rider was purchased and ends 1- year after the date the GMWB rider was purchased

 

Qualifying Conditions — You must request the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage by Written Notice on or after the Benefit Election Date. Your Written Notice must include proof the Covered Person:

 

1.                                      was not confined to a Nursing Home any time during the period that began 1-year prior to the date the GMWB rider was purchased and ended 1-year after the date the GMWB rider was purchased; and,

 

2.                                      has been continuously confined to a Nursing Home for at least 90 days immediately preceding the date of your Written Request; and,

 

3.                                      is unable to perform at least two of the six Activities of Daily Living, or is diagnosed with a Severe Cognitive Impairment.

 

We will notify you in writing whether the Covered Person qualifies for the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage and if so, advise you of the Qualification Date.

 

Continuing Qualification — The Covered Person must prove continuing qualification for the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage each Contract Year during the Nursing Home Benefit Period. Beginning with the second Contract Anniversary after the Qualification Date, you must provide us an annual Written Notice proving the Covered Person:

 

1.              remains confined to a Nursing Home; and,

 

2.              remains unable to perform at least two of the six Activities of Daily Living, or is currently diagnosed with a Severe Cognitive Impairment.

 

We must receive the annual Written Notice not less than 10, nor more than 30 days prior to each applicable Contract Anniversary during the Nursing Home Benefit Period. However, if it was not reasonably possible to send us the Written Notice within the prescribed time, the delay will not reduce the benefit if Written Notice is provided as soon as reasonably possible to do so.

 

Proof of Qualification — A written statement signed by the Covered Person’s Physician addressing the qualifying conditions constitutes satisfactory proof.  However, we reserve the right to require an examination of the Covered Person by a Physician of our choice at our expense. In the event of a conflict between the medical opinions, the opinion of our Physician shall prevail with respect to initial or continuing qualification.

 

CALCULATING THE ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT USING THE INCREASED GMWB WITHDRAWAL PERCENTAGE

 

Qualifying Year — Qualification for the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage may result in an increase in the Annual Withdrawal Amount available for the remainder of the Contract Year during which qualification occurs.  However, an increase in the Annual Withdrawal Amount will not change the effect of any withdrawal that occurred prior to the Qualification Date.

 

If your aggregate GMWB withdrawals from the beginning of the qualifying Contract Year through the Qualification Date are less than or equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount, we will calculate the remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount by multiplying the Benefit Base on the Qualification Date by the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage, and subtracting the aggregate GMWB withdrawals already taken that Contract Year.

 

2


 

If you have taken an Excess Withdrawal during the qualifying Contract Year prior to the Qualification Date, we will calculate the remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount for that Contract Year by subtracting the GMWB withdrawal percentage determined on the Benefit Election Date according to the GMWB rider you purchased from the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage provided by this endorsement, and multiplying the difference in those percentages by the Benefit Base on the Qualification Date.

 

We will include the amount of the increase in the Annual Withdrawal Amount for the qualifying year in the notice we send that confirms the Covered Person’s qualification for the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage.

 

Continuing Qualification Years — For any Contract Year during which continuing qualification would apply, we multiply the Benefit Base on the Contract Anniversary by the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage to determine the Annual Withdrawal Amount for that Contract Year.

 

Non-Qualifying Years — For any Contract Year during which the Covered Person fails to qualify for the increased GMWB percentage, we calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount using the GMWB withdrawal percentage established on the Benefit Election Date according to the terms of the GMWB rider you purchased and that Contract Year will not be included in the Nursing Home Benefit Period.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Two Covered Persons — If the GMWB withdrawal percentage established on the Benefit Election Date was based on two Covered Persons, both must meet the qualifying conditions; and all provisions that reference the “Covered Person” shall be interpreted to mean both “Covered Persons”.

 

Termination — This endorsement terminates at the end of the Nursing Home Benefit Period, or if sooner, when the GMWB rider is terminated. In the event the GMWB rider is reinstated according to the provisions of that rider, this endorsement will also be reinstated unless the Nursing Home Benefit Period has expired.

 

Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of the GMWB Rider Effective Date.

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

 

3


 

This Page Intentionally Left Blank.

 


Exhibit 99.4(e)

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. BOX 1928 BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35282-8238

 

RIDER SCHEDULE

 

Contract #

 

[ VA0000001 ]

 

 

 

Owner 1 Name:

 

[ John Doe ]

 

 

 

Rider Effective Date:

 

[ June 1, 2020 ]

 

 

 

Rider Purchase Age Limits on the Rider Effective Date:

 

We will not issue a rider with the Benefit described herein if any Owner or Annuitant is younger than Age [ 60 ] or older than Age [ 85 ].

 

 

 

Annual Benefit Cost on the Rider Effective Date:

 

[ 1.10% ] (Guaranteed for the first fee calculation date after the Rider Effective Date. May be changed as described in the Rider’s ‘Benefit Cost’ provision, subject to the Maximum Annual Benefit Cost shown below.)

 

 

 

Maximum Annual Benefit Cost:

 

2.50%

 

 

 

Initial Benefit Base on the Rider Effective Date:

 

[ $100,000.00 ]

 

 

 

Maximum Benefit Base:

 

$5,000,000.00 (5 million dollars)

 

 

 

Limitations on Additional Purchase Payments:

 

In addition to the specific Purchase Payment limitations shown on the Contract’s Schedule, while this rider remains in effect we will not accept any Purchase Payment that we receive on or after the earlier of:

 

 

a) the 2nd anniversary of the Rider Effective Date; or,

 

 

b) the Benefit Election Date.

 

Contract Allocation Restrictions on the

 

Your entire Contract allocation must either:

Rider Effective Date:

 

a) be 100% to a single permissible Model Portfolio; or,

 

 

b) be 100% to a single permissible Individual Option; or,

 

 

c) meet the following Allocation by Investment Category (“AIC”) guidelines:

 

 

·       At least 40% must be allocated to Category 1 (Conservative);

 

 

·       Not more than 60% may be allocated to Category 2 (Moderate);

 

 

·       Not more than 25% may be allocated to Category 3 (Aggressive); and

 

 

·       No Contract Value may be allocated to Category 4 (Not Permitted).

 

 

Permissible Model Portfolios, permissible Individual Options, and Investment Options in each AIC category as of the Rider Effective Date are shown in the ‘Investment Options Table’ at the end of this rider.

 

1


 

RIDER SCHEDULE (CONTINUED)

 

Withdrawal Percentages

(FOR CALCULATION OF ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS ON AND AFTER THE BENEFIT ELECTION DATE)

 

Age of (younger)
Covered Person on the
Benefit Election date

 

One Covered
Person

 

Two Covered
Persons

 

[ 60 - 64

 

3.75%

 

3.25%

 

65 — 69

 

5.00%

 

4.50%

 

70 — 79

 

5.25%

 

4.75%

 

80 +

 

5.75%

 

5.25%]

 

 

PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT RIDER

 

We are amending the Contract to which this rider is attached to add a Protected Lifetime Income Benefit (the “Benefit”). The terms and conditions in this rider supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract beginning on the Rider Effective Date and continuing until the rider is terminated. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this rider remain in full force and effect.

 

Protected Lifetime Income Benefit — Subject to the terms and conditions of this rider, beginning on the Benefit Election Date and continuing on each Contract Anniversary thereafter during the lifetime of a Covered Person, you may take aggregate annual withdrawals from the Contract that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount regardless of the Contract Value at that time.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Annual Withdrawal Amount:  The maximum amount that may be withdrawn from the Contract each Contract Year after the Benefit Election Date without reducing the Benefit Base.

 

Benefit Base:  The amount determined according to the terms of this rider and used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount and the monthly fee. The Benefit Base may not exceed the Maximum Benefit Base shown on the Rider Schedule.

 

Benefit Election Date:  The date as of which we first calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount and the date on which guaranteed withdrawals may begin.

 

Benefit Period: The period of time between the Benefit Election Date and the earlier of the Annuity Date or the rider termination date.

 

Covered Person: The person or persons upon whose lives the benefits of this rider are based. There may not be more than two Covered Persons. On and after the Benefit Election Date, the Covered Person (or one of the two Covered Persons) must be named as the Annuitant.

 

RightTime® Option: The option to purchase the current version of the Benefit after the Contract’s Issue Date, if we are offering one at that time.

 

2


 

BENEFIT COST AND FEES

 

Benefit Cost — On the Rider Effective Date, the Annual Benefit Cost (“Benefit Cost”) as a percentage of the Benefit Base is shown in the Rider Schedule. We have the right to change the Benefit Cost at any time after the first fee calculation date based primarily on our actual cost of providing the Benefit.  Any such change will apply on a nondiscriminatory basis to all contracts of the same actuarial class.   A ‘fee calculation date’ is the Valuation Period that includes the same day of the month as the Contract’s Issue Date, or the last Valuation Period of the month if that date does not occur during the month. The Benefit Cost as a percentage of the Benefit Base will never exceed the Maximum Annual Benefit Cost shown on the Rider Schedule. We will notify you of the new Benefit Cost in writing at the address contained in our records not less than 30 days prior to the date on which the new Benefit Cost becomes effective.

 

You may avoid changes in the Benefit Cost. We must receive your instructions declining the change before the Valuation Period during which the new Benefit Cost becomes effective.  However, if you decline a Benefit Cost change, each Step-Up Anniversary Value that follows will equal $0.

 

Monthly Fee — Beginning on the first fee calculation date following the Rider Effective Date and continuing monthly until the Benefit terminates, we will calculate the fee for this rider and deduct that amount from the Contract Value.

 

We calculate the monthly fee in arrears by multiplying the monthly equivalent of the Benefit Cost by the Benefit Base as of the fee calculation date, using the formula below:

 

Monthly Fee = [1 — (1 — Benefit Cost)1/12] x Benefit Base as of the calculation date.

 

Deducting the Monthly Fee — We deduct the monthly fee as of the Valuation Period immediately following the Valuation Period during which it was calculated.  The monthly fee is deducted from the Investment Options in the same proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value on that date. Deduction of the monthly fee will not reduce the Benefit Base or the Annual Withdrawal Amount.

 

THE BENEFIT BASE

 

The Benefit Base is used for calculation purposes only and does not represent accessible Contract Value. The Benefit Base cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum and is not payable as a death benefit.

 

Determining the Benefit Base — The initial Benefit Base is equal to the Contract Value on the Rider Effective Date. Thereafter, we increase the Benefit Base dollar-for-dollar for Purchase Payments credited to the Contract before the earlier of: a) the 2nd anniversary of the Rider Effective Date; or b) the Benefit Election Date. We reduce the Benefit Base pro-rata for each withdrawal before the Benefit Election Date. The pro-rata reduction for each withdrawal is the amount that reduces the Benefit Base in the same proportion that the amount deducted from the Contract Value to satisfy the withdrawal request reduced the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which the withdrawal was deducted.

 

Step-Ups — On each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, we compare the Benefit Base to the Step-Up Anniversary Value. The greater of these will become the new Benefit Base as of that Contract Anniversary.

 

3


 

Step-Up Anniversary Value. We identify a Step-Up Anniversary Value on each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date.  The ‘Step-Up Anniversary Value’ is equal to the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. However, if you have declined a Benefit Cost change, each Step-Up Anniversary Value that follows will be deemed to be $0.

 

THE BENEFIT PERIOD

 

Establishing the Benefit Election Date — You must establish the Benefit Election Date to start the Benefit Period and access the guaranteed withdrawals provided by this rider.  To establish the Benefit Election Date, you must notify us that you are doing so, instruct us to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount based on either one or two lives (‘Covered Persons’) and (if we request it) provide proof of Age for the Covered Person(s).  You must also change the Annuitant (if necessary, and only if all Contract Owners are individuals) so that she or he is a Covered Person.  The Benefit Election Date may not be earlier than the date on which the Covered Person (or the younger of the two Covered Persons) attains age 59½, nor later than the Annuity Date.

 

Automatic Withdrawals established prior to the Benefit Period terminate as of the Benefit Election Date.

 

Individuals Eligible to be Named as a Covered Person — A Covered Person must be a living person who, on the Benefit Election Date, is either:

 

1)             an Owner of the Contract (or the Annuitant, if the sole Owner is not an individual); or

 

2)             the spouse of the sole Owner of the Contract (or the Annuitant’s spouse, if the sole Owner is not an individual), but only if the spouse is the sole Primary Beneficiary.

 

If there is one Owner, then the Owner (Annuitant) is the sole Covered Person if she or he either is not married, or is married but the spouse is not the sole Primary Beneficiary.

 

If there is one Owner and the sole Primary Beneficiary is the Owner’s (Annuitant’s) spouse, then:

 

1)             the Owner (Annuitant) is the Covered Person if the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on one life.

 

2)             both spouses are Covered Persons if the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on two lives.

 

If there are two Owners and they are married to each other, then:

 

1)             the older of the two is the Covered Person if the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on one life.

 

2)             both spouses are Covered Persons if the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on two lives.

 

If there are two Owners and they are not married to each other, the older of the two is the sole Covered Person.

 

For the purposes of this rider, the terms “married” and “spouse” include bona fide domestic partners or civil union partners in states that afford legal recognition to domestic partnerships or civil unions.  However, domestic partners and parties to a civil union may not be treated as “spouses” for federal tax purposes. You should consult a qualified tax professional about your specific situation prior to establishing the Benefit Election Date.

 

4


 

Calculating the Annual Withdrawal Amount — The Annual Withdrawal Amount is equal to the Benefit Base as of the date the Annual Withdrawal Amount is being calculated, multiplied by the applicable Withdrawal Percentage shown on the Rider Schedule.

 

The initial Annual Withdrawal Amount is calculated as of the Benefit Election Date.  Thereafter, we re- calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount only on Contract Anniversaries, and only if the Benefit Base (or the applicable Withdrawal Percentage, if the Rider Schedule shows that the Withdrawal Percentage varies based on the (younger) Covered Person’s age on the calculation date) changed since the Annual Withdrawal Amount was last calculated.

 

Accessing the Annual Withdrawal Amount — During the Benefit Period, you may request withdrawals individually or instruct us to send you specific amounts periodically.  Your request must include all the information necessary for us to remit the requested amounts. This includes (if we request it) proof that the Covered Person(s) is (are) alive on the withdrawal date.

 

Withdrawals made during the Benefit Period reduce the Contract Value and the death benefit in the same manner as withdrawals made prior to the Benefit Election Date.

 

The Annual Withdrawal Amount is not cumulative. You may take the entire Annual Withdrawal Amount each Contract Year, but if you do not, the remaining portion does not carry forward.  During the Benefit Period, aggregate withdrawals in any Contract Year that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount do not reduce the Benefit Base.

 

Excess Withdrawals — During the Benefit Period any portion of a withdrawal that, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during that Contract Year, exceeds the Annual Withdrawal Amount constitutes an excess withdrawal.  We will not recalculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount until the next Contract Anniversary, so any subsequent withdrawal taken that Contract Year is also an excess withdrawal. If any portion of any requested withdrawal would be an excess withdrawal, we will not process the request until you have been notified of the excess amount and we provide you the opportunity to reduce or cancel the request.

 

Each excess withdrawal results in an immediate reduction of the Benefit Base. If, immediately after the excess withdrawal, the Contract Value minus any non-excess portion of the withdrawal is greater than the Benefit Base, we reduce the Benefit Base by the amount of the excess withdrawal. Otherwise, we reduce the Benefit Base by the same proportion that the excess withdrawal reduced the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which the excess withdrawal request was processed.

 

Because the Benefit Base is used to calculate Annual Withdrawal Amounts, reduction of the Benefit Base due to excess withdrawals could reduce future Annual Withdrawal Amounts by more than the dollar amount of the excess withdrawals.

 

If you have instructed us to send you all or a portion of the Annual Withdrawal Amount periodically in specific amounts, an excess or unscheduled withdrawal automatically terminates those periodic withdrawals. If any Contract Value remains after the excess withdrawal, you may instruct us to resume sending periodic withdrawals to you beginning on the next Contract Anniversary based on the recalculated Annual Withdrawal Amount.

 

Reduction of the Contract Value to $0 After the Benefit Election Date — If an excess withdrawal reduces the Contract Value to $0, the Contract will terminate as of that date.  If after the Benefit Election Date, a non-excess withdrawal, negative investment performance, and/or deduction of any charges or fees reduces the Contract Value to $0, we will pay the Benefit under this rider as follows:

 

5


 

a) we will pay the remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount not yet withdrawn in the current Contract Year, if any, in a lump sum; and b) we will establish the Annuity Date on the next Contract Anniversary and will begin monthly fixed annuity income payments for the life of the (last surviving) Covered Person in an amount equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount as of the Annuity Date divided by 12, less an adjustment for any applicable premium tax.

 

On and after the date the Contract Value is reduced to $0, no death benefit is payable, no other Annuity Options are available, and the Annual Withdrawal Amount will not change.

 

Required Minimum Distributions — Withdrawals in excess of the Annual Withdrawal Amount are permitted to satisfy required minimum distributions (RMD) under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(9) as they apply to amounts attributable to the Contract.  These withdrawals will not be treated as excess withdrawals under this rider provided:

 

1)             you notify us in writing at the time you request the withdrawal that it is intended to satisfy RMD requirements; and

 

2)             we calculate the RMD amount based solely on the applicable end-of-year value of this Contract.

 

The timing and amount of the non-excess RMD withdrawal we permit from this Contract may be more restrictive than allowed under IRS rules, and may not satisfy the annual RMD requirements for all of the tax-qualified contracts you own.

 

Death or Divorce of a Covered Person After the Benefit Election Date — If the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on the life of one Covered Person, this rider terminates upon the Covered Person’s death. If the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on the lives of two Covered Persons and they divorce or one of them dies, the applicable Withdrawal Percentage will continue to be determined, and the Annual Withdrawal Amount will continue to be calculated, as if no divorce or death had occurred, and this rider terminates upon the death of the last surviving Covered Person.

 

Spousal Continuation After the Benefit Election Date — The surviving spouse of a sole Covered Person who, pursuant to the Contract’s ‘Payment of the Death Benefit’ provision, continues the Contract and becomes the new sole Owner may also purchase a new rider using the RightTime Option, if we are offering one at that time. The surviving spouse must meet the Rider Purchase Age Limits in effect on the date the new rider is purchased. Only the surviving spouse is eligible to be a Covered Person under the new rider, and the new rider will terminate upon the death of that Covered Person.

 

Establishing the Benefit Election Date on the Maximum Annuity Date — If this rider is in force on the Maximum Annuity Date and you have not previously established the Benefit Election Date, it will be established for you, as follows:

 

1)             the Benefit Election Date, and the calculation date for the Annual Withdrawal Amount, will be the Maximum Annuity Date; and

 

2)             the Annual Withdrawal Amount will be calculated using the applicable Withdrawal Percentage shown on the Rider Schedule based on one Covered Person’s life: either the sole person eligible to be a Covered Person, or the older person if two people are eligible to be Covered Persons. That Covered Person will become the sole Annuitant as of the Maximum Annuity Date, if she or he was not already so named.

 

This provision does not apply if you established the Benefit Election Date prior to the Maximum Annuity Date.

 

6


 

Additional Annuity Option as of the Maximum Annuity Date — If this rider is in force on the Maximum Annuity Date, in addition to the other Annuity Options available to you under the Contract, you may select the “Annual Withdrawal Amount” Annuity Option that will pay monthly payments for the life of the (last surviving) Covered Person equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount as of the Maximum Annuity Date divided by 12, less an adjustment for any applicable premium tax.

 

This “Annual Withdrawal Amount” Annuity Option is available whether or not the Contract Value applied to the option is sufficient to support the payments.

 

If you have not selected an Annuity Option, we will start sending monthly fixed annuity income payments one month after the Maximum Annuity Date. Payments will be an amount equal to the greater of:

 

1)             the Annual Withdrawal Amount as of the Maximum Annuity Date divided by 12, less an adjustment for any applicable premium tax. If this is the monthly payment amount, it will be paid for the life of the (last surviving) Covered Person.

 

2)             the results of applying the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period that includes the Maximum Annuity Date plus any applicable Annuity Option bonus, less any applicable premium tax, to Annuity Option B with a monthly payment mode and a 10-year Certain Period based on the life (lives) of the Covered Person(s).  If this is the monthly payment amount, it will be paid for the life of the (last surviving) Covered Person, or for 10 years, whichever is longer.

 

If you have selected an Annuity Option, we will distribute the entire interest in the Contract according to the Annuity Option you have selected.

 

Annuity Date Prior to the Maximum Annuity Date — If you select an Annuity Date that occurs before the Maximum Annuity Date, the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period that includes the Annuity Date, less any applicable premium tax, may be taken in a lump sum, or that amount may be applied as described in the Contract’s ‘ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS’ section. The “Annual Withdrawal Amount” Annuity Option, described in the provision above, is not available.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Restrictions on Allocation, Transfer and Withdrawal of Contract Value — While this rider is in force, your Contract allocation is restricted. Your entire Contract allocation must be  either:

 

1)             100% to a single permissible Model Portfolio;  or,

 

2)             100% to a single permissible Individual Option,  or,

 

3)             distributed among Investment Options according to the Allocation by Investment Category (“AIC”) guidelines.

 

The AIC guidelines divide Investment Options into categories and specify the range of percentages that must be allocated to each category. Within each category, you select the Investment Options and amounts allocated to them, provided the total percentage in each category is not less than the minimum required, nor more than the maximum permitted. The AIC guideline categories and percentage ranges on the Rider Effective Date are shown on the Rider Schedule.  Permissible Model Portfolios, permissible Individual Options, and Investment Options in each AIC category as of the Rider Effective Date are shown in the ‘Investment Options Table’ at the end of this rider.

 

7


 

We may change the permissible Model Portfolios, Individual Options, or AIC guidelines from time to time by notifying you in writing at the address contained in our records. If we do change the guidelines, we will not require you to re-allocate your Contract Value. We will continue to apply Purchase Payments you remit without allocation instructions, and process automatic transfers that facilitate dollar cost averaging, according to the Contract allocation established before the change.

 

However, allocation instructions that accompany a Purchase Payment and instructions to transfer Contract Value among the Investment Options change the Contract allocation as of the Valuation Period during which we receive the instruction, and must comply with the Contract allocation restrictions in effect at that time.  Anytime the Contract allocation changes, we re-allocate the Contract Value according to the new Contract allocation.  Purchase Payments applied to the Contract, and transfers that facilitate dollar cost averaging after that date, will be made according to that Contract allocation until you send a subsequent instruction that changes the Contract allocation and that satisfies the Contract allocation restrictions then in effect.

 

In addition to the re-allocation of Contract Value that occurs each time the Contract allocation is changed, we rebalance the Variable Account Value to the current Contract allocation semi-annually based on the Rider Effective Date, unless you instruct us to rebalance quarterly or annually.

 

Amounts deducted from the Contract Value to satisfy a withdrawal request are deducted from the Investment Options in the same proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value on that date.

 

Reports — While this rider is in effect, the statements we provide under the Contract’s ‘Reports’ provision will include information for the statement period regarding the Benefit Cost, the Benefit Base, and (during the Benefit Period) the available Annual Withdrawal Amount. Prior to the Benefit Election Date, you may contact the Company at any time for information about the Annual Withdrawal Amount based on specified assumptions regarding the number and age(s) of the Covered Person(s), the Benefit Election Date, and the Benefit Base.

 

Termination — This rider, every benefit it provides, and deduction of the monthly fee terminate as of the Valuation Period during which any of the following 8 events first occur.

 

1)             We receive your instruction to:

 

a)             allocate any purchase payment; or

 

b)             dollar cost average; or

 

c)              transfer any Contract Value; or

 

d)             deduct any withdrawal;

 

in a manner inconsistent with the Contract allocation restrictions or other provisions of this rider.

 

2)             We receive your instruction to stop Portfolio Rebalancing.

 

3)             We receive your instruction to terminate this rider more than 10 years after its Rider Effective Date.

 

4)             We receive your instruction to add, remove, or change a Covered Person after the Benefit Election Date.

 

5)             We receive your instruction to change the Annuitant to someone other than a Covered Person after the Benefit Election Date.

 

6)             The (last surviving) Covered Person dies.

 

7)             The Contract Value is applied to an Annuity Option.

 

8)             The Contract to which this rider is attached is surrendered or otherwise terminated.

 

We will notify you in writing that the rider has terminated and identify the cause.

 

8


 

Reinstatement — If this rider terminates as a result of an action described in Items 1, 2, 4, or 5 of the ‘Termination’ provision, you may reinstate it within 30 days unless a Purchase Payment was applied to the Contract since the rider termination date.

 

We must receive your request for reinstatement along with instructions that correct the action that caused the termination within 30 days of this rider’s termination date. We will deduct any fees and make any other adjustments that were scheduled during the period of termination so that after the reinstatement, the Contract and this rider will be as though the termination never occurred.

 

Exercising the RightTime Option After the Rider Terminates — If this rider terminates as a result of any of the reasons in the ‘Terminations’ provision other than the Contract Value being applied to an Annuity Option or the Contract being terminated, you may purchase the Benefit using the RightTime Option, if:

 

1)             we are offering the RightTime Option when we receive your request to purchase it; and

 

2)             5 years or more have elapsed since this rider terminated; and

 

3)             the Rider Purchase Age Limits in effect on the new Rider Effective Date are met; and

 

4)             the Contract has not reached the Annuity Date.

 

If this rider terminates:

 

·                  because you instruct us to add, remove, or change a Covered Person after the Benefit Election Date; or,

 

·                  upon the death of the sole Covered Person but the surviving spouse continues the Contract, as described in the ‘Spousal Continuation After the Benefit Election Date’ provision of this rider;

 

we will waive the 5-year waiting period described in Item 2), above.

 

Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of the Rider Effective Date.

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

9


Exhibit 99.4(f)

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. BOX 1928 BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35282-8238

 

RIDER SCHEDULE

 

Contract #

 

VA0000001  ]

 

 

 

Owner 1 Name:

 

[    Jane Doe    ]

 

 

 

Rider Effective Date:

 

June 1, 2020 ]

 

 

 

Rider Purchase Age Limits on the Rider Effective Date:

 

We will not issue a rider with the Benefit described herein if any Owner or Annuitant is younger than Age [ 60 ] or older than Age [ 85 ].

 

 

 

Annual Benefit Cost on the Rider Effective Date:

 

[ 1.10% ] (Guaranteed for the first fee calculation date after the Rider Effective Date. May be changed as described in the Rider’s ‘Benefit Cost’ provision, subject to the Maximum Annual Benefit Cost shown below.)

 

 

 

Maximum Annual Benefit Cost:

 

2.50%

 

 

 

Initial Benefit Base on the Rider Effective Date:

 

[ $100,000.00 ]

 

 

 

Maximum Benefit Base:

 

$5,000,000.00 (5 million dollars)

 

 

 

Limitations on Additional Purchase Payments:

 

In addition to the specific Purchase Payment limitations shown on the Contract’s Schedule, while this rider remains in effect we will not accept any Purchase Payment that we receive on or after the earlier of:

 

 

 

 

 

a) the 2nd anniversary of the Rider Effective Date; or,

 

 

b) the Benefit Election Date.

 

 

 

Contract Allocation Restrictions on the Rider Effective Date:

 

Your entire Contract allocation must either:

 

 

a)

be 100% to a single permissible Model Portfolio; or,

 

 

b)

be 100% to a single permissible Individual Option; or,

 

 

c)

meet the following Allocation by Investment Category (“AIC”) guidelines:

 

 

 

·            At least 40% must be allocated to Category 1 (Conservative);

·            Not more than 60% may be allocated to Category 2 (Moderate);

·            Not more than 25% may be allocated to Category 3 (Aggressive); and

·            No Contract Value may be allocated to Category 4 (Not Permitted).

 

 

 

 

 

 

Permissible Model Portfolios, permissible Individual Options, and Investment Options in each AIC category as of the Rider Effective Date are shown in the ‘Investment Options Table’ at the end of this rider.

 

1


 

RIDER SCHEDULE (CONTINUED)

 

Withdrawal Percentages

(FOR CALCULATION OF ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS ON AND AFTER THE BENEFIT ELECTION DATE)

 

Age of (younger)
Covered Person on the
Benefit Election date

 

One Covered
Person

 

Two Covered
Persons

 

[ 60 - 64

 

3.75

%

3.25

%

65 — 69

 

5.00

%

4.50

%

70 — 79

 

5.25

%

4.75

%

80 +

 

5.75

%

5.25

%]

 

PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT RIDER

 

We are amending the Contract to which this rider is attached to add a Protected Lifetime Income Benefit (the “Benefit”). The terms and conditions in this rider supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract beginning on the Rider Effective Date and continuing until the rider is terminated. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this rider remain in full force and effect. This rider is issued after the Contract’s prior Protected Lifetime Income Benefit Rider terminated, pursuant to the following provision in that prior rider:

 

“Spousal Continuation After the Benefit Election Date — The surviving spouse of a sole Covered Person who, pursuant to the Contract’s ‘Payment of the Death Benefit’ provision, continues the Contract and becomes the new sole Owner may also purchase a new rider using the RightTime Option, if we are offering one at that time. The surviving spouse must meet the Rider Purchase Age Limits in effect on the date the new rider is purchased. Only the surviving spouse is eligible to be a Covered Person under the new rider, and the new rider will terminate upon the death of that Covered Person.”

 

Protected Lifetime Income Benefit — Subject to the terms and conditions of this rider, beginning on the Benefit Election Date and continuing on each Contract Anniversary thereafter during the lifetime of the Covered Person, you may take aggregate annual withdrawals from the Contract that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount regardless of the Contract Value at that time.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Annual Withdrawal Amount: The maximum amount that may be withdrawn from the Contract each Contract Year after the Benefit Election Date without reducing the Benefit Base.

 

Benefit Base: The amount determined according to the terms of this rider and used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount and the monthly fee. The Benefit Base may not exceed the Maximum Benefit Base shown on the Rider Schedule.

 

Benefit Election Date: The date as of which we first calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount and the date on which guaranteed withdrawals may begin.

 

Benefit Period: The period of time between the Benefit Election Date and the earlier of the Annuity Date or the rider termination date.

 

2


 

Covered Person: The person upon whose life the benefits of this rider are based. Only the surviving spouse who continued the Contract pursuant to its ‘Payment of the Death Benefit’ provision and who purchased this rider may be the Covered Person. On and after the Benefit Election Date, the Covered Person must be named as the Annuitant.

 

RightTime® Option: The option to purchase the current version of the Benefit after the Contract’s Issue Date, if we are offering one at that time.

 

BENEFIT COST AND FEES

 

Benefit Cost — On the Rider Effective Date, the Annual Benefit Cost (“Benefit Cost”) as a percentage of the Benefit Base is shown in the Rider Schedule. We have the right to change the Benefit Cost at any time after the first fee calculation date based primarily on our actual cost of providing the Benefit. Any such change will apply on a nondiscriminatory basis to all contracts of the same actuarial class.  A ‘fee calculation date’ is the Valuation Period that includes the same day of the month as the Contract’s Issue Date, or the last Valuation Period of the month if that date does not occur during the month. The Benefit Cost as a percentage of the Benefit Base will never exceed the Maximum Annual Benefit Cost shown on the Rider Schedule. We will notify you of the new Benefit Cost in writing at the address contained in our records not less than 30 days prior to the date on which the new Benefit Cost becomes effective.

 

You may avoid changes in the Benefit Cost. We must receive your instructions declining the change before the Valuation Period during which the new Benefit Cost becomes effective. However, if you decline a Benefit Cost change, each Step-Up Anniversary Value that follows will equal $0.

 

Monthly Fee — Beginning on the first fee calculation date following the Rider Effective Date and continuing monthly until the Benefit terminates, we will calculate the fee for this rider and deduct that amount from the Contract Value.

 

We calculate the monthly fee in arrears by multiplying the monthly equivalent of the Benefit Cost by the Benefit Base as of the fee calculation date, using the formula below:

 

Monthly Fee = [1 — (1 — Benefit Cost)1/12] x Benefit Base as of the calculation date.

 

Deducting the Monthly Fee — We deduct the monthly fee as of the Valuation Period immediately following the Valuation Period during which it was calculated. The monthly fee is deducted from the Investment Options in the same proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value on that date. Deduction of the monthly fee will not reduce the Benefit Base or the Annual Withdrawal Amount.

 

THE BENEFIT BASE

 

The Benefit Base is used for calculation purposes only and does not represent accessible Contract Value. The Benefit Base cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum and is not payable as a death benefit.

 

Determining the Benefit Base — The initial Benefit Base is equal to the Contract Value on the Rider Effective Date. Thereafter, we increase the Benefit Base dollar-for-dollar for Purchase Payments credited to the Contract before the earlier of: a) the 2nd anniversary of the Rider Effective Date; or b) the Benefit Election Date. We reduce the Benefit Base pro-rata for each withdrawal before the Benefit Election Date. The pro-rata reduction for each withdrawal is the amount that reduces the Benefit Base in the same proportion that the amount deducted from the Contract Value to satisfy the withdrawal request reduced the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during

 

3


 

which the withdrawal was deducted.

 

Step-Ups — On each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, we compare the Benefit Base to the Step-Up Anniversary Value. The greater of these will become the new Benefit Base as of that Contract Anniversary.

 

Step-Up Anniversary Value. We identify a Step-Up Anniversary Value on each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date. The ‘Step-Up Anniversary Value’ is equal to the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. However, if you have declined a Benefit Cost change, each Step-Up Anniversary Value that follows will be deemed to be $0.

 

THE BENEFIT PERIOD

 

Establishing the Benefit Election Date — You must establish the Benefit Election Date to start the Benefit Period and access the guaranteed withdrawals provided by this rider. To establish the Benefit Election Date, you must notify us that you are doing so and (if we request it) provide proof of Age for the Covered Person. You must also change the Annuitant (if necessary, and only if all Contract Owners are individuals) so that she or he is the Covered Person. The Benefit Election Date may not be earlier than the date on which the Covered Person attains age 591/2, nor later than the Annuity Date.

 

Automatic Withdrawals established prior to the Benefit Period terminate as of the Benefit Election Date.

 

Individuals Eligible to be Named as a Covered Person — Only the surviving spouse who continued the Contract pursuant to its ‘Payment of the Death Benefit’ provision and who purchased this rider may be the Covered Person, and only if he or she is alive on the Benefit Election Date.

 

Calculating the Annual Withdrawal Amount — The Annual Withdrawal Amount is equal to the Benefit Base as of the date the Annual Withdrawal Amount is being calculated, multiplied by the applicable Withdrawal Percentage shown on the Rider Schedule.

 

The initial Annual Withdrawal Amount is calculated as of the Benefit Election Date. Thereafter, we re- calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount only on Contract Anniversaries, and only if the Benefit Base (or the applicable Withdrawal Percentage, if the Rider Schedule shows that the Withdrawal Percentage varies based on the Covered Person’s age on the calculation date) changed since the Annual Withdrawal Amount was last calculated.

 

Accessing the Annual Withdrawal Amount — During the Benefit Period, you may request withdrawals individually or instruct us to send you specific amounts periodically. Your request must include all the information necessary for us to remit the requested amounts. This includes (if we request it) proof that the Covered Person is alive on the withdrawal date.

 

4


 

Withdrawals made during the Benefit Period reduce the Contract Value and the death benefit in the same manner as withdrawals made prior to the Benefit Election Date.

 

The Annual Withdrawal Amount is not cumulative. You may take the entire Annual Withdrawal Amount each Contract Year, but if you do not, the remaining portion does not carry forward. During the Benefit Period, aggregate withdrawals in any Contract Year that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount do not reduce the Benefit Base.

 

Excess Withdrawals — During the Benefit Period any portion of a withdrawal that, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during that Contract Year, exceeds the Annual Withdrawal Amount constitutes an excess withdrawal. We will not recalculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount until the next Contract Anniversary, so any subsequent withdrawal taken that Contract Year is also an excess withdrawal. If any portion of any requested withdrawal would be an excess withdrawal, we will not process the request until you have been notified of the excess amount and we provide you the opportunity to reduce or cancel the request.

 

Each excess withdrawal results in an immediate reduction of the Benefit Base. If, immediately after the excess withdrawal, the Contract Value minus any non-excess portion of the withdrawal is greater than the Benefit Base, we reduce the Benefit Base by the amount of the excess withdrawal. Otherwise, we reduce the Benefit Base by the same proportion that the excess withdrawal reduced the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which the excess withdrawal request was processed.

 

Because the Benefit Base is used to calculate Annual Withdrawal Amounts, reduction of the Benefit Base due to excess withdrawals could reduce future Annual Withdrawal Amounts by more than the dollar amount of the excess withdrawals.

 

If you have instructed us to send you all or a portion of the Annual Withdrawal Amount periodically in specific amounts, an excess or unscheduled withdrawal automatically terminates those periodic withdrawals. If any Contract Value remains after the excess withdrawal, you may instruct us to resume sending periodic withdrawals to you beginning on the next Contract Anniversary based on the recalculated Annual Withdrawal Amount.

 

Reduction of the Contract Value to $0 After the Benefit Election Date — If an excess withdrawal reduces the Contract Value to $0, the Contract will terminate as of that date. If after the Benefit Election Date, a non-excess withdrawal, negative investment performance, and/or deduction of any charges or fees reduces the Contract Value to $0, we will pay the Benefit under this rider as follows: a) we will pay the remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount not yet withdrawn in the current Contract Year, if any, in a lump sum; and b) we will establish the Annuity Date on the next Contract Anniversary and will begin monthly fixed annuity income payments for the life of the Covered Person in an amount equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount as of the Annuity Date divided by 12, less an adjustment for any applicable premium tax. On and after the date the Contract Value is reduced to $0, no death benefit is payable, no other Annuity Options are available, and the Annual Withdrawal Amount will not change.

 

Required Minimum Distributions — Withdrawals in excess of the Annual Withdrawal Amount are permitted to satisfy required minimum distributions (RMD) under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(9) as they apply to amounts attributable to the Contract. These withdrawals will not be treated as excess withdrawals under this rider provided:

 

1)             you notify us in writing at the time you request the withdrawal that it is intended to satisfy RMD requirements; and

 

2)             we calculate the RMD amount based solely on the applicable end-of-year value of this Contract.

 

5


 

The timing and amount of the non-excess RMD withdrawal we permit from this Contract may be more restrictive than allowed under IRS rules, and may not satisfy the annual RMD requirements for all of the tax-qualified contracts you own.

 

Death of the Covered Person After the Benefit Election Date —This rider terminates upon the Covered Person’s death.

 

Establishing the Benefit Election Date on the Maximum Annuity Date — If this rider is in force on the Maximum Annuity Date and you have not previously established the Benefit Election Date, it will be established for you, as follows:

 

1)             the Benefit Election Date, and the calculation date for the Annual Withdrawal Amount, will be the Maximum Annuity Date; and

 

2)             the Annual Withdrawal Amount will be calculated using the applicable Withdrawal Percentage shown on the Rider Schedule based on the Covered Person’s life. The Covered Person will become the sole Annuitant as of the Maximum Annuity Date, if she or he was not already so named.

 

This provision does not apply if you established the Benefit Election Date prior to the Maximum Annuity Date.

 

Additional Annuity Option as of the Maximum Annuity Date — If this rider is in force on the Maximum Annuity Date, in addition to the other Annuity Options available to you under the Contract, you may select the “Annual Withdrawal Amount” Annuity Option that will pay monthly payments for the life of the Covered Person equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount as of the Maximum Annuity Date divided by 12, less an adjustment for any applicable premium tax. This “Annual Withdrawal Amount” Annuity Option is available whether or not the Contract Value applied to the option is sufficient to support the payments.

 

If you have not selected an Annuity Option, we will start sending monthly fixed annuity income payments one month after the Maximum Annuity Date. Payments will be an amount equal to the greater of:

 

1)             the Annual Withdrawal Amount as of the Maximum Annuity Date divided by 12, less an adjustment for any applicable premium tax. If this is the monthly payment amount, it will be paid for the life of the Covered Person.

 

2)             the results of applying the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period that includes the Maximum Annuity Date plus any applicable Annuity Option bonus, less any applicable premium tax, to Annuity Option B with a monthly payment mode and a 10-year Certain Period based on the life of the Covered Person. If this is the monthly payment amount, it will be paid for the life of the Covered Person, or for 10 years, whichever is longer.

 

If you have selected an Annuity Option, we will distribute the entire interest in the Contract according to the Annuity Option you have selected.

 

Annuity Date Prior to the Maximum Annuity Date — If you select an Annuity Date that occurs before the Maximum Annuity Date, the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period that includes the Annuity Date, less any applicable premium tax, may be taken in a lump sum, or that amount may be applied as described in the Contract’s ‘ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS’ section. The “Annual Withdrawal Amount” Annuity Option, described in the provision above, is not available.

 

6


 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Restrictions on Allocation, Transfer and Withdrawal of Contract Value — While this rider is in force, your Contract allocation is restricted. Your entire Contract allocation must be either:

 

1)             100% to a single permissible Model Portfolio; or,

 

2)             100% to a single permissible Individual Option, or,

 

3)             distributed among Investment Options according to the Allocation by Investment Category (“AIC”) guidelines.

 

The AIC guidelines divide Investment Options into categories and specify the range of percentages that must be allocated to each category. Within each category, you select the Investment Options and amounts allocated to them, provided the total percentage in each category is not less than the minimum required, nor more than the maximum permitted. The AIC guideline categories and percentage ranges on the Rider Effective Date are shown on the Rider Schedule. Permissible Model Portfolios, permissible Individual Options, and Investment Options in each AIC category as of the Rider Effective Date are shown in the ‘Investment Options Table’ at the end of this rider.

 

We may change the permissible Model Portfolios, Individual Options, or AIC guidelines from time to time by notifying you in writing at the address contained in our records. If we do change the guidelines, we will not require you to re-allocate your Contract Value. We will continue to apply Purchase Payments you remit without allocation instructions, and process automatic transfers that facilitate dollar cost averaging, according to the Contract allocation established before the change.

 

However, allocation instructions that accompany a Purchase Payment and instructions to transfer Contract Value among the Investment Options change the Contract allocation as of the Valuation Period during which we receive the instruction, and must comply with the Contract allocation restrictions in effect at that time. Anytime the Contract allocation changes, we re-allocate the Contract Value according to the new Contract allocation. Purchase Payments applied to the Contract, and transfers that facilitate dollar cost averaging after that date, will be made according to that Contract allocation until you send a subsequent instruction that changes the Contract allocation and that satisfies the Contract allocation restrictions then in effect.

 

In addition to the re-allocation of Contract Value that occurs each time the Contract allocation is changed, we rebalance the Variable Account Value to the current Contract allocation semi-annually based on the Rider Effective Date, unless you instruct us to rebalance quarterly or annually.

 

Amounts deducted from the Contract Value to satisfy a withdrawal request are deducted from the Investment Options in the same proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value on that date.

 

Reports — While this rider is in effect, the statements we provide under the Contract’s ‘Reports’ provision will include information for the statement period regarding the Benefit Cost, the Benefit Base, and (during the Benefit Period) the available Annual Withdrawal Amount. Prior to the Benefit Election Date, you may contact the Company at any time for information about the Annual Withdrawal Amount based on specified assumptions regarding the age of the Covered Person, the Benefit Election Date, and the Benefit Base.

 

Termination — This rider, every benefit it provides, and deduction of the monthly fee terminate as of the Valuation Period during which any of the following 8 events first occur.

 

7


 

1)             We receive your instruction to:

 

a)   allocate any purchase payment; or
b)   dollar cost average; or
c)   transfer any Contract Value; or
d)   deduct any withdrawal;

 

in a manner inconsistent with the Contract allocation restrictions or other provisions of this rider.

 

2)             We receive your instruction to stop Portfolio Rebalancing.

 

3)             We receive your instruction to terminate this rider more than 10 years after its Rider Effective Date.

 

4)             We receive your instruction to add, remove, or change a Covered Person after the Benefit Election Date.

 

5)             We receive your instruction to change the Annuitant to someone other than the Covered Person after the Benefit Election Date.

 

6)             The Covered Person dies.

 

7)             The Contract Value is applied to an Annuity Option.

 

8)             The Contract to which this rider is attached is surrendered or otherwise terminated.

 

We will notify you in writing that the rider has terminated and identify the cause.

 

Reinstatement — If this rider terminates as a result of an action described in Items 1, 2, 4, or 5 of the ‘Termination’ provision, you may reinstate it within 30 days unless a Purchase Payment was applied to the Contract since the rider termination date.

 

We must receive your request for reinstatement along with instructions that correct the action that caused the termination within 30 days of this rider’s termination date. We will deduct any fees and make any other adjustments that were scheduled during the period of termination so that after the reinstatement, the Contract and this rider will be as though the termination never occurred.

 

Exercising the RightTime Option After the Rider Terminates — If this rider terminates as a result of any of the reasons in the ‘Terminations’ provision other than the Contract Value being applied to an Annuity Option or the Contract being terminated, you may purchase the Benefit using the RightTime Option, if:

 

1)             we are offering the RightTime Option when we receive your request to purchase it; and

 

2)             5 years or more have elapsed since this rider terminated; and

 

3)             the Rider Purchase Age Limits in effect on the new Rider Effective Date are met; and

 

4)             the Contract has not reached the Annuity Date.

 

If this rider terminates because you instruct us to add, remove, or change a Covered Person after the Benefit Election Date we will waive the 5-year waiting period described in Item 2), above.

 

Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of the Rider Effective Date.

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

8


Exhibit 99.4(g)

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. BOX 1928 BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35282-8238

 

QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN ENDORSEMENT
FOR DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACTS

 

All provisions of the Contract to which this Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement is attached shall be interpreted in accordance with the applicable requirements of section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

The Contract is amended as of the Effective Date as follows:

 

1.                                      OWNER AND ANNUITANT

 

The Contract is issued to a trustee of a qualified retirement plan under Code section 401(a) (the “Plan”) maintained on behalf of the participants for whom the Contract is purchased. Such trustee is the Owner and the Beneficiary.

 

The term “participant” as used in this Endorsement shall mean the individual employee or former employee for whose benefit the Plan is maintained and on whose behalf the Contract is purchased. The Annuitant shall be the participant and, except as otherwise provided under the Code and applicable regulations, the Annuitant cannot be changed.

 

The trustee shall not distribute the Contract to the Annuitant until the occurrence of a distributable event under the Plan under which the Contract was purchased.  If the Contract is distributed to the Annuitant: (A) the Annuitant becomes the Owner; (B) all payments made from the Contract while the Annuitant is alive must be made to the Annuitant; (C) the provisions below apply to the Annuitant; and (D) the Annuitant may designate a new Beneficiary.  If the Annuitant does not designate a new Beneficiary, then the estate of the Annuitant shall be the Beneficiary.

 

2.                                      NONTRANSFERABLE AND NONFORFEITABLE

 

The Owner’s interest under the Contract is nontransferable (within the meaning of Code section 401(g)) and is nonforfeitable. In particular, except as permitted by federal tax law, the Contract may not be sold, assigned, discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation or for any other purpose, to any person other than the Company.

 

3.                                      PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

 

The Plan Administrator is: (a) your employer; or (b) the person(s) designated by your employer under the terms of the Plan.  Protective Life Insurance Company (the “Company”) is not the Plan Administrator or a plan fiduciary.

 

1


 

4.                                      PLAN PROVISIONS

 

The terms of the Contract and this Endorsement are subject to the provisions of the Plan under which the Contract is issued. The Owner’s ability to exercise any rights under this Contract is subject to the terms of the Plan in connection with which this Contract was issued.  The Owner and Plan Administrator are responsible for ensuring that any elections made under the Contract are made in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Therefore, you should contact your Plan Administrator before exercising any rights you may have under this Contract to ensure that your actions are in accordance with the terms of the Plan. The Company assumes that the exercise of all rights by the Owner of the Contract, and the distribution of the Contract to a participant, are in accordance with the terms of the Plan in connection with which this Contract was issued.

 

5.                                      LUMP SUM PAYMENTS

 

No amount may be paid from the Contract in a lump sum unless such payment is allowed under both the Plan for which the Contract is purchased and the Code, including the regulations thereunder. We will not pay the Contract Value in one lump sum in lieu of any annuity income payments if the Contract Value is greater than $5,000, as determined on the first day of the month preceding the Annuity Commencement Date, in accordance with the requirements of Code sections 411(a)(11) and 417, including the regulations thereunder.

 

6.                                      PURCHASE PAYMENTS

 

All Purchase Payments may be paid only under the Plan by the Owner who is a trustee of the Plan, and if the Participant becomes the Owner of the Contact as a result of the Contract being distributed to the participant, premiums may not be paid after the Contract is distributed.  Premium payments are subject to the terms of the Plan, including the maximum limitations on contributions. The Company will not accept a Purchase Payment that includes after-tax contributions.

 

7.                                      REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS GENERALLY

 

The entire interest in the Contract shall be distributed as required under Code sections 401(a)(9) and applicable federal income tax regulations.  The provisions of this Endorsement reflecting these requirements override any provision of the Contract that is inconsistent with such requirements.

 

8.                                      REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE

 

As used in this Endorsement, the term “Required Beginning Date” means April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year following the later of (1) the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½; or (2) the calendar year in which the participant retires, or such later date as provided by law. However, unless the participant’s interest in the Contract is on account of his or her participation in a governmental plan (as defined in Code section 414(d)) or church plan (as defined in Code section 401(a)(9)(C)), if the participant is a 5-percent owner (as defined in IRC section 416) with respect to the plan year ending in the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½, the Required Beginning Date is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the participant attains age 701/2.

 

2


 

9.                                             DISTRIBUTIONS DURING ANNUITANT’S LIFE

 

A.                                   Unless otherwise permitted under applicable law, the Annuitant’s entire interest in the Contract shall be distributed, or commence to be distributed, no later than the Required Beginning Date over:

 

(i)                                     the life of the Annuitant, or the lives of the Annuitant and his or her designated beneficiary (within the meaning of Code section 401(a)(9)), or

 

(ii)                                  a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Annuitant, or the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Annuitant and his or her designated beneficiary.

 

Payments must be made in periodic intervals of no longer than one year.  In addition, payments must be either nonincreasing or they may increase only as provided by applicable federal tax law.

 

B.                                    If the Annuitant’s interest is to be distributed over a period greater than one year, the amount to be distributed by December 31 of each year (including the year in which the Required Beginning Date occurs) will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder, including the incidental death benefit requirements of Code section 401(a)(9)(G) and the regulations thereunder, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement under such regulations.

 

10.                                      DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT

 

A.                                   Unless otherwise permitted under applicable federal tax law, if the Annuitant dies before distribution of his or her interest in the Contract has begun, distribution of the Annuitant’s entire interest will be distributed in accordance with one of the following three provisions:

 

(i)                                     The entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Annuitant’s death.

 

(ii)                                  If the interest is payable to an individual who is the Annuitant’s designated beneficiary, except as provided in paragraph (iii) below, the entire interest will be distributed beginning on or before December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Annuitant died and will be made over the life of the designated beneficiary or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary. The irrevocable election of this method of distribution must be made by the designated beneficiary no later than December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Annuitant died.

 

3


 

(iii)                               If the designated beneficiary is the Annuitant’s surviving spouse, the spouse may irrevocably elect to receive payments over the life of the surviving spouse or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the surviving spouse, commencing at any date prior to the later of: (a) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Annuitant died; and (b) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Annuitant would have attained age 70½. Such election by the surviving spouse must be made no later than the earlier of December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Annuitant’s death or the date distributions are required to begin pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

If the surviving spouse dies before distributions begin, the limitations of this section 10.A (without regard to this paragraph iii) shall be applied as if the surviving spouse were the Annuitant.

 

B.                                    Unless otherwise permitted under applicable federal tax law, if the Annuitant dies after distribution of his or her interest in the Contract has begun, the remaining portion of such interest, if any, will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used at the time of the Annuitant’s death.

 

C.                                    Distributions under this section are considered to have begun if distributions are made on account of the Annuitant reaching his or her Required Beginning Date or if prior to the Required Beginning Date distributions irrevocably (except for acceleration) commence to the Annuitant over a period permitted and in an annuity form acceptable under applicable federal tax law.

 

11.                               LIFE EXPECTANCY CALCULATIONS

 

Unless otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law, life expectancy is computed using the expected return multiples in Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the Federal income tax regulations in accordance with Code sections 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder. Life expectancy will not be recalculated with respect to payments under an annuity option under the Contract. In other situations, life expectancy will not be recalculated unless otherwise permitted under Code section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder.

 

12.                               ANNUITY OPTIONS AND WITHDRAWALS

 

All annuity options under the Contract must meet the requirements of Code sections 401(a), including sections 401(a)(9) and 401(a)(11), as applicable. The provisions of this Endorsement reflecting the requirements of these Code sections override any annuity option that is inconsistent with such requirements.

 

4


 

An Annuitant who is married must have the consent of his spouse in order to: (i) withdraw all or part of the Contract Value; or, (ii) choose an annuity option other than a qualified joint and survivor annuity within the meaning of Code section 417. If no annuity option is chosen, a qualified joint and survivor annuity will be automatic for a married Annuitant.  An unmarried Annuitant will be deemed to have elected a life annuity unless a different election is made in the manner required under Code section 417.  Also, if a married Annuitant dies before the annuity starting date (within the meaning of Code section 401(a)(11)(A)(ii)), the death benefit will be paid as a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity within the meaning of Code section 417, unless the surviving spouse consents otherwise.

 

If guaranteed payments are to be made under an annuity option, the period over which the guaranteed payments are to be made must not exceed the period permitted under Q&A-3 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Proposed Income Tax Regulations (except as otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law).

 

13.                               NOTICES, ELECTIONS, AND CONSENTS

 

We must receive written notice, in a form and manner acceptable to us, of any request to take a partial or total surrender, elect a payment option, or exercise any other right under this Contract. Elections and consents made pursuant to this Contract and this Endorsement may be made and revoked only in the form, time, and manner prescribed in Code section 417 (and applicable regulations).

 

14.                               DIRECT ROLLOVERS

 

A distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by us, to have any portion of an eligi- ble rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

 

A.                                   A distributee includes an Annuitant.  In addition, the Annuitant’s surviving spouse and the Annuitant’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternative payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

 

B.                                    An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint and last survivor expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code section 401(a)(9); (iii) the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); (iv) any hardship distribution described in Code section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) made to your after 1998; and (v) any other amounts designated in published federal income tax guidance.

 

5


 

C.                                    An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Code section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

 

D.                                    A direct rollover is a payment by us to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

 

E.                                     Except as otherwise provided under applicable federal tax law, the following provisions shall apply with respect to distributions after December 31, 2001, for purposes of this section 14.

 

(i)                                     An eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from the Plan.  The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code section 414(p).

 

(ii)                                  Any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an eligible rollover distribution and the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan.

 

(iii)                               To the extent permitted by federal tax law, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after- tax employee contributions that are not includible in gross income.  However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

 

15.                                      CODE SECTION 72(s)

 

All references in the Contract to Code section 72(s) are deleted.

 

6


 

16.     AMENDMENT OF THIS ENDORSEMENT

 

The Company reserves the right, and the Owner agrees the Company shall have such right, to make any amendments to this Endorsement from time to time as may be necessary to comply with the Code, as amended, and the regulations thereunder. We will obtain all necessary approvals including, where required, that of the Owner and will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies your Contract. We will not be responsible for any adverse tax consequences resulting from the rejection of such an amendment.

 

17.     GROUP CONTRACT

 

If this Endorsement is used with a certificate issued under a group contract, the term “Owner” refers to the Participant/Annuitant and the term “Contract” refers to your Certificate.

 

Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of the Effective Date.

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

7


 

This Page Intentionally Left Blank.

 


Exhibit 99.4(h)

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. BOX 1928 BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35282-8238

 

ROTH IRA ENDORSEMENT

 

The Contract to which this Endorsement is attached is issued as a Roth IRA under Section 408A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  Accordingly, the applicable provisions of the Contract are restricted or amended by this Endorsement as required by Code Section 408A. Your failure to comply with Code Section 408A requirements may result in adverse tax consequences. This Endorsement remains in effect, subject to amendment as provided in Endorsement Section 7, as long as the Contract to which it is attached remains in effect.  The terms and conditions in this Endorsement supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this Endorsement remain in full force and effect.

 

The Contract is amended as follows:

 

1.              OWNER AND ANNUITANT (Primary Contract Impact: “PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT” Section)

 

The Annuitant must be an individual who is the sole Owner, and all payments made from the Contract while the Annuitant is alive must be made to the Annuitant.  Except as permitted under Section 4 of this Endorsement, and otherwise permitted under the Code and applicable regulations, neither the Owner nor the Annuitant can be changed.

 

2.              NONTRANSFERABLE AND NONFORFEITABLE (Primary Contract Impact: “PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT” Section; “Assignment” and “Protection of Proceeds” Provisions in the “GENERAL PROVISIONS” Section)

 

The Contract is established for the exclusive benefit of the Owner and his or her beneficiaries.  The Owner’s interest under the Contract is nontransferable, and except as provided by law, is non-forfeitable.   In particular, the Contract may not be sold, assigned, discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation or for any other purpose, to any person other than the Company (other than a transfer incident to a divorce or separation instrument in accordance with Code Section 408(d)(6)).

 

3.              PURCHASE PAYMENTS (Primary Contract Impact:  “PURCHASE PAYMENTS” Section)

 

The Contract may permit only a single Purchase Payment, or it may permit an initial Purchase Payment and subsequent Purchase Payments. A Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract may include a qualified rollover contribution, a nontaxable transfer from another Roth IRA, a recharacterization (as defined in subsection (e) below), and a contribution in cash. The total of such cash contributions to all the Owner’s Roth IRAs for a taxable year must not exceed the applicable amount (as defined in subsection (a) below) or the Owner’s compensation (as defined in subsection (h) below), if less, for that taxable year.  The cash contribution described in the previous sentence that may not exceed the lesser of the applicable amount or the Owner’s compensation is referred to as a “regular contribution.” However, notwithstanding the dollar limits on contributions, an Owner may make a repayment of a qualified reservist distribution described in Code Section 72(t)(2)(G) during the 2-year period beginning on the day after the end of the active duty period. A “qualified rollover contribution” includes (1) a rollover contribution of a distribution from an IRA that meets the requirements of Code Section 408(d)(3), except that the one-rollover-per-year rule of Code Section 408(d)(3)(B) does not apply if the rollover contribution is from an IRA other than a Roth IRA (a “non- Roth IRA”), (2) a rollover from a designated Roth account described in Code Section 402A, and (3) a rollover from an eligible retirement plan described in Code Section 402(c)(8)(B).  A Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract may be limited under subsections (a) through (d) below.

 

(a)         Applicable amount. The applicable amount is determined below:

 

(i)             If the Owner is under age 50, the applicable amount is $5,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2008 and years thereafter. After 2008, the $5,000 amount will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 219(b)(5)(D). Such adjustments will be in multiples of $500.

 

(ii)          If the Owner is age 50 or older, the applicable amount under paragraph (i) above is increased by $1,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2006 and years thereafter.

 

1


 

(b)         Regular contribution limit.  The maximum regular contribution that can be made to all the Owner’s Roth IRAs for a taxable year is the smaller amount determined under paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) below.

 

(i)             The maximum regular contribution is phased out ratably between certain levels of modified adjusted gross income (“modified AGI”), depending on the Owner’s filing status. The maximum regular contribution is phased out (1) between modified AGI of $95,000 and $110,000 for a single individual or head of household, (2) between modified AGI of $150,000 and $160,000 for a married individual filing a joint return or a qualified widow(er), and (3) between modified AGI of $0 and $10,000 for a married individual filing a separate return. If the Owner’s modified AGI for a taxable year is in the phase-out range, the maximum regular contribution determined under the preceding sentence for that taxable year is rounded up to the next multiple of $10 and is not reduced below $200.  After 2006, the dollar amounts will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 408A(c)(3). Such adjustments will be in multiples of $1,000.

 

(ii)          If the Owner makes regular contributions to both Roth and nonRoth IRAs for a taxable year, the maximum regular contribution that can be made to all the Owner’s Roth IRAs for that taxable year is reduced by the regular contributions made to the Owner’s nonRoth IRAs for the taxable year.

 

An Owner’s modified AGI for a taxable year is defined in Code Section 408A(c)(3)(C)(i) and does not include any amount included in adjusted gross income as a result of a rollover from an eligible retirement plan other than a Roth IRA (a “conversion”).

 

(c)          SIMPLE IRA Limits. No contribution will be accepted under a SIMPLE IRA plan established by any employer pursuant to Code Section 408(p).  No transfer or rollover of funds attributable to contributions made by a particular employer under its SIMPLE IRA plan will be accepted from a SIMPLE IRA, that is, an IRA used in conjunction with a SIMPLE IRA plan, prior to the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date the Owner first participated in that employer’s SIMPLE IRA plan.

 

(d)         Minimum Purchase Payment.   The Contract may require a minimum Purchase Payment.   If subsequent Purchase Payments are permitted under the Contract, no subsequent Purchase Payment will be accepted unless it is equal to at least $50.

 

(e)          Recharacterization. A regular contribution to a non-Roth IRA may be recharacterized pursuant to the rules in § 1.408A-5 of the Income Tax Regulations as a regular contribution to this IRA, subject to the limits in (b) above.

 

(f)           Compensation. For purposes of this section, compensation is defined in Code Section 219(f) and includes wages, salaries, professional fees, or other amounts derived from or received for personal services actually rendered (including, but not limited to commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, and bonuses) and includes earned income, as defined in Code Section 401(c)(2) (reduced by the deduction the self-employed individual takes for contributions made to a self-employed retirement plan). For purposes of this definition, Code Section 401(c)(2) shall be applied as if the term trade or business for purposes of Code Section 1402 included service described in subsection (c)(6). Compensation does not include amounts derived from or received as earnings or profits from property (including but not limited to interest and dividends) or amounts not includible in gross income.  Compensation also does not include any amount received as a pension or annuity or as deferred compensation.  The term “compensation” shall include any amount includible in the individual’s gross income under Code Section 71 with respect to a divorce or separation instrument described in subparagraph (A) of Code Section 71(b)(2).  The term “compensation” includes any differential wage payment, as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2). For purposes of this definition, the amount of compensation includible in an individual’s gross income shall be determined without regard to Code Section 112.  In the case of a married individual filing a joint return, the greater compensation of his or her spouse is treated as his or her own compensation, but only to the extent that such spouse’s compensation is not being used for purposes of the spouse making a contribution to a Roth IRA or a deductible contribution to a non-Roth IRA.

 

2


 

4.              REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS (Primary Contract Impact: “DEATH BENEFIT” and “ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS” Sections)

 

Notwithstanding any provisions of this Roth IRA to the contrary, the distribution of the Owner’s interest in the Roth IRA shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 408(b)(3), as modified by Code Section 408A(c)(5), and the regulations thereunder, the provisions of which are herein incorporated by reference. However, if distributions are not made in the form of an annuity on an irrevocable basis (except for acceleration), then distribution of the interest in the Contract (as determined in subsection (c) below) instead must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 408(a)(6), as modified by Code Section 408A(c)(5), and the regulations thereunder.

 

(a)         While the Owner is alive, no amount is required to be distributed prior to the date annuity payments are to commence under the Contract.  If the Owner is alive on the date that annuity payments (or income payments) are to commence under the Contract, such annuity payments will be made.

 

(b)         Upon the death of the Owner, the entire remaining interest in the Contract (as determined in subsection (c) below) will be distributed at least as rapidly as follows:

 

(i)             This paragraph applies if the designated beneficiary is someone other than the Owner’s surviving spouse.

 

The entire interest in the Contract will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Owner’s death, over the designated beneficiary’s life, or over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, with such life expectancy determined using the age of the beneficiary as of his or her birthday in the year following the year of the Owner’s death, or, if elected, in accordance with subsection (b)(iii) below.

 

If the Owner of a deferred annuity contract dies on or after the date that annuity payments commence, or the Owner of a single premium immediate annuity contract dies at any time, and the annuity payments to be made under the Contract after the Owner’s death will not satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(B), as modified by Code Section 408A(c)(5), we instead will pay any remaining interest in the Contract in a lump sum immediately, and in all events by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner’s death.

 

(ii)          This paragraph applies if the Owner’s sole designated beneficiary is the Owner’s surviving spouse.

 

Except as provided in subsection (e) below, the entire interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Owner’s death (or by the end of the calendar year in which the Owner would have attained age 70½, if later), over such spouse’s life, over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse, or, if elected, in accordance with subsection (b)(iii) below. If the surviving spouse dies before required distributions commence to him or her, the remaining interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the spouse’s death, over the spouse’s designated beneficiary’s life, or over a period not extending beyond the spouse’s designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy determined using such beneficiary’s age as if his or her birthday in the year following the death of the spouse, or, if selected, will be distributed in accordance with subsection (b)(iii) below. If the surviving spouse dies after required distributions commence to him or her, any remaining interest will continue to be distributed under the contract option chosen.

 

If the Owner of a deferred annuity contract dies on or after the date that annuity payments commence, or the Owner of a single premium immediate annuity contract dies at any time, and the annuity payments to be made under the Contract after the Owner’s death will not satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(B), as modified by Code Section 408A(c)(5), we instead will pay any remaining interest in the Contract in a lump sum immediately, and in all events by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner’s death.

 

3


 

(iii)       If there is no designated beneficiary, or if applicable by operation of subsection (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above, the entire interest will be distributed by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner’s death (or of the spouse’s death in the case of the surviving spouse’s death before distributions are required to begin under paragraph (b)(ii) above).

 

(iv)      Life expectancy is determined using the Single Life Table in Q&A-1 of § 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.  If distributions are being made to a surviving spouse as the sole designated beneficiary, such spouse’s remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table corresponding to such spouse’s age in the year. In all other cases, remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table corresponding to the beneficiary’s age in the year specified in subsection (b)(i) or (b)(ii) and reduced by 1 for each subsequent year. If distributions are made in the form of an annuity, life expectancy is not recalculated.

 

(c)          The “interest” in the Contract includes the amount of any outstanding rollover, transfer and recharacterization under Q&As-7 and -8 of Section 1.408-8 of the Income Tax Regulations. Also, prior to the date that annuity payments commence on an irrevocable basis (except for acceleration) the “interest” in the Contract includes the actuarial value of any other benefits provided under the Contract, such as guaranteed death benefits.

 

If the Contract is a deferred annuity contract and the Owner dies on or after the date that annuity payments commence, interest in the Contract is the present value of the future annuity payments, if any, to be made under the annuity option in effect at the time of the Owner’s death.

 

If the Contract is a single premium immediate annuity contract and the Owner dies within 30 days of the Effective Date of the Contract and before the Income Date, the interest in the Contract is the Purchase Payment for the Contract. Otherwise, the interest in the Contract is the present value of the future income payments, if any, to be made under the annuity option in effect at the time of the Owner’s death.

 

(d)         For purposes of subsection (b)(ii) above, required distributions are considered to commence on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under such paragraph. However, if distributions start prior to the applicable date in the preceding sentence, on an irrevocable basis (except for acceleration) under an annuity contract meeting the requirements of § 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Income Tax Regulations, then required distributions are considered to commence on the annuity starting date.

 

(e)          If the Contract is a deferred annuity contract, the Owner dies prior to the date annuity payments commence, and the sole designated beneficiary is the Owner’s surviving spouse, the surviving spouse may elect to treat the Roth IRA as his or her own Roth IRA.  If this election is made, the surviving spouse will be the Owner and the Annuitant. This election will be deemed to have been made if such surviving spouse makes a Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract or fails to take required distributions as a beneficiary. This election may only be made once, and thus may not be made a second time if the surviving spouse designated beneficiary elects to treat the Roth IRA as his or her own, remarries, and names his or her new spouse as the sole designated beneficiary.

 

5.              ANNUAL REPORTS (Primary Contract Impact:  “Reports” in the “GENERAL PROVISIONS” Section)

 

The Company will furnish annual calendar year reports concerning the status of this Contract and such information concerning required minimum distributions as is prescribed by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service.

 

6.              CODE SECTION 72(s) (Primary Contract Impact:  “DEATH BENEFIT” Section)

 

All references in the Contract to Code Section 72(s) are deleted.

 

4


 

7.              AMENDMENT OF THIS ENDORSEMENT

 

The Company reserves the right, and the Owner agrees the Company shall have such right, to make any amendments to this Endorsement from time to time as may be necessary to comply with the Code, as amended, and the regulations thereunder. We will obtain all necessary approvals including, where required, that of the Owner and will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies your Contract. We will not be responsible for any adverse tax consequences resulting from the rejection of such an amendment.

 

8.              GROUP CONTRACT

 

If this Endorsement is used with a certificate issued under a group contract, the term “Owner” refers to the Participant/Annuitant and the term “Contract” refers to your Certificate.

 

Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of its Issue Date.

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

5


 

This Page Intentionally Left Blank.

 


 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. BOX 1928 BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35282-8238

 

PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY — C and SBV series

VARIABLE DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACTS

 

ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY (IRA)
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

 

This statement does not change in any way the IRA that you purchased. Rather, it simply discusses important facts that you should know about your IRA. For example, IRA means “individual retirement annuity” or “individual retirement account.” The information herein is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and rulings thereunder (referred to as the “Code”). This disclosure statement is for your general information, and is not intended to be exhaustive or conclusive, to apply to any particular person or situation, or to be used as a substitute for qualified legal or tax advice. Further information about your IRA can be obtained from any district office of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and from IRS Publication 590, (“Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs) (including Roth IRAs and Education IRAs)”). In this document, “the Company” refers to Protective Life Insurance Company.

 

You may revoke your IRA at your option according to the “Right to Cancel” provision of the face page of your Contract. If you revoke your IRA within seven (7) days after you purchase or establish it, the entire amount you paid for your IRA will be returned to you without any adjustment for commissions, administrative expenses or fluctuation in market value. To revoke you IRA, you must notify the Company or any agent of the Company within the seven (7) day revocation period. The revocation must be in writing and may be either mailed or delivered. If mailed, written notice is deemed received on the date of postmark (or if sent by certified or registered mail, the day of certification or registration) if you put it in the mail in the United States in an envelope, or appropriate wrapper, first class postage prepaid, properly addressed. If you make notice of your revocation to the Company please direct it to:

 

Annuity Services

P. O. Box 1928

Birmingham, Alabama 35282-8238

Telephone: (800) 456-6330

 

If a change in information set forth in this disclosure statement or the agreement occurs before the end of the seven (7) day revocation period, we will send you an amendment and you will have seven (7) days after receipt of the amendment to revoke.

 

A Roth IRA is one form of individual retirement arrangement authorized by the Code. It allows the owner to set aside money for your retirement.  Earnings in your Roth IRA are not taxed until they are distributed to you, and will not be taxed if they are a “qualified distribution.” The following restrictions and limitations apply to your Protective Roth IRA.

 

1.                      ELIGIBILITY

 

You are eligible to establish or make a contribution to your Roth IRA, provided you meet certain income limits. Generally, you are eligible to establish or make contributions to your IRA in a year to the extent you have compensation for the year, and provided that such contributions (1) do not exceed the maximum allowable annual contributions under Code Section 219(b), including “catch-up” contributions for certain individuals age 50 and older, or (2) constitute “rollovers” or “transfers.” No deduction is allowed for contributions to your Roth IRA. Contributions to your Roth IRA may be made even after you attain age 70½.

 

The maximum annual contribution limit for IRA contributions is equal to $5,000 for 2008.  After 2008, the limit is adjusted annually for inflation in $500 increments, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

An individual who has attained age 50 may make additional “catch-up” IRA contributions. The maximum annual contribution limit for the individual is increased by $1,000 for 2006 and thereafter, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

Due to the foregoing limits, if the minimum initial Purchase Payment requirement for your contract exceeds the amounts in the prior paragraph, you may establish your IRA using those contracts only by way of a rollover or transfer, as described in section 2, below. Subsequent Purchase Payments are subject to the annual limitations in this section 1.

 

1


 

2.                          ROLLOVERS, TRANSFERS AND CONVERSIONS

 

a.                                      Rollovers and Transfers to Roth IRAs

 

A rollover is generally a tax-free distribution or transfer of cash or other assets from one retirement program to another. A rollover may be made to a Roth IRA only if it is “qualified rollover contribution.” A “qualified rollover contribution” is a rollover to a Roth IRA from another Roth IRA or from an IRA, but only if such rollover contribution also meets the rollover requirements for IRAs under section 408(d)(3). In addition, a transfer may be made to a Roth IRA directly from another Roth IRA or from an IRA.

 

The rollover requirements of section 408(d)(3) are complex and should be carefully considered before you make a rollover. One of the requirements is that the amount received be paid into another IRA (or Roth IRA) within 60 days after receipt of the distribution. In addition, a rollover distribution from a Roth IRA may be made by you only once a year. The one-year period begins on the date you receive the Roth IRA distribution, not on the date you roll it over (reinvest it) into another Roth IRA. If you withdraw assets from a Roth IRA, you may roll over part of the withdrawal tax free into another Roth IRA and keep the rest of it.  A portion of the amount you keep may be included in your gross income (see section 4, below).

 

b.                                      Taxation of Rollovers and Transfers to Roth IRAs

 

A qualified rollover contribution or transfer from a Roth IRA maintained for your benefit to another Roth IRA maintained for your benefit which meets the rollover requirements for IRAs under section 408(d)(3) is tax-free.

 

In the case of a qualified rollover contribution or a transfer from an IRA maintained for your benefit to a Roth IRA maintained for your benefit, any portion of the amount rolled over or transferred which would be includable in your gross income were it not part of a qualified rollover contribution or a nontaxable transfer will be includable in your gross income. However, section 72(t) of the Code (relating to the 10 percent penalty tax on premature distributions) will not apply.

 

If amounts rolled over, transferred, or converted from a non-Roth IRA (a “conversion”) are withdrawn from a Roth IRA within the 5-year period beginning with the date of conversion, then amounts withdrawn which were includible in income due to the conversion would be subject to the 10% penalty tax on premature distributions and, if the 4-year income inclusion rule applied to the conversion, an additional 10% tax.

 

c.                                       Transfers of Excess Contributions to Roth IRAs

 

If, before the due date of your federal income tax return for any taxable year (not including extensions), you transfer, from an IRA, contributions for such taxable year (and earnings thereon) to a Roth IRA, such amounts will not be includible in gross income to the extent that no deduction was allowed with respect to such amount.

 

d.                                      Taxation of Conversions of Traditional IRAs to Roth IRAs

 

All or part of amounts in an IRA maintained for your benefit may be converted into a Roth IRA maintained for your benefit.  The conversion of an IRA to a Roth IRA is treated as a special type of qualified rollover distribution. Hence, you must be eligible to make a qualified rollover distribution in order to convert an IRA to a Roth IRA. A conversion typically will result in the inclusion of some or all of your IRA’s value in gross income, as described above.

 

A conversion of an IRA to a Roth IRA can be made without taking an actual distribution from your IRA. For example, an individual may make a conversion by notifying the IRA issuer or trustee, whichever is applicable.

 

e.                                       Separate Roth IRAs

 

Though not required, it may be advantageous to maintain amounts rolled over, transferred, or converted from an IRA into Roth IRAs separate from those containing regular Roth IRA contributions due to the complexity of the tax law. For the same reason, you should consider maintaining a separate Roth IRA for each amount rolled over, transferred, or converted from an IRA.

 

2


 

You should consult your tax advisor if you intend to contribute rollover, transfer, or conversion amounts to your contract or if you intend to roll over or transfer amounts from your contract to another Roth IRA maintained for your benefit.

 

UNDER SOME CIRCUMSTANCES, IT MIGHT NOT BE ADVISABLE TO ROLLOVER, TRANSFER, OR CONVERT ALL OR PART OF AN IRA TO A ROTH IRA.   WHETHER YOU SHOULD DO SO WILL DEPEND ON YOUR PARTICULAR FACTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, SUCH FACTORS AS WHETHER YOU QUALIFY TO MAKE SUCH A ROLLOVER, TRANSFER, OR CONVERSION, YOUR FINANCIAL SITUATION, AGE, CURRENT AND FUTURE INCOME NEEDS, YEARS TO RETIREMENT, CURRENT AND FUTURE TAX RATE, YOUR ABILITY AND DESIRE TO PAY CURRENT INCOME TAXES WITH RESPECT TO AMOUNTS ROLLED OVER, TRANSFERRED, OR CONVERTED, AND WHETHER SUCH TAXES MIGHT NEED TO BE PAID WITH WITHDRAWALS FROM YOUR ROTH IRA (SEE DISCUSSION BELOW OF “NONQUALIFIED DISTRIBUTIONS”).   YOU SHOULD CONSULT A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISOR BEFORE ROLLING OVER, TRANSFERRING, OR CONVERTING ALL OR PART OF AN IRA TO A ROTH IRA.

 

3.                                              NATURE OF YOUR IRA

 

Your IRA is an annuity contract intended to qualify under Code Section 408(b) as an individual retirement annuity. It has the following characteristics:

 

a.                                      Your IRA is not transferable by the owner (you).

 

b.                                      You may make additional contributions to your IRA, subject to certain limits under federal tax law.

 

Unless otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law, each additional contribution (1) must be at least $50, and (2) except in the case of a non-taxable rollover or transfer contribution, as described above, may not exceed the amount allowable under Code Section 219(b). The amount of the maximum annual IRA contribution under Code Section 219(b) may vary from year to year. In addition, if you have attained age 50, you may be eligible to make additional “catch-up” IRA contributions under Code Section 219(b).  The amount of the catch-up contribution depends on your adjusted gross income (“AGI”), and may vary from year to year.

 

c.                                       Distributions from your IRA generally must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements set forth in Code Section 401(a)(9) and Code Section 408(b)(3).  Your entire interest from your IRA must be distributed, or commence being distributed, no later than April 1 of the year after the year in which you attain age 702 (or such later date provided by law) over any of the following periods:

 

1)                           Your life, with or without a period certain not extending beyond your life expectancy;

2)                           The lives of you and your designated beneficiary (within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)), with or without a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary;

3)                           A period certain not extending beyond your life expectancy;

4)                           A period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

 

d.                                      If you die before distributions have begun, your entire interest in the contract will be distributed to your designated beneficiary by December 31 of the year containing the fifth anniversary of your death; provided, however, distribution may be made over your designated beneficiary’s life or life expectancy, if started by December 31 of the year after your death. If you die after distributions have begun, all remaining annuity payments will be distributed at least as rapidly as the method of distribution in effect as of your date of death.   For these purposes, distributions will have considered to have begun generally on April 1 after the year in which you attain age 70½ or, if earlier, on the date annuity payments commence in a form acceptable under the Code. If your surviving spouse is the designated beneficiary under your IRA, special rules exist allowing your surviving spouse to elect to treat your IRA as his or her own.

 

e.                                       Your entire interest in the annuity is non-forfeitable, and the annuity is for the exclusive benefit of you and your designated beneficiary.

 

3


 

4.                                             INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

 

a.                               Tax Status

 

The money in your Roth IRA accumulates tax-free each year. This permits you to receive the maximum benefits from your contributions.

 

b.                               Qualified Distributions

 

Any “qualified distribution” from a Roth IRA is excludible from gross income. A “qualified distribution” is a payment or distribution which satisfies two requirements. First, the payment or distribution must be (a) made after you attain 59 ½, (b) made after your death, (c) attributable to your being disabled (as defined by section 72(m)(7) of the Code), or (d) a “qualified special purpose distribution” (i.e., a qualified first-time homebuyer distribution under section 72(t)(2)(F) of the Code).  Second, the payment or distribution must be made in a taxable year that is at least five years after (1) the first taxable year for which a contribution was made to any Roth IRA established for you, or (2) in the case of a rollover from, or a conversion of, an IRA to a Roth IRA, the taxable year in which the rollover or conversion was made if the payment or distribution is allocable (as determined in the manner set forth in guidance issued by the IRS) to the rollover contribution or conversion (or to income allocable thereto).

 

c.                                Nonqualified Distributions

 

A distribution from a Roth IRA which is not a qualified distribution is taxed under section Code 72 (relating to annuities), except that such distribution is treated as made from contributions to the Roth IRA to the extent that such distribution, when added to all previous distributions from the Roth IRA, does not exceed the aggregate amount of contributions to the Roth IRA. For purposes of determining the amount taxed, (a) all Roth IRAs established for you will be treated as one contract, (b) all distributions during any taxable year from Roth IRAs established for you will be treated as one distribution, and (c) the value of the contract, income on the contract, and investment in the contract, if applicable, will be computed as of the close of the calendar year in which the taxable year begins.

 

An additional tax of 10% is imposed on nonqualified distributions (including amounts deemed distributed as the result of a prohibited loan or use of your Roth IRA as security for a loan) made before the benefited individual has attained age 59 ½, unless (1) such distribution is made on account of death or disability; (2) such distribution is part of a series of substantially equal payments (made at least annually) over your life or your life expectancy or the lives of you and your beneficiary; or (3) such distribution is used for qualified first-time homebuyer expenses, qualified higher education expenses, certain medical expenses, or by an unemployed individual to pay health insurance premiums. Special conditions apply to these exceptions from the penalty tax.

 

d.                               Loans and Prohibited Transactions

 

If you borrow any money under your IRA annuity (or, by use of your IRA annuity, borrow any money), the IRA will lose its tax-favored status as an IRA, and its fair market value will be deemed distributed as of the first day of the tax year in which the borrowing occurs. Once the IRA annuity loses its tax-favored status, you are required to include the fair market value of the assets in your income for that tax year. Fair market value is determined as of the first day of that tax year in which the borrowing occurs. (Also, it should be noted that special prohibited transaction rules apply to IRA accounts.)

 

5.                                             ESTATE TAX

 

Generally, the value of your IRA is included in your gross estate for federal estate tax purposes.

 

6.                                             EXCISE TAX ON EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Generally, any contributions exceeding the limitations described in section 1 (“ELIGIBILITY AND CONTRIBUTIONS”) are excess contributions and, if not withdrawn by the date your tax return is due for the year of the contribution, are subject to a nondeductible 6% excise tax. The excess is taxed for the year of the excess contribution and for each year after that until corrected. The amount of this excise tax for any tax year cannot exceed 6% of the value of the contract as of the close of the year. You must request a withdrawal of any excess contributions to your Roth IRA.

 

4


 

7.                                             TAX RETURN

 

Generally, a Form 5329 (Additional Taxes Attributable to Qualified Retirement Plans (Including IRAs), Annuities, and Modified Endowment Contracts) must be filed if an individual owes taxes on premature distributions from, or excess contributions to, his Roth IRA. You, therefore, must file Form 5329 with the Internal Revenue Service for each taxable year during which excise taxes are due as a result of a premature distribution, or failure to receive a mandatory excess distribution.

 

8.                                             IRS APPROVAL

 

Your IRA annuity has not been submitted to the Internal Revenue Service for approval as to the form of the contract.

 

9.                                             AMENDMENT

 

Protective Life reserves the right to amend the contract as necessary or advisable from time to time to comply with future changes in the Internal Revenue Code, regulations or other requirements imposed by the IRS to obtain or maintain its approval of the annuity as a Roth IRA. We will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies your Roth IRA and will obtain all necessary approvals including, if required, that of the owner.

 

10.                                      FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

There are no loads or sales charges deducted when the contract is issued. Agent commissions are paid by

 

Protective Life Insurance Company.

 

11.                                      CONTRACT AND ROTH IRA ENDORSEMENT

 

While this disclosure statement discusses important facts that you should know about your Roth IRA, the contract and Roth IRA endorsement set forth the legal obligations of you and the company.  Because of the technical nature of these documents, you may wish to consult with your tax advisor.

 

12.                                      CONTRACT VALUES

 

Your Contract Value is comprised of the sum of the Variable Account value and the Guaranteed Account value. The Variable Account value reflects the aggregate investment experience of the Funds in which the sub- accounts you have selected invests. There is no minimum Variable Account value.

 

Interest rates for accounts in the Guaranteed Account are set by the company from time to time but will never be less than the minimum non-forfeiture interest rate in effect when your contract was issued. The minimum non- forfeiture interest rate will never be less than an annual effective interest rate of 1% nor more than 3%. Generally, the interest rate credited to amounts allocated to a Fixed Account — if available — is guaranteed for one year from the date the purchase payment or transfer is allocated to it.  Other accounts within the Guaranteed Account may have other interest guarantees.  After an interest rate guarantee expires, the new guaranteed rate will be the interest rate then in effect for the account and type of deposit on the date the amount is applied. Because the company anticipates periodically changing the current interest rate, different allocations made at different times to different accounts within the Guaranteed Account may be credited with different current interest rates. For the purposes of interest crediting, amounts deducted, transferred or withdrawn from an account within the Guaranteed Account will be accounted for on a “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) basis.

 

Surrenders will result in the cancellation of Accumulation Units from a Sub-Account or a reduction of the Guaranteed Account value, as appropriate. Surrenders will be made on a pro-rata basis from your Allocation Options. The Contract does not assess a surrender charge.

 

We will deduct a Mortality and Expense Risk charge to compensate for assuming the mortality and expense risks and an Administrative charge to offset the administrative costs of the Contract.  These charges are deducted daily from the Variable Account. The Mortality and Expense Risk charge and Administrative charge applicable to your Contract is shown on the Schedule.

 

You may be charged a transfer fee of $25 per transfer you if exceed 12 transfers in any contract year.

 

5


 

Your Contract may be subject to an annual Contract Maintenance Fee is $35. If it applies, it is deducted on each Contract Anniversary prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, and on any day that the Contract is surrendered prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, if the surrender occurs on any day other than the Contract Anniversary.  The Contract Maintenance Fee will be deducted from the Allocation Option(s) in the same proportion as their respective values are to the Contract Value. The Contract Maintenance Fee will be waived by the Company in the event the Contract Value, or the aggregate Purchase Payments reduced by surrenders, equals or exceeds $100,000 on the date the Contract Maintenance Fee is to be deducted.

 

Additional fees or charges are also assessed for certain optional benefits that you may have purchased when the contract was issued, or that you may purchase after that date. These fees or charges are described in the riders or endorsements we issue to explain the optional benefit(s) you select.

 

This section is a general description of the charges that may apply to Protective Variable Annuity, C and SBV

 

series contracts. Please refer to your Contract and the prospectus you received for complete details.

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

6


Exhibit 99.4(i)

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. BOX 1928 BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35282-8238

 

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY (IRA) ENDORSEMENT

 

The Contract to which this Endorsement is attached is issued as an individual retirement annuity under Section 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  Accordingly, the applicable provisions of the Contract are restricted or amended by this Endorsement as required by Code Section 408.  Your failure to comply with Code Section 408 requirements may result in adverse tax consequences. This Endorsement remains in effect, subject to amendment as provided in Endorsement Section 13, as long as the Contract to which it is attached remains in effect. The terms and conditions in this Endorsement supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this Endorsement remain in full force and effect.

 

The Contract is amended as follows:

 

1.              OWNER AND ANNUITANT (Primary Contract Impact: “PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT” Section)

 

The Annuitant must be an individual who is the sole Owner, and all payments made from the Contract while the Annuitant is alive must be made to the Annuitant. Except as permitted under Section 8 and Section 10 of this Endorsement, and otherwise permitted under the Code and applicable regulations, neither the Owner nor the Annuitant can be changed.

 

2.              NONTRANSFERABLE AND NONFORFEITABLE (Primary Contract Impact: “PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT” Section; “Assignment” and “Protection of Proceeds” Provisions in the “GENERAL PROVISIONS” Section)

 

The Contract is established for the exclusive benefit of the Owner and his or her beneficiaries.  The Owner’s interest under the Contract is nontransferable, and except as provided by law, is non-forfeitable. In particular, the Contract may not be sold, assigned, discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation or for any other purpose, to any person other than the Company (other than a transfer incident to a divorce or separation instrument in accordance with Code Section 408(d)(6)).

 

3.              UNISEX RATES (Primary Contract Impact: “Error in Age or Gender” in the “GENERAL PROVISIONS” Section; “ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS” Section

 

If the Contract is issued in connection with a Simplified Employee Pension, the method of calculating Purchase Payments and benefits under the Contract are to be based on unisex rates, and any references to sex (with regard to rates and benefits) in the Contract are deleted.

 

4.              PURCHASE PAYMENTS (Primary Contract Impact: “PURCHASE PAYMENTS” Section)

 

The Contract may permit only a single Purchase Payment, or it may permit an initial Purchase Payment and subsequent Purchase Payments.  A Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract may include a rollover contribution (as permitted by Code Sections 402(c), 402(e)(6), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 403(b)(10), 408(d)(3) and 457(e)(16)), a nontaxable transfer from an individual retirement plan under Code Section 7701(a)(37), a contribution made in accordance with the terms of a Simplified Employee Pension as described in Code Section 408(k), and a contribution in cash not to exceed the amount permitted under Code Sections 219(b) and 408(b), (or such other amount provided by applicable federal tax law).  In particular, unless otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law:

 

A.            The total cash contributions shall not exceed $5,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2008 and years thereafter. After 2008, the annual cash contribution limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 219(b)(5)(D). Such adjustments will be in multiples of $500.

 

B.            In the case of an Owner who is age 50 or older, the annual cash contribution limit is increased by $1,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2006 and years thereafter.

 

C.            In addition to the amounts described above, a Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract may include a repayment of a qualified reservist distribution described in Code Section 72(t)(2)(G) during the 2-year period beginning on the day after the end of the active duty period.

 

1


 

The Contract may require a minimum Purchase Payment. If subsequent Purchase Payments are permitted under the Contract, no subsequent Purchase Payment will be accepted unless it is equal to at least $50.

 

No contribution will be accepted under a SIMPLE IRA plan established by any employer pursuant to Code Section 408(p). No transfer or rollover of funds attributable to contributions made by a particular employer under its SIMPLE IRA plan will be accepted from a SIMPLE IRA, that is, an Individual Retirement Account under Code Section 408(a) or an Individual Retirement Annuity under Code Section 408(b) used in conjunction with a SIMPLE IRA plan, prior to the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date the Owner first participated in that employer’s SIMPLE IRA plan.

 

5.              REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS GENERALLY (Primary Contract Impact: “DEATH BENEFIT” and “ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS” Sections)

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Contract to the contrary, the distribution of the Owner’s interest in the Contract shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(9) and 408(b)(3) and the regulations thereunder, the provisions of which are herein incorporated by reference. If distributions are not made in the form of an annuity on an irrevocable basis (except for acceleration), then distribution of the interest in the Contract (as determined under Section 8.C. of this Endorsement) must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 408(a)(6) and the regulations thereunder, rather than Sections 7 and 8 of this Endorsement.

 

6.              REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE

 

As used in this Endorsement, the term “Required Beginning Date” means April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½, or such other date as provided by law.

 

7.              DISTRIBUTIONS DURING OWNER’S LIFE (Primary Contract Impact: “ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS” Section)

 

A.            Unless otherwise permitted under applicable law, the Owner’s entire interest in the Contract will commence to be distributed no later than the Required Beginning Date over:

 

(i)             the life of the Owner, or the lives of the Owner and his or her designated beneficiary (within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)), or

 

(ii)          a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Owner, or the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Owner and his or her designated beneficiary.

 

Payments must be made in periodic payments at intervals of no longer than one year. Unless otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law, payments must be either nonincreasing or they may increase only as provided in Q&As-1 and -4 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Income Tax Regulations, and any distribution must satisfy the incidental benefit requirements specified in Q&A-2 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Income Tax Regulations.

 

The distribution periods described in this subsection A cannot exceed the periods specified in Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Income Tax Regulations (except as otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law).

 

B.            If the Owner’s interest is to be distributed over a period greater than one year, the amount to be distributed by December 31 of each year (including the year in which the Required Beginning Date occurs) will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder. If annuity payments commence on or before the Required Beginning Date, the first required payment can be made as late as the Required Beginning Date and must be the payment that is required for one payment interval. The second payment need not be made until the end of the next payment interval. If all or a portion of an individual account is used to purchase an annuity after distributions are required to commence (the Required Beginning Date, in the case of distributions commencing before death, or the date determined under Q&A-3 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-3 of the Income Tax Regulations, in the case of distributions commencing after death), payments under the annuity, and distributions of any remaining account, must be made in accordance with Q&A-5(e) of Section 1.401(a)(9)-5 of the Income Tax Regulations.

 

2


 

8.              DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER DEATH OF THE OWNER (Primary Contract Impact: “DEATH BENEFIT” and “ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS” Sections)

 

A.            If the Owner dies on or after required distributions commence, the remaining portion of his or her interest in the Contract, if any, will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the annuity option chosen.

 

However, if the Contract is a single premium immediate annuity contract, the Owner dies after the Required Beginning Date and prior to the Income Date, and the annuity payments to be made under the Contract will not be paid at least as rapidly as under the method of distributions being used as of the date of the Owner’s death, we instead will pay any remaining interest in the Contract (as determined under Section 8.C. of this Endorsement) in a lump sum immediately, and in all events at least as rapidly as under the method of distributions being used as of the date of the Owner’s death.

 

B.            If the Owner dies before required distributions commence, his or her entire interest in the Contract (as determined under Section 8.C. of this Endorsement) will be distributed at least as rapidly as follows:

 

(i)             This paragraph applies if the designated beneficiary is someone other than the Owner’s surviving spouse.

 

The entire interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Owner’s death, over the designated beneficiary’s life, or over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, with such life expectancy determined using the age of the beneficiary as of his or her birthday in the year following the year of the individual’s death, or, if elected, in accordance with subsection B(iii) below.

 

If the Contract is a single premium immediate annuity contract, the Owner dies prior to the Income Date, and the annuity payments to be made under the Contract will not be paid over the designated beneficiary’s life, or over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, we instead will pay any remaining interest in the Contract in a lump sum immediately, and in all events by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner’s death.

 

(ii)          This paragraph applies if the Owner’s sole designated beneficiary is the Owner’s surviving spouse.

 

Except as provided in subsection E below, the entire interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Owner’s death (or by the end of the calendar year in which the Owner would have attained age 70½, if later), over the surviving spouse’s life, over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse, or, if elected, in accordance with subsection B(iii) below. If the surviving spouse dies before required distributions commence to him or her, the remaining interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the spouse’s death, over the spouse’s designated beneficiary’s life, or over a period not extending beyond the spouse’s designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy determined using such beneficiary’s age as of his or her birthday in the year following the death of the spouse, or, if elected, will be distributed in accordance with subsection B(iii) below.  If the surviving spouse dies after required distributions commence to him or her, any remaining interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the annuity option chosen.

 

If the Contract is a single premium immediate annuity contract, the Owner dies prior to the Income Date, and the annuity payments to be made under the Contract will not be paid over the surviving spouse’s life, or over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse, we instead will pay any remaining interest in the Contract in a lump sum immediately, and in all events by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner’s death.

 

3


 

(iii)       If there is no designated beneficiary, or if applicable by operation of subsection B(i) or B(ii) above, the entire interest will be distributed by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner’s death (or of the spouse’s death in the case of the surviving spouse’s death before distributions are required to begin under subsection B(ii) above).

 

(iv)      Life expectancy is determined using the Single Life Table in Q&A-1 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Income Tax Regulations. If distributions are being made to a surviving spouse as the sole designated beneficiary, such spouse’s remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table corresponding to such spouse’s age in the year. In all other cases, remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table corresponding to the beneficiary’s age in the year specified in subsection B(i) or (ii) and reduced by 1 for each subsequent year.  If distributions are made in the form of an annuity, life expectancy is not recalculated.

 

C.            The “interest” in the Contract includes the amount of any outstanding rollover, transfer and recharacterization under Q&As-7 and -8 of Section 1.408-8 of the Income Tax Regulations. Also, prior to the date that annuity payments commence on an irrevocable basis (except for acceleration) the “interest” in the Contract includes the actuarial value of any other benefits provided under the Contract, such as guaranteed death benefits.

 

If the Contract is a single premium immediate annuity contract and the Owner dies prior to the Income Date, the interest in the Contract is (1) the Purchase Payment for the Contract, if the Owner dies within 30 days of the Effective Date of the Contract, or (2) the present value of the future income payments, if any, to be made under the annuity option in effect at the time of the Owner’s death, if the Owner dies more than 30 days after the Effective Date of the Contract.

 

D.            For purposes of subsections A and B above, required distributions are considered to commence on the Required Beginning Date or, if applicable, on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subsection B(ii) above. However, if distributions start prior to the applicable date in the preceding sentence on an irrevocable basis (except for acceleration) in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Income Tax Regulations, then required distributions are considered to commence on the annuity starting date.

 

E.             If the Contract is a deferred annuity contract, the Owner dies prior to the date annuity payments commence, and the sole designated beneficiary is the Owner’s surviving spouse, the sole designated beneficiary is the Owner’s surviving spouse, the surviving spouse may elect to treat the Contract as his or her own IRA. If this election is made, the surviving spouse will be the Owner and the Annuitant. This election will be deemed to have been made if such surviving spouse makes a Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract or fails to take required distributions as a beneficiary. This election may only be made once, and thus may not be made a second time if the surviving spouse designated beneficiary elects to treat the IRA as his or her own, remarries, and names his or her new spouse as the sole designated beneficiary.

 

9.              ANNUITY OPTIONS (Primary Contract Impact: “ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS” Section)

 

All annuity options under the Contract must meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(9) and 408(b)(3). The provisions of this Endorsement reflecting the requirements of these Code Sections override any annuity option that is inconsistent with such requirements.

 

If guaranteed payments are to be made under the Contract, the period over which the guaranteed payments are to be made must not exceed the period permitted under Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Income Tax Regulations (except as otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law).

 

4


 

10.       INHERITED IRA (Primary Contract Impact: “PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT” Section; “Assignment” and “Protection of Proceeds” Provisions in the “GENERAL PROVISIONS” Section); “PURCHASE PAYMENTS”, “DEATH BENEFIT”, and “ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS” Sections)

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this IRA to the contrary, and unless otherwise provided by federal tax law, this section shall apply if this IRA is issued as an inherited individual retirement annuity within the meaning of Code Section 408(d)(3)(C).

 

A.            Permissible Purchase Payment. A Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract must be in the form of a direct rollover from an eligible retirement plan of a deceased employee that is permitted under Code Section 402(c)(11), or a nontaxable transfer from an individual retirement plan under Code Section 7701(a)(37) of a deceased individual.  The deceased employee and deceased individual are collectively referred to herein as the “Deceased Individual.”

 

B.            Non-spouse Beneficiary.  This IRA must be established and maintained for the benefit of a beneficiary under the Deceased Individual’s eligible retirement plan or individual retirement plan from which the premium is rolled over or transferred, and the beneficiary must not be the surviving spouse of the Deceased Individual.  If the beneficiary is an individual, the individual must be a designated beneficiary of the Deceased Individual within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E). The IRA may be established on behalf of a trust that is the Deceased Individual’s beneficiary, provided that the beneficiaries of the trust meet the requirements to be designated beneficiaries within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E).

 

C.            Distributions Before Death Rules Do Not Apply.  Section 7, relating to distributions during the Owner’s life, does not apply.

 

D.            Distribution Upon Death Rules Apply. The distribution of the interest in the IRA shall be made in accordance with the applicable requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(9)(B), 401(a)(9)(H), and 408(b)(3). Section 8 shall apply as if the Deceased Individual is the Owner. Whether the Owner died on or after required distributions commenced, or before required distributions commenced, is determined by whether the Deceased Individual died on or after required distributions commenced, or before required distributions commenced, respectively, under the eligible retirement plan or individual retirement plan from which the premium is rolled over or transferred.

 

E.             In the case of a Contract issued in connection with a direct rollover from an eligible retirement plan of the Deceased Individual under Code Section 402(c)(11), the rules for determining the required minimum distribution under the plan with respect to the Deceased Individual’s designated beneficiary also apply under the Contract. However, if the plan requires the entire interest to be distributed by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Deceased Individual, the entire interest nevertheless may be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Deceased Individual’s death, over the designated beneficiary’s life, or over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, provided that (1) the distribution from the plan that is directly rolled over to this Contract is made prior to the end of the year following the year of the Deceased Individual’s death, and (2) the required minimum distributions under the Contract are determined under Code Section 401(a)(9)(B)(iii) using the same designated beneficiary, unless otherwise provided by applicable law.

 

F.              Surviving Spouse Provisions. The provisions of section 8 relating to a designated beneficiary who is a surviving spouse do not apply.

 

11.       ANNUAL REPORTS (Primary Contract Impact: “Reports” in the “GENERAL PROVISIONS” Section)

 

The Company will furnish annual calendar year reports concerning the status of this Contract and such information concerning required minimum distributions as is prescribed by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service.

 

5


 

12.       CODE SECTION 72(s) (Primary Contract Impact: “DEATH BENEFIT” Section)

 

All references in the Contract to Code Section 72(s) are deleted.

 

13.       AMENDMENT OF THIS ENDORSEMENT

 

The Company reserves the right, and the Owner agrees the Company shall have such right, to make any amendments to this Endorsement from time to time as may be necessary to comply with the Code, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.  We will obtain all necessary approvals including, where required, that of the Owner and will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies your Contract. We will not be responsible for any adverse tax consequences resulting from the rejection of such an amendment.

 

14.       GROUP CONTRACT

 

If this Endorsement is used with a certificate issued under a group contract, the term “Owner” refers to the Participant/Annuitant and the term “Contract” refers to your Certificate.

 

Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of its Issue Date.

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

Steve M. Callaway, Secretary

 

6


 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. BOX 1928 BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35282-8238

 

PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY — C and SBV series

VARIABLE DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACTS

 

TRADITIONAL INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY (IRA)
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

 

This statement does not change in any way the IRA that you purchased. Rather, it simply discusses important facts that you should know about your IRA. For example, IRA means “individual retirement annuity” or “individual retirement account.” The information herein is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and rulings thereunder (referred to as the “Code”). This disclosure statement is for your general information, and is not intended to be exhaustive or conclusive, to apply to any particular person or situation, or to be used as a substitute for qualified legal or tax advice. Further information about your IRA can be obtained from any district office of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and from IRS Publication 590, (“Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs) (Including Roth IRAs and Education IRAs)”). In this document, “the Company” refers to Protective Life Insurance Company.

 

You may revoke your IRA at your option according to the “Right to Cancel” provision of the face page of your Contract. If you revoke your IRA within seven (7) days after you purchase or establish it, the entire amount you paid for your IRA will be returned to you without any adjustment for commissions, administrative expenses or fluctuation in market value. To revoke you IRA, you must notify the Company or any agent of the Company within the seven (7) day revocation period. The revocation must be in writing and may be either mailed or delivered. If mailed, written notice is deemed received on the date of postmark (or if sent by certified or registered mail, the day of certification or registration) if you put it in the mail in the United States in an envelope, or appropriate wrapper, first class postage prepaid, properly addressed. If you make notice of your revocation to the Company please direct it to:

 

Annuity Services Protective Life Insurance Company P. O. Box 1928

Birmingham, Alabama 35282-8238

Telephone: 1-800-456-6330

 

If a change in information set forth in this disclosure statement or the agreement occurs before the end of the seven (7) day revocation period, we will send you an amendment and you will have seven (7) days after receipt of the amendment to revoke.

 

A traditional IRA is one form of individual retirement arrangement authorized by the Code. It allows you (the owner) to set aside money for your retirement. Earnings in your traditional IRA are not taxed until they are distributed to you. The following restrictions and limitations apply to your Protective Traditional Individual Retirement Annuity (referred to as “your IRA@ or “an IRA@).

 

1.                                      ELIGIBILITY

 

Generally, you are eligible to establish or make contributions to your IRA in a year to the extent you have compensation for the year, and provided that such contributions (1) do not exceed the maximum allowable annual contributions under Code Section 219(b), including “catch-up” contributions for certain individuals age 50 and older, or (2) constitute “rollovers” or “transfers.”

 

The maximum annual contribution limit for IRA contributions is equal to $5,000 for 2008.  After 2008, the limit is adjusted annually for inflation in $500 increments, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

An individual who has attained age 50 may make additional “catch-up” IRA contributions. The maximum annual contribution limit for the individual is increased by $1,000 for 2006 and thereafter, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

1


 

2.                                      ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS TO OR FROM AN IRA

 

a.                                             Rollover and transfers from one IRA into another IRA

 

Distributions from an IRA that you roll over to another IRA within 60 days are tax-free.  The amount distributed is not includible in your gross income when distributed, is not deductible when rolled over to the recipient IRA, and generally is taxable later when distributed from the recipient IRA to you or your beneficiary. However, if you roll over a distribution and fail to do so within 60 days, unless the failure is waived by the IRS, (1) the distribution is includible in your gross income and may be subject to a 10 percent penalty tax on distributions before age 59½, and (2) the rollover could constitute an excess contribution to the recipient IRA that is subject to a 6 percent excise tax and could adversely effect the federal tax treatment of the recipient IRA and/or the amounts thereunder.  Also, to the extent a distribution is not rolled over, it is includible in your gross income and subject to a 10 percent penalty tax (subject to the rules, discussed below, regarding transfers to and from qualified retirement plans).

 

You may make a rollover distribution from an IRA only once a year. The one-year period begins on the date you receive the IRA distribution, not on the date you roll it over into another IRA.

 

Rather than rollover distributions from one IRA to another IRA, you may transfer amounts from one IRA directly to another IRA in a “trustee-to-trustee” transfer.  Such transfers are subject to rules similar to those for rollovers between IRAs, subject to certain exceptions. One exception is that direct transfers are not subject to the once-a- year limitation that applies to IRA rollovers.

 

b.                                             Transfers to and from qualified retirement plans

 

An “eligible rollover distribution” from a qualified plan under Code Section 401(a), a qualified annuity under Code Section 403(a), a tax-sheltered annuity or custodial account under Code Section 403(b), or governmental plan under Code Section 457(b) (collectively referred to as “qualified retirement plans”) may be transferred tax-free directly to an IRA. Eligible rollover distributions from a qualified retirement plan are subject to special rules, including a mandatory 20 percent withholding requirement that applies generally to eligible rollover distributions not directly transferred to an IRA or another qualified retirement plan.

 

Also, subject to certain limitations and restrictions, a distribution from an IRA (other than a distribution of after-tax amounts) may be transferred tax-free directly to a qualified retirement plan.

 

The direct rollover distribution amount is not includible in your gross income when distributed, is not deductible when transferred directly to the recipient IRA or qualified retirement plan, and generally is taxable later when distributed from the recipient arrangement to you or your beneficiary.

 

However, a distribution that is not directly rolled over nevertheless may be rolled over tax-free by you within 60 days after your receipt of the distribution (subject to the mandatory 20 percent withholding requirement, mentioned above). If you rollover a distribution and fail to do so within the 60 day period, unless the failure is waived by the IRS, (1) the distribution is includible in your gross income and may be subject to a 10 percent penalty tax on distributions before age 59½, and (2) the rollover could constitute an excess contribution to the recipient arrangement and could adversely effect the federal tax treatment of the recipient arrangement and/or the amounts thereunder. Also, to the extent a distribution is not transferred, it is includible in your gross income and subject to a 10 percent penalty tax on distributions before age 59½ (subject to the rules, discussed above, regarding rollovers and transfers between IRAs).

 

The following types of payments cannot be rolled over from a qualified retirement plan to an IRA (or to another qualified retirement plan):

 

Payments Spread Over Long Periods. You cannot roll over a payment if it is part of a series of equal (or almost equal) payments that are made at least once a year and that will last for:

 

ƒ                             your lifetime (or your life expectancy), or

ƒ                             your lifetime and your beneficiary’s lifetime (or life expectancies), or

ƒ                             a period of ten years or more.

 

2


 

Required Minimum Distributions. Beginning in the year you reach age 70½, a certain portion of your payment cannot be rolled over because it is a minimum distribution required under the Code that must be paid to you.

 

Other Distributions.  Certain other types of distributions cannot be rolled over, such as hardship distributions, corrective distributions of certain excess deferrals, excess contributions, or excess aggregate contributions. The administrator of the plan making the distribution should inform you of the amount that is eligible to be rolled over. If you have any questions, you should consult your tax advisor.

 

You can roll over an “eligible rollover distribution” by having the cash or other assets directly transferred to an IRA or qualified retirement plan, or you can receive the assets and roll them over to an IRA or qualified retirement plan within 60 days of receipt.  However, as mentioned above, a mandatory 20 percent withholding requirement that applies to eligible rollover distributions that you roll over, rather than have directly transferred to an IRA or another qualified retirement plan.

 

3.                                      NATURE OF YOUR IRA

 

Your IRA is an annuity contract intended to qualify under Code Section 408(b) as an individual retirement annuity. It has the following characteristics:

 

a.                                             Your IRA is not transferable by the owner (you).

 

b.                                             You may make additional contributions to your IRA, subject to certain limits under federal tax law.

 

Unless otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law, each additional contribution (1) must be at least $50, and (2) except in the case of a non-taxable rollover or transfer contribution, as described above, may not exceed the amount allowable under Code Section 219(b). The amount of the maximum annual IRA contribution under Code Section 219(b) may vary from year to year. In addition, if you have attained age 50, you may be eligible to make additional “catch-up” IRA contributions under Code Section 219(b).  The amount of the catch-up contribution depends on your adjusted gross income (“AGI”), and may vary from year to year.

 

c.                                              Distributions from your IRA generally must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements set forth in Code Section 401(a)(9) and Code Section 408(b)(3).  Your entire interest from your IRA must be distributed, or commence being distributed, no later than April 1 of the year after the year in which you attain age 70½ (or such later date provided by law) over any of the following periods:

 

1)                                     Your life, with or without a period certain not extending beyond your life expectancy;

2)                                     The lives of you and your designated beneficiary (within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)), with or without a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary;

3)                                     A period certain not extending beyond your life expectancy;

4)                                     A period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.

 

d.                                             If you die before distributions have begun, your entire interest in the contract will be distributed to your designated beneficiary by December 31 of the year containing the fifth anniversary of your death; provided, however, distribution may be made over your designated beneficiary’s life or life expectancy, if started by December 31 of the year after your death. If you die after distributions have begun, all remaining annuity payments will be distributed at least as rapidly as the method of distribution in effect as of your date of death.  For these purposes, distributions will have considered to have begun generally on April 1 after the year in which you attain age 70½ or, if earlier, on the date annuity payments commence in a form acceptable under the Code. If your surviving spouse is the designated beneficiary under your IRA, special rules exist allowing your surviving spouse to elect to treat your IRA as his or her own.

 

e.                                              Your entire interest in the annuity is non-forfeitable, and the annuity is for the exclusive benefit of you and your designated beneficiary.

 

3


 

4.                                              INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

 

a.                                    Tax Status

 

The money in your IRA accumulates tax-free each year. This permits you to receive the maximum benefits from your contributions during the accumulation period.

 

b.                                    Deductibility of Contributions

 

Generally, you may deduct the full amount of your IRA contribution from your gross income (other than rollover or transfer contributions) up to the annual amount allowable under Code Section 219(b) if you are not an “active participant” in an employer-sponsored retirement plan. If your spouse is an active participant in an employer-sponsored retirement plan and your AGI exceeds $150,000, the amount of your IRA deduction is phased-out over your AGI up to $160,000. If you are an active participant in an employer-sponsored retirement plan, your eligibility to deduct the amount of your IRA contribution is phased-out based on the amount of your AGI depending on the year and your filing status.

 

Even if you cannot deduct part or all of your IRA contribution, you still may be eligible to contribute up to the maximum annual IRA contribution amount allowable under the Code. The maximum annual contribution amount allowable under the Code may vary from year to year. In addition, if you are age 50 or older, you may be eligible to make additional “catch-up” contributions to your IRA depending on AGI.

 

c.                                     Distributions

 

The amount of a distribution includible in income is taxed as ordinary income to you in the year that you receive the distribution. Distributions are not taxable to the extent that such distribution is allocable to after-tax or nondeductible IRA contributions. Special rules apply with respect to allocating deductible and nondeductible IRA contributions for this purpose.

 

Distributions from your IRA are not eligible for the special tax treatment available for lump sum distributions from certain qualified retirement plans.  If an amount that is distributed is less than the minimum amount that is required to be distributed under federal tax law, an excise tax equal to 50 percent of the excess of the minimum requirement over the actual distribution shall be paid by the payee unless waived by the Secretary of the Treasury.

 

An additional 10 percent penalty tax is imposed on certain distributions (including amounts deemed distributed as the result of a prohibited loan or use of security for a loan) made before you have attained age 59½, unless such distribution is made on account of death or disability, certain educational expenses (as defined in Code Section 72(t)(7)), the purchase of your first home (as defined in Code Section 72(t)(8)), or if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal payments over your life or your life expectancy or the lives of you and your beneficiary. Certain other exceptions may apply. The tax on premature distributions does not apply to amounts that are rolled over.

 

The following special federal income tax rules apply when distributions are made from an IRA: (i) all your IRAs are to be treated as one IRA; (ii) all distributions from your IRAs during a tax year are to be treated as a single distribution; (iii) the combined value of your IRAs (to include all distributions made during the year) is to be determined as of the end of the calendar year; and (iv) premature distribution (before age 59½) and mandatory (after age 70½) distribution rules continue to apply to your IRA distributions.

 

d.                                    Loans and Prohibited Transactions

 

If you borrow any money under your IRA annuity (or, by use of your IRA annuity, borrow any money), the IRA will lose its tax-favored status as an IRA, and its fair market value will be deemed distributed as of the first day of the tax year in which the borrowing occurs. Once the IRA annuity loses its tax-favored status, you are required to include the fair market value of the assets in your income for that tax year. Fair market value is determined as of the first day of that tax year in which the borrowing occurs. (Also, it should be noted that special prohibited transaction rules apply to IRA accounts.)

 

5.                                              ESTATE TAX

 

Generally, the value of your IRA is included in your gross estate for federal estate tax purposes.

 

4


 

6.                                              TAX RETURN

 

Generally, a Form 5329 (Return for Individual Retirement Savings Arrangement) must be filed if an individual owes taxes on excess contributions to an IRA or premature distributions from an IRA. You must file Form 5329 with the Internal Revenue Service for each taxable year during which excise taxes are due.

 

7.                                              IRS APPROVAL

 

Your IRA annuity has not been submitted to, nor approved by the Internal Revenue Service as to the form of the contract. The Internal Revenue Service may not approve this IRA annuity as to form when we do submit it.

 

8.                                              AMENDMENT

 

The Company reserves the right to amend the contract as necessary or advisable from time to time to comply with changes in the Code or other requirements imposed by the IRS so as to obtain or maintain the contract as an IRA.

 

9.                                              FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

No loads or sales charges are deducted when the contract is issued. Agent commissions are paid by the Company.

 

10.                                       IRA CONTRACT OR ENDORSEMENT

 

While this disclosure statement discusses important facts that you should know about your IRA, the IRA contract and endorsement set forth the legal obligations of you and the Company. Because of the technical nature of these documents, you may wish to consult with your tax advisor.

 

11.                                       CONTRACT VALUES

 

Your Contract Value is comprised of the sum of the Variable Account value and the Guaranteed Account value. The Variable Account value reflects the aggregate investment experience of the Funds in which the sub- accounts you have selected invests. There is no minimum Variable Account value.

 

Interest rates for accounts in the Guaranteed Account are set by the company from time to time but will never be less than the minimum non-forfeiture interest rate in effect when your contract was issued. The minimum non- forfeiture interest rate will never be less than an annual effective interest rate of 1% nor more than 3%. Generally, the interest rate credited to amounts allocated to a Fixed Account — if available — is guaranteed for one year from the date the purchase payment or transfer is allocated to it.  Other accounts within the Guaranteed Account may have other interest guarantees.  After an interest rate guarantee expires, the new guaranteed rate will be the interest rate then in effect for the account and type of deposit on the date the amount is applied. Because the company anticipates periodically changing the current interest rate, different allocations made at different times to different accounts within the Guaranteed Account may be credited with different current interest rates. For the purposes of interest crediting, amounts deducted, transferred or withdrawn from an account within the Guaranteed Account will be accounted for on a “first-in, first-out@ (FIFO) basis.

 

Surrenders will result in the cancellation of Accumulation Units from a Sub-Account or a reduction of the Guaranteed Account value, as appropriate. Surrenders will be made on a pro-rata basis from your Allocation Options. The Contract does not assess a surrender charge.

 

We will deduct a Mortality and Expense Risk charge to compensate for assuming the mortality and expense risks and an Administrative charge to offset the administrative costs of the Contract.  These charges are deducted daily from the Variable Account. The Mortality and Expense Risk charge and Administrative charge applicable to your Contract is shown on its Schedule.

 

You may be charged a transfer fee of $25 per transfer you if exceed 12 transfers in any contract year.

 

Your Contract may be subject to an annual Contract Maintenance Fee is $35. If it applies, it is deducted on each Contract Anniversary prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, and on any day that the Contract is surrendered prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, if the surrender occurs on any day other than the Contract Anniversary.  The Contract Maintenance Fee will be deducted from the Allocation Option(s) in the same proportion as their respective values are to the Contract Value. The Contract Maintenance Fee will be waived by the Company in the event the Contract Value or the aggregate Purchase Payments, reduced by surrenders, equals or exceeds $100,000 on the date the Contract Maintenance Fee is to be deducted.

 

5


 

Additional fees or charges are also assessed for certain optional benefits that you may have purchased when the contract was issued, or that you may purchase after that date. These fees or charges are described in the riders or endorsements we issue to explain the optional benefit(s) you select.

 

This section is a general description of the charges that may apply to Protective Variable Annuity C and SBV series contracts. Refer to your Contract and the prospectus you received for complete details.

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

6


Exhibit 99.4(j)

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. BOX 1928 BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35282-8238

 

DEATH BENEFIT RIDER SCHEDULE

 

Rider Effective Date:

The Contract’s Issue Date

 

 

Annualized Benefit Cost:

0.20% (Established on the Contract’s Issue Date and will not change.)

 

 

Maximum Death Benefit:

The Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death, plus $1,000,000, minus any applicable premium tax.

 

 

Limited Death Benefit After Change in Owner:

If the date of death occurs within one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will be the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death, less any applicable premium tax.

 

RETURN OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS DEATH BENEFIT RIDER

 

We are amending the Contract to which this rider is attached.  While this rider is in effect, its terms and conditions supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this rider remain in full force and effect.

 

Any death benefit value in excess of the Contract Value is not accessible and cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum, except as part of the Death Benefit or Enhanced Spousal Continuation Benefit described in this endorsement.

 

CHANGES TO “DEATH BENEFIT” SECTION OF CONTRACT

 

1.              The provision entitled “Death Benefit” in the “DEATH BENEFIT” section of your Contract is deleted and replaced by the provision below:

 

Death Benefit — The death benefit is determined as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death.   Subject to the death benefit limits stated in this provision, the death benefit equals the greater of the following amounts, less any applicable premium tax:

 

1)  the Contract Value; or

 

2)  aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal.

 

For the purpose of calculating the death benefit, the adjustment for each withdrawal will equal the amount that reduces the death benefit in the same proportion that the amount deducted from the Contract Value to satisfy that withdrawal request reduced the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which that withdrawal was taken.

 

In any event, the death benefit provided will never exceed the Maximum Death Benefit shown in the Death Benefit Rider Schedule.

 

If the date of death occurs within one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will be the Limited Death Benefit After Change in Owner as stated in the Death Benefit Rider Schedule.

 

Only one death benefit is payable under this Contract even though the Contract may, in some circumstances, continue beyond an Owner’s death.

 

1


 

2.              The provision below is added to the “DEATH BENEFIT” section of your Contract:

 

Enhanced Spousal Continuation Benefit — If a sole Beneficiary is the spouse of a deceased Owner and elects, in lieu of receiving the death benefit, to continue the Contract and become the new Owner as provided in the “Payment of the Death Benefit” provision, we will add to the Contract Value an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the death benefit over the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death. We will allocate that amount according to the current Purchase Payment allocation instructions, but the amount we add will not be considered a Purchase Payment.

 

BENEFIT BASED FEE FOR DEATH BENEFIT RIDER

 

Benefit Cost — The Annualized Benefit Cost (“Benefit Cost”) for this rider is shown in the Death Benefit Rider Schedule as a percentage of the death benefit value on the Valuation Days described below. The Benefit Cost is established on the Contract’s Issue Date and will not change.

 

Monthly Fee — Beginning with the month after the Contract’s Issue Date and continuing monthly while this rider is in force, we will calculate the monthly fee for this rider. The fee is calculated as of the Valuation Period that includes the same day of the month as the Issue Date, or the last Valuation Period of the month if that date does not occur during the month. Monthly fees are calculated by multiplying the monthly equivalent of the Benefit Cost by the value of the death benefit as of the fee calculation date, using the formula below:

 

Monthly Fee = [ 1 – ( 1 – Benefit Cost )1/12] x dbv , where

 

dbv = the value of the death benefit as of the fee calculation date.

 

Deducting the Monthly Fees — We deduct the monthly fee in arrears, as of the Valuation Period immediately following the Valuation Period during which it was calculated.   The monthly fee is deducted from the Investment Options in the same proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value on that date.

 

DEATH BENEFIT RIDER TERMINATION

 

This rider and deduction of the monthly fee will automatically terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

1)  settlement of a claim for the death benefit; or

2)  application of the Contract Value to an Annuity Option; or

3)  the Contract Value is reduced to $0; or

4)  the Contract is surrendered or otherwise terminated.

 

Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of its Issue Date.

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

Steve M. Callaway, Secretary

 

 

2


Exhibit 99.4(k)

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. BOX 1928 BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35282-8238

 

ANNUITIZATION BONUS ENDORSEMENT

 

We are amending the Contract to which this endorsement is attached by adding the following provision:

 

Annuitization Bonus — If the Annuity Commencement Date is on or after the 10th Contract Anniversary, and if you select Annuity Option B with a certain period of not less than 10 years, we will add an annuitization bonus to the amount we apply to the Annuity Option.   The annuitization bonus will equal 2% of the Contract Value to be applied to the Annuity Option and will be calculated as of the Valuation Period that contains the Annuity Commencement Date.

 

Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of the Effective Date.

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

Steve M. Callaway, Secretary

 

 


Exhibit 5

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY [ Send Applications to: Overnight: 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223 U.S. Mail: P. O. Box 10648, Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648 (800) 456-6330 ] INDIVIDUAL VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION CONTRACT # Select Product: [ X Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity ] An annuity contract is not a deposit or obligation of, nor guaranteed by any bank or financial institution. It is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency, and is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal. CONTRACT BENEFITS ARE VARIABLE, MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE, AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT. ICC17-VDA-P-1007 Page 1 of 4 [ 5/20 ] Owner 1 (If mailing address is a P.O. Box, please provide a physical address in the 'Remarks' area.) Name: Male Female Address: Birthdate: __ City: State: Zip: SSN/Tax ID: Email Address: Phone: Owner 2 (If applicable.) Name: Male Female Address: Birthdate: City: State: Zip: SSN/Tax ID: Email Address: Phone: Annuitant Same as Owner 1 Same as Owner 2 (If not Owner 1 or 2, complete this section.) Name: Male Female Address: Birthdate: City: State: Zip: SSN/Tax ID: Email Address: Phone: Beneficiary, if there is no surviving Owner Use Administrative Form [ LAD-1225 ] to name or change a beneficiary any time before the death of an owner. Initial Purchase Payment: $ [ (minimum: $10,000) ] Funding Source: Cash Non-Qualified 1035 Exchange CD/Non-Insurance Exchange Direct Transfer Direct Rollover Indirect Rollover Plan Type: Non-Qualified IRA Roth IRA Other: Complete if an IRA and includes new contributions: $ (Amount) (Tax Year) $ (Amount) (Tax Year) Replacement: Do you currently have an annuity contract or life insurance policy? Yes No Will this annuity change or replace an existing annuity contract or life insurance policy? Yes No (If yes, please provide the company name and contract or policy number below.) Company 1 Contract or Policy # Company 2 Contract or Policy # Company 3 Contract or Policy #

GRAPHIC

 

INDIVIDUAL VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION CONTRACT # PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY ICC17-VDA-P-1007 Page 2 of 4 [ 5/20 ] ALLOCATE PURCHASE PAYMENTS – Allocation instructions remain in effect until you change them. Use whole percentages. ‘Purchase Payment’ and ‘DCA Allocation’ percentage totals must equal 100%, each. If using a Model Portfolio, allocate to the Guaranteed Account and one Model Portfolio, only. [ If you are purchasing a protected lifetime income benefit your contract allocation is restricted to a single choice from among the following four options. 100% to the Janus/Clayton Street Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series – Conservative Sub-Account. 100% to the Janus/Clayton Street Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series – Moderate Sub-Account. 100% to one of the three permissible “Model Portfolios” (Conservative Growth; Balanced Growth & Income; or Balanced Growth). Create a portfolio, using: not less than 40% allocation among Category 1 (Conservative) Sub-Accounts; not more than 60% allocation among Category 2 (Moderate) Sub-Accounts; and, not more than 25% allocation among Category 3 (Aggressive) Sub-Accounts. Category 4 Sub-Accounts may not be used in this portfolio. Dollar Cost Averaging from a DCA Account into one of these allocations is permitted. ] Protective Life Guaranteed Account Purchase Payment Investment Option [ %Guaranteed Account – not available if you purchase a protected lifetime income benefit ] %DCA Account 1 – Make DCA transfers on the day (1st – 28th) of the month for months (3 – 6 months). %DCA Account 2 – Make DCA transfers on the day (1st – 28th) of the month for months (7 – 12 months). Sub-Accounts of the Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account [ Category 1 – Conservative PurchaseDCA Payment Allocation Manager Investment Option E [ % %American FundsBond % %American FundsU.S. Government/AAA-Rated Securities % %Fidelity Management & ResearchInvestment Grade Bond % %Goldman Sachs Asset ManagementCore Fixed Income % %Great-WestBond Index % %Invesco AdvisersGovernment Securities % %JanusClayton Street Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series – Conservative % %OppenheimerFundsGovernment Money % %PIMCOLow Duration % %PIMCOShort-Term % %PIMCOTotal Return % %SchwabGovernment Money Market Portfolio™ ] Category 2 – Moderate [ % %American FundsAsset Allocation % %American FundsCapital Income Builder % %Franklin Templeton InvestmentsFranklin Income % %Franklin Templeton InvestmentsFranklin Strategic Income % %Franklin Templeton InvestmentsTempleton Global Bond % %Goldman Sachs Asset ManagementGlobal Trends Allocation % %Invesco AdvisersBalanced Risk Allocation % %Invesco AdvisersEquity and Income % %JanusClayton Street Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series – Moderate % %Lord AbbettBond Debenture % %PIMCOAll Asset % %PIMCOGlobal Diversified Allocation % %PIMCOLong-Term U.S. Government % %PIMCOReal Return ] SchwabBalanced SchwabBalanced with Growth

GRAPHIC

 

INDIVIDUAL VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION CONTRACT # PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY ICC17-VDA-P-1007 Page 3 of 4 [ 5/20 ] Sub-Accounts of the Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account (continued) [ Category 3 – Aggressive PurchaseDCA Payment Allocation Manager Investment Option [ % %American FundsBlue Chip Income & Growth % %American FundsGlobal Growth % %American FundsGlobal Growth and Income % %American FundsGrowth % %American FundsGrowth-Income % %Fidelity Management & ResearchMid Cap % %Franklin Templeton InvestmentsFranklin Mutual Global Discovery % %Franklin Templeton InvestmentsFranklin Mutual Shares % %Franklin Templeton InvestmentsFranklin Rising Dividends % %Goldman Sachs Asset ManagementStrategic Growth % %Invesco AdvisersComstock % %Invesco AdvisersGrowth and Income % %Invesco AdvisersInternational Growth % %JanusClayton Street Protective Life Dynamic Allocation Series – Growth % %Lord AbbettDividend Growth % %Lord AbbettFundamental Equity % %OppenheimerFundsMain Street® % %SchwabGrowth % %SchwabS&P 500 Index ] Category 4 – Not available if you purchase a protected lifetime income benefit [ % %American FundsGlobal Small Capitalization % %American FundsInternational % %American FundsNew World % %Franklin Templeton InvestmentsFranklin Flex Cap Growth % %Franklin Templeton InvestmentsFranklin Small Cap Value % %Franklin Templeton InvestmentsFranklin Small-Mid Cap Growth % %Franklin Templeton InvestmentsTempleton Developing Markets % %Franklin Templeton InvestmentsTempleton Foreign % %Goldman Sachs Asset ManagementGrowth Opportunities % %Goldman Sachs Asset ManagementMid Cap Value % %Invesco AdvisersGlobal Real Estate % %Legg MasonClearBridge Mid Cap % %Legg MasonClearBridge Small Cap Growth % %Lord AbbettGrowth Opportunities % %OppenheimerFundsGlobal % %Royce & AssociatesSmall-Cap ] Protective Life Model Portfolios PurchaseDCAPurchaseDCA Payment Allocation Payment Allocation [ % %Conservative Growth % %Balanced Growth % %Balanced Growth and Income % %Growth Focus - not available if you purchase a protected lifetime income benefit ] Transfer Authorization I authorize the Company to honor my telephone and/or digital instructions for transfers among the investment options. I authorize the Company to honor my agent’s instructions for transfers among the investment options.

GRAPHIC

 

INDIVIDUAL VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION CONTRACT # PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY ICC17-VDA-P-1007 Page 4 of 4 [ 5/20 ] [ OPTIONAL BENEFITS AND FEATURES - Select the options to be included in your contract, and complete any additional required forms. Optional Management Tools Available Without Charges or Fees Automatic Purchase Plan – Complete form LAD-1128. Not available if Partial Automatic Withdrawals are selected. Partial Automatic Withdrawals – Complete forms LAD-1147 and LAD-1133. Not available if Automatic Purchase Plan is selected. Portfolio Rebalancing – Required, if SecurePay Life is selected. Rebalance to my current Variable Account allocation quarterly semi-annually annually on the day (1st – 28th) of the month. Optional Benefits Offered with a Separate, Additional Charge or Fee Enhanced Death Benefit Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Protected Lifetime Income Benefit SecurePay Life - Not available if any Owner or Annuitant is younger than age 60 or older than age 85. ] SUITABILITY Did you receive an Annuity Buyers Guide and a current prospectus for this annuity? Yes No Do you believe the annuity meets your financial needs and objectives? Yes No APPLICANT SIGNATURES I understand this application will be part of the annuity contract. I have read the completed application and confirm that the information it contains is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.However, these statements are representations and not warranties. If this application includes two Owners, the company may accept instructions from either Owner on behalf of both Owners. Variable annuities involve risk, including the possible loss of principal. The Contract Value, annuity payments and termination values, when based upon the investment experience of the separate account, are variable and are not guaranteed as to any fixed dollar amount. ANY PERSON WHO KNOWINGLY PRESENTS A FALSE STATEMENT IN AN APPLICATION FOR INSURANCE MAY BE GUILTY OF A CRIMINAL OFFENSE AND SUBJECT TO PENALTIES UNDER STATE LAW. Application signed at: (City & State) on (Date) . Owner 1: Owner 2: Annuitant: Federal law requires the following notice: We may request or obtain additional information to establish or verify your identity. Remarks: PRODUCER REPORT - This section must be completed and signed by the agent for the Contract to be issued. To the best of your knowledge and belief… Does the applicant have any existing annuity contract or life insurance policy? Yes No Does this annuity change or replace any existing annuity contract or life insurance policy? Yes No Type of unexpired government issued photo I.D. used to verify applicant’s identity: # I have determined this annuity is suitable based on information I obtained from the applicant after reasonable inquiry into their financial and tax status, investment objectives, and other relevant information. I certify that I have truly and accurately recorded on this application the information provided to me by the applicant. Agent Signature: Print Agent Name: Agent # Brokerage: State Agent License # Phone #

GRAPHIC

 

Exhibit 99.9

 

ALYSON SAAD

2ND Vice President and Counsel

Writer’s Direct Number: (205) 268-2984

Facsimile Number: (205) 268-3597

Toll-Free Number: (800) 627-0220

E-mail: brad.rodgers@protective.com

 

July 30, 2020

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, Alabama 35223

 

Gentlemen:

 

This opinion is submitted with respect to the registration statement on Form N-4, file number 811-23593, to be filed by Protective Life Insurance Company (the “Company”), as depositor, and PLICO Variable Annuity Account S (the “Separate Account”), as registrant, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940.  The flexible premium deferred variable annuity contracts registered under this registration statement will be known as “Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity.”  I have examined such documents and such law as I considered necessary and appropriate, and on the basis of such examination, it is my opinion that:

 

1.                                      The Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing as a stock life insurance company under the laws of the State of Tennessee and is a validly existing corporation.

 

2.                                      The Separate Account is a duly authorized and validly existing separate account pursuant to the Tennessee Insurance Code and the regulations issued thereunder.

 

3.                                      Assets allocated to the Separate Account will not be chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business the Company may conduct.

 

4.                                      The Contracts, to be issued as contemplated by the Form N-4 registration statement, when issued and delivered will constitute legally issued and binding obligations of the Company in accordance with their terms.

 

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form N-4 registration statement for the Contracts and the Separate Account.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alyson Saad

 

Alyson Saad

 

2nd Vice President and Counsel

 


Exhibit 99.13

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned Directors and the Chief Financial Officer of Protective Life Insurance Company, a Tennessee corporation, (“Company”) by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint Richard J. Bielen, Alyson Saad or Steven G. Walker, and each or any of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the following Registration Statements on Form N-4 filed by the Company, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940:

 

 

Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity

 

File No. 333-                 

 

Further, each of the undersigned authorizes said attorney-in-fact, and each of them, to execute and sign any and all post-effective amendments to such Registration Statements, and to file same, with all exhibits and schedules thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and with such state securities authorities as may be appropriate, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes of the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent or any of them which they may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and sealed this 30th day of July, 2020.

 

 

/s/ Richard J. Bielen

 

/s/ Steven G. Walker

Richard J. Bielen

 

Steven G. Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael G. Temple

 

 

Michael G. Temple

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS TO ALL SIGNATURES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alyson Saad

 

 

Alyson Saad

 

 

 


Exhibit 99.26